QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 17, 2009

Registration No. 333-153632

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 4
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Rosetta Stone Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware   7372   043837082
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1919 North Lynn Street
7th Floor
Arlington, Virginia 22209
Telephone: 800-788-0822
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

Michael C. Wu
General Counsel
1919 North Lynn Street
7 th Floor
Arlington, Virginia 22209
Telephone: 800-788-0822
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)



Copies to:

Brian P. Fenske
Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P.
Fulbright Tower
1301 McKinney, Suite 5100
Houston, Texas 77010
Telephone: (713) 651-5557
Fax: (713) 651-5246
  Brent B. Siler
Cooley Godward Kronish LLP
One Freedom Square
11951 Freedom Drive
Reston, Virginia 20190-5656
Telephone: (703) 456-8000
Fax: (703) 456-8100



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.



          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (check one):

Large accelerated filer  o , Accelerated filer  o , Non-accelerated filer (do not check if a smaller reporting company)  ý , or Smaller reporting company  o



           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued March 17, 2009

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

          Shares

LOGO

Rosetta Stone Inc.

COMMON STOCK



Rosetta Stone Inc. is offering               shares of its common stock and the selling stockholders are offering               shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the public offering price will be between $               and $               per share.



We have applied to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "RST."



Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14.



PRICE $           A SHARE



 
 
Price to
Public
 
Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
 
Proceeds to
Company
 
Proceeds to
Selling
Stockholders

Per Share

      $                       $                       $                       $                

Total

  $                     $                     $                     $                  

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                         , 2009.



MORGAN STANLEY   WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY



JEFFERIES & COMPANY

PIPER JAFFRAY

ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO.

                           , 2009


LOGO



LOGO



LOGO




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  14

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  35

Use of Proceeds

  36

Dividend Policy

  36

Capitalization

  37

Dilution

  40

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

  42

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  45

Business

  80

Management

  96

Executive Compensation

  103

Related Party Transactions

  122

Principal and Selling Stockholders

  124

Description of Capital Stock

  126

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

  130

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  133

Underwriters

  135

Legal Matters

  139

Experts

  139

Where You Can Find Additional Information

  139

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1



You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free-writing prospectus we may specifically authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not, the selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or a free-writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Until                      , 2009 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside the United States: We have not, the selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

i



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth under the headings "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus.

ROSETTA STONE INC.

Overview

We are a leading provider of technology-based language learning solutions. We develop, market and sell language learning solutions consisting of software, online services and audio practice tools primarily under our Rosetta Stone brand. Our teaching method, which we call Dynamic Immersion , is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. Our courses are based on our proprietary interactive technologies and pedagogical content, and utilize a sophisticated sequencing of images, text and sounds to teach a new language without translation or grammar explanation. We believe our award-winning solutions provide an effective, convenient and fun way to learn languages. We currently offer our self-study language learning solutions in 31 languages. Our customers include individuals, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies and corporations.

The strength and breadth of our solutions have allowed us to develop a business model that we believe distinguishes us from other language learning companies. Our scalable technology platform and our proprietary content can be deployed across many languages. This has enabled us to cost-effectively develop a broad product portfolio. We have a multi-channel marketing and distribution strategy that directly targets customers, utilizing print, online, television and radio advertising, public relations initiatives and our branded kiosks. Approximately 83% of our revenue in 2008 was generated through our direct sales channels, which include our call centers, websites, institutional sales force and kiosks. We also distribute our solutions through select retailers such as Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. According to an August 2008 survey we commissioned from Global Market Insite Inc., or GMI, a market research services firm, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized language learning brand in the United States. The unaided awareness of our brand was over 40%, which was more than seven times that of any other language learning company in the United States.

We grew our revenue from our predecessor's $25.4 million in 2004 to $209.4 million in 2008, representing a 69% compound annual growth rate. This growth has been entirely organic.

Approaches to Language Learning

The human brain has a natural capacity to learn languages. Children learn their native language without using rote memorization or adult analytical abilities for grammatical understanding. They learn at their own pace through their immersion in the language spoken around them and using trial and error. They do not rely on translation.

Traditional language instruction has ignored this natural human experience and ability, and has focused on rote memorization, grammar explanation and word translation, often in a classroom setting. Students in this environment may learn a new language sufficiently to pass examinations but often do not achieve conversational fluency. Many students view this method as ineffective and boring. While self-study alternatives are generally more affordable and convenient than classroom instruction, many of them rely

1



on this grammar-translation method, often using passive media such as audio and books, which are not interactive and do not provide feedback.

In contrast, immersion instruction, in which only the target language is spoken, leverages the natural human ability to learn languages. Immersion learning has historically been provided through classroom courses, private lessons and in-country immersion programs. These options, however, are often expensive and require students to commute to classrooms or travel to other countries to obtain the immersion experience.

Our Industry

According to a December 2007 industry analysis we commissioned from The Nielsen Company, a market research firm, the worldwide language learning industry represented more than $83 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $32 billion was for self-study. According to the Nielsen survey, the language learning industry in the United States, where we generated 95% of our revenue in 2008, represented more than $5 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $2 billion was for self-study.

The demand for language learning is driven in part by:

The language learning market is highly fragmented and consists of the following primary models: classroom instruction utilizing the traditional approach of memorization, grammar and translation; immersion-based classroom instruction; self-study books, audio tapes and software that rely on grammar and translation; and free online offerings that provide basic content and opportunities to practice writing and speaking.

We believe that language learners seek a trusted name brand solution that is more convenient and affordable than classroom alternatives, and more effective, interactive and engaging than other self-study options. We believe the combination of these elements is not offered by traditional providers of language instruction.

2


The Rosetta Stone Solution

Our mission is to change the way people learn languages. We believe our solutions provide an effective way to learn languages in a convenient and engaging manner. Our interactive language learning solutions enable our customers to learn a language on their own schedule and for a price that is significantly lower than most classroom-based or one-on-one tutoring alternatives. Our approach, called Dynamic Immersion , eliminates translation and grammar explanation and is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. Our proprietary solutions have been developed over the past 16 years by professionals with extensive linguistic, educational and instructional technology expertise. We estimate that our content library consists of more than 25,000 individual photographic images and more than 400,000 professionally recorded sound files. We design the sequencing of our content to optimize learning. The result is a rigorous and complete language learning curriculum that is also designed to be flexible, fun and convenient.

Our language learning solutions are built upon a flexible software platform that supports multiple languages and is deployable on personal computers, on local networks and online. The platform incorporates a number of proprietary technologies that are key to enabling language learning, including:

Our courses are available in up to three levels of proficiency per language, with each level providing approximately 40 hours of instruction and containing multiple units, lessons and activities. We have four different editions: personal, enterprise, classroom and home school. Each edition utilizes the same core software.

Our innovative solutions have received numerous awards and recognitions, including the 2008 CODiE awards for best corporate learning solution and best instructional solution in other curriculum areas sponsored by the Software & Information Industry Association, the 2008 education product of the year awarded by MacWorld, the 2008 BESSIE multilevel foreign language award for Spanish Levels 1, 2, and 3 awarded by ComputED Gazette in 2008, the 2008 EDDIE Award for our classroom edition as the best foreign language website awarded by ComputED Gazette , the 2007 EDDIE multilevel foreign language award for Chinese levels 1 and 2 and a 2007 multilevel English-as-a-second-language, or ESL, award for English levels 1, 2, and 3 awarded by ComputED Gazette. The CODiE awards are chosen based upon a peer-review of the nominated software solutions and voted on by member entities of the Software & Information Industry Association and independent judges selected by the association. The other awards were determined by the editorial staffs of the various publications.

We also provide an online peer-to-peer practice environment called SharedTalk , at www.sharedtalk.com , where registered language learners meet for language exchange to practice their foreign language skills. During 2008, we had more than 100,000 active SharedTalk users.

3


Competitive Strengths

We believe our competitive strengths include:

 Advanced Technology-Enabled Language Learning System.     Our proprietary solutions combine effective immersion learning with the benefits of flexibility and interactivity to provide for an efficient and engaging language learning experience. We intend to remain at the forefront of technological and pedagogical advances in language learning.

 Scalable and Adaptable Platform and Content.     Our solutions are designed to be efficiently delivered across multiple languages, systems and geographic markets. For example, we deploy many of the same images and image combinations across multiple languages, which accelerates our ability to add new languages. Because our solutions do not rely upon translation from the target language into the learner's native language, they require only modest localization to be used by learners from other native language backgrounds. This facilitates our ability to sell our existing language courses in new international markets. In addition, our software platform is engineered to work in the same way both online and locally installed, allowing for multiple delivery methods. We also use the same platform for all four editions of our solutions.

 Effective Multi-Channel Marketing and Distribution Model.     Our marketing, sales and distribution efforts are highly integrated and focused on direct interaction with consumers. As a result, we are able to present a tightly controlled and unified message to the marketplace. Our advertising includes a call to action that drives customers directly to our websites and call centers. Our marketing tools and techniques allow us to directly attribute sales results to specific marketing initiatives. We utilize this data to continuously improve the efficiency of our websites, call centers, advertising and media planning and buying. We also operate kiosks, which extend our direct interaction with customers and allow them to experience our solutions with the guidance of one of our product specialists. We operated 150 kiosks as of December 31, 2008. In our institutional markets, our sales efforts are led by our direct sales force. We augment our direct distribution network with select retailers, including Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. We have also recently begun offering our products in a limited number of ZoomShop unmanned automated kiosks.

 Leading and Trusted Brand, with a Differentiated, High-Quality Positioning.     According to the GMI survey, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized brand of language learning solutions in the United States. Additionally, of those surveyed who had an opinion of the brand, over 80% associated the brand with high-quality and effective products and services for teaching foreign languages. We believe we have positioned Rosetta Stone as a premium brand and as a trusted choice for language learning.

 Enthusiastic and Loyal Customer Base.     Our customers exhibit loyalty and enthusiasm for our solutions and many promote sales of our products through word-of-mouth referrals. Our latest survey of our individual customers in the United States, completed in February 2009, revealed that 92% of respondents expressed satisfaction with our solutions, with a satisfaction rating of 6 or higher on a 10-point scale, and 76% have recommended our solutions to one or more individuals. Our latest survey of our institutional customers in the United States, completed in February 2009, revealed that 87% of respondents expressed satisfaction with our solutions, with a satisfaction rating of 6 or higher on a 10-point scale, and 70% have recommended our solutions to other organizations.

 Effective Products.     We believe our solutions are effective. According to a January 2009 study we commissioned from Roumen Vesselinov, Ph.D, visiting assistant professor, Queens College, City University of New York, after 55 hours of study with our Spanish program the average WebCAPE score will be at a level sufficient to fulfill the requirements for one semester of study in a college that offers six semesters of Spanish. Statistically, the study concluded that such an outcome would occur with 95%

4



confidence. WebCAPE, which stands for Wed-based Computer Adaptive Placement Exam, is a standardized test which, according to their website, is used by over 500 colleges and universities for placement. In addition, approximately 64% of the students participating in the study increased their oral proficiency by at least one level on a seven-level scale based on the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages OPIc test, which is used worldwide by academic institutions, government agencies, and private corporations for evaluating oral language proficiency.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to strengthen our position as a leading provider of language learning solutions through the following strategies:

 Extend Our Technological and Product Leadership.     We intend to apply new technologies to maintain our product leadership. We currently are working on a variety of product development initiatives. For example, we are developing a new web-based service that extends our existing language learning solutions by offering opportunities for practice with dedicated language conversation coaches and other language learners to increase language socialization. We expect to provide this web-based service primarily as a bundle with our software and audio offerings. In addition, we are evaluating opportunities to extend our learning solutions to hand-held devices and we also intend to continue to advance our proprietary software platform and our speech recognition technology.

 Expand Our Core Product Portfolio.     We plan to expand our product portfolio by adding more advanced course levels for our existing languages, new languages and new skill development and remediation courses for advanced language learners. In addition, we believe that there may be opportunities for us to introduce additional language learning solutions containing industry-specific content.

 Increase U.S. Market Share.     To increase our penetration of the U.S. market and expand our brand awareness, we intend to increase our marketing campaigns through the purchase of additional television, print, radio and online advertising, and to explore new media channels. We also intend to continue to add select retail relationships and kiosks. For example, a selection of our solutions has recently become available in Apple stores and at Apple.com . For our institutional business, we expect to expand our direct sales force along with our institutional marketing activities.

 Increase Our Focus on Sizeable Non-U.S. Markets.     We generated approximately 5% of our revenue in 2008 from sales outside the United States. According to the Nielsen survey, over 90% of the $83 billion spent in 2007 on consumer language learning products and services worldwide was spent outside the United States. We therefore believe that there is a significant opportunity for us to expand our business internationally utilizing many of the successful marketing and distribution strategies we have used in the United States.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as discussed more fully in the section entitled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. A decline in demand for our language learning solutions or language learning in general could impair our ability to generate revenue and compromise our profitability, as could the growth of free language learning software and online services and intense competition in our industry. Because approximately 80% of our revenue was generated from consumer sales in 2008, adverse trends in general economic conditions, including retail shopping patterns, may also adversely affect our sales. If we do not keep pace with technological developments and consumer preferences, demand for our products and services could decline.

5


Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in December 2005 and acquired our predecessor, Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., in January 2006. Our principal executive offices are located at 1919 North Lynn Street, 7 th  Floor, Arlington, Virginia 22209 and our telephone number is 800-788-0822. Our corporate website address is www.RosettaStone.com . We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

For convenience in this prospectus, "Rosetta Stone," "we," "us," "our" and "Successor" refer to Rosetta Stone Inc. and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, unless otherwise noted. "Predecessor" refers to Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.

We have a number of registered marks, including Rosetta Stone ®, Rosetta World ®, Rosetta Stone Language Learning Success ® and design, Dynamic Immersion ®, The Fastest Way to Learn a Language. Guaranteed. ®, Adaptive Recall ®, Contextual Formation ®, the Rosetta Stone blue stone logo and design and Rosettastone.com ®. We have applied to register our Audio Companion , rWorld , Rosetta , the Rosetta Stone blue stone logo and design/ Language Learning Success and SharedTalk trademarks. This prospectus also contains trademarks and trade names of other companies. All trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

6


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by Rosetta Stone

                   shares    

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                   shares    
             
 

Total common stock offered

                   shares    
             

Total common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                   shares    

Use of proceeds

  We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

    Approximately $9.9 million to repay the outstanding balance under our credit facility.

    Approximately $       million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, to satisfy the federal, state and local withholding tax obligations relating to the stock grants we intend to make to our key employees, including our named executive officers, prior to the completion of this offering. See "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization" and "Executive Compensation—Stock Grants" for a description of these stock grants.

    The remaining approximately $       million for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition of other businesses, products or technologies. We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time.

  We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

  See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

  "RST"

7


The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2008. Such number of shares excludes:

Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes:

8


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statement of operations, balance sheet and other data for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 have been derived from Rosetta Stone Inc., or the Successor, audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 represents the operations of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., or the Predecessor, all of the outstanding stock of which was acquired by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006, and have been derived from Predecessor audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

The Predecessor incurred transaction-related expenses during the period from January 1, 2006 to January 4, 2006 relating to the acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006. Included in these expenses were $5.9 million related to restricted common stock, $3.1 million in cash bonuses and $1.2 million in acquisition-related bank fees.

Unaudited pro forma net income per common share and unaudited pro forma common shares and equivalents outstanding reflect the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 11,159,780 shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and the issuance of       shares of common stock, net of shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations, we intend to make to our key employees prior to completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $       per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and, in the case of diluted unaudited pro forma net income per share and unaudited pro forma common shares and equivalents outstanding, also reflects the issuance of 119,177 shares of restricted common stock and the grant of options to purchase 263,246 shares of our common stock to our employees prior to completion of this offering.

An increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would also increase or decrease the number of shares of restricted common stock we will issue to our employees prior to the completion of this offering and the number of shares of common stock we will issue, net of shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations, in connection with the stock grants we intend to make to our key employees prior to the completion of this offering, and thus increase or decrease the number of shares outstanding following this offering and the unaudited pro forma net income per common share. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase or decrease the number of shares of common stock outstanding by an aggregate of              shares, the basic unaudited pro forma net income per common share by $      , and the diluted unaudited pro forma net income per common share by $        .

We have presented the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008:

9


Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders' equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $       million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the summary balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

10


 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2006   2006   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue:

                         
 

Product

  $ 178   $ 80,604   $ 119,897   $ 184,182  
 

Subscription and service

    94     10,694     17,424     25,198  
                   
   

Total revenue

    272     91,298     137,321     209,380  

Cost of revenue:

                         
 

Cost of product revenue

    199     11,549     19,055     26,539  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    4     992     1,632     2,137  
                   
   

Total cost of revenue

    203     12,541     20,687     28,676  
                   

Gross profit

    69     78,757     116,634     180,704  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         
 

Sales and marketing

    695     45,854     65,437     93,384  
 

Research and development

    41     8,117     12,893     18,387  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

        12,597          
 

General and administrative

    142     16,590     29,786     39,577  
 

Lease abandonment

                1,831  
 

Transaction-related expenses

    10,315              
                   
     

Total operating expenses

    11,193     83,158     108,116     153,179  
                   

Income (loss) from operations

    (11,124 )   (4,401 )   8,518     27,525  

Other income and expense:

                         
 

Interest income

        613     673     454  
 

Interest expense

        (1,560 )   (1,331 )   (891 )
 

Other income

    3     60     154     239  
                   
     

Total other income (expense)

    3     (887 )   (504 )   (198 )
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (11,121 )   (5,288 )   8,014     27,327  

Income tax expense (benefit)

        (1,240 )   5,435     13,435  
                   

Net income (loss)

    (11,121 )   (4,048 )   2,579     13,892  

Preferred stock accretion

        (159 )   (80 )    
                   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (11,121 ) $ (4,207 ) $ 2,499   $ 13,892  
                   

Income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                         
 

Basic

  $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 1.91   $ 9.48  
                   
 

Diluted

  $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 0.20   $ 1.07  
                   

Unaudited pro forma net income per common share:

                         
 

Basic

                    $    
                         
 

Diluted

                    $    
                         

Unaudited pro forma common shares and equivalents outstanding:

                         
 

Basic weighted average shares

                         
                         
 

Diluted weighted average shares

                         
                         

Other Data:

                         

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (5,181 ) $ 15,332   $ 17,768   $ 36,429  
                   

Stock-based compensation expense included in:

                         

Cost of revenue

  $   $ 1   $ 2   $ 2  

Sales and marketing

        59     189     153  

Research and development

        128     360     482  

General and administrative

        373     776     953  

Transaction-related expenses

    5,930              
                   
 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 1,590  
                   

Intangible amortization expense included in:

                         

Cost of revenue

  $   $ 1,213   $ 1,227   $ 13  

Sales and marketing

        4,113     3,596     3,003  
                   
 

Total intangible amortization expense

  $   $ 5,326   $ 4,823   $ 3,016  
                   

11


 
  As of December 31, 2008  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 30,626   $     $    

Total assets

    138,818              

Deferred revenue

    15,744              

Long-term debt

    9,910              

Total stockholders' equity

    79,071              

We define adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) plus net interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and acquired in-process research and development. Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The table below provides a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), operating income (loss) or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures in the same manner as we do. We prepare adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. We encourage you to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate.

We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance for the following reasons:

Our management uses adjusted EBITDA:

12


Although adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2006   2006   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):

                         

Net income (loss)

  $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 13,892  

Interest expense (income), net

        947     658     437  

Income tax expense (benefit)

        (1,240 )   5,435     13,435  

Depreciation and amortization

    10     6,515     7,769     7,075  

Stock-based compensation

    5,930     561     1,327     1,590  

Acquired in-process research and development

        12,597          
                   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (5,181 ) $ 15,332   $ 17,768   $ 36,429  
                   

13



RISK FACTORS

         An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Because we generate all of our revenue from language learning solutions, a decline in demand for our language learning solutions or for language learning solutions in general could cause our revenue to decline.

        In the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, we generated substantially all of our revenue from our language learning solutions, and we expect that we will continue to depend upon language learning solutions for substantially all of our revenue in the foreseeable future. Because we are dependent on our language learning solutions, factors such as changes in consumer preferences for these products may have a disproportionately greater impact on us than if we offered multiple product categories. If consumer interest in our language learning software products declines, or if consumer interest in learning foreign languages in general declines, we would likely experience a significant loss of sales. Some of the potential developments that could negatively affect interest in and demand for language learning software products include:

Because a substantial portion of our revenue is generated from our consumer business, if we fail to accurately forecast consumer demand and trends in consumer preferences, our Rosetta Stone brand, sales and customer relationships may be harmed.

        Demand for our language learning software products and related services, and for consumer products and services in general, is subject to rapidly changing consumer demand and trends in consumer preferences. Therefore, our success depends upon our ability to:

14


        A decline in consumer demand for our solutions, or any failure on our part to satisfy changing consumer preferences, could harm our business and profitability.

We depend on discretionary consumer spending in the consumer segment of our business. Continued adverse trends in general economic conditions, including retail shopping patterns, airport traffic or consumer confidence, may compromise our ability to generate revenue.

        The success of our business depends to a significant extent upon discretionary consumer spending, which is subject to a number of factors, including general economic conditions, consumer confidence, employment levels, business conditions, interest rates, availability of credit, inflation and taxation. The United States has entered into an economic downturn. Continued weak economic conditions and further adverse trends in any of these economic indicators may cause consumer spending to decline further, which could hurt our sales and profitability. We depend on the continued popularity of malls as shopping destinations and the ability of mall anchor tenants and other attractions to generate customer traffic for our retail mall-based kiosks. We also depend on continued airline travel to generate traffic for our retail kiosks located in airports. Any decrease in mall or airport traffic could adversely affect the sales from our kiosks and our profitability and financial condition. In addition, an increase in the taxation of online sales could result in reduced online purchases or reduced margins on such sales. Furthermore, consumers may defer purchases of our solutions in anticipation of new products or new versions from us or our competitors.

Intense competition in our industry may hinder our ability to generate revenue and may hurt our margins.

        The market for foreign language learning solutions is rapidly evolving, highly fragmented and intensely competitive, and we expect both product and pricing competition to persist and intensify. Increased competition could cause reduced revenue, price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share. Our competitors include Berlitz International Inc., Simon & Schuster, Inc. (Pimsleur), a subsidiary of CBS Corporation, Random House Ventures LLC (Living Language), Disney Publishing Worldwide, a subsidiary of Walt Disney Company, and McGraw-Hill Education, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies. Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories and substantially greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do, as well as greater name recognition worldwide. The resources of these competitors also may enable them to respond more rapidly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, reduce prices to win new customers and offer free language learning software or online services. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors.

        As the market for foreign language solutions continues to develop, a number of other companies with greater resources than ours could attempt to enter the market or increase their presence by acquiring or forming strategic alliances with our competitors or our distributors or by introducing their own competing products. These companies and their products may be superior to any of our current competition. We may not have the financial resources, technical expertise, marketing, distribution or support capabilities to compete effectively with any of these new entrants to the market.

15


        As we expand into foreign markets, we expect that we will experience competition from local foreign language learning companies that have strong brand recognition and more experience in selling to local consumers and a better understanding of local marketing, sales channels and consumer preferences.

        Our success will depend on our ability to adapt to these competitive forces, to adapt to technological advances, to develop more advanced products more rapidly and less expensively than our competitors, to continue to develop an international sales network, to adapt to changing consumer preferences and to educate potential customers about the benefits of using our solutions rather than our competitors' products and services. Existing or new competitors could introduce new products and services with superior features and functionality at lower prices. This could impair our ability to sell our products and services.

Demand for paid language learning solutions such as ours could decline if effective language learning solutions become available for free.

        Presently there are a number of free online language websites offering limited vocabulary lists and grammar explanations and tips. In addition, there are some online services offering limited free lessons and learning tools, including one sponsored by the U.S. Department of Education to help immigrants learn English. Many of these websites offer free language practice opportunities with other language learners. If these free products become more sophisticated and competitive or gain widespread acceptance by the public, demand for our solutions could decline.

Our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing expenditures.

        Our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing expenditures, including our ability to:

        Our planned marketing expenditures may not result in increased revenue or generate sufficient levels of product and brand name awareness, and we may not be able to increase our net sales at the same rate as we increase our advertising expenditures.

        Much of our radio, television and print advertising has been through the purchase of "remnant" advertising segments. These segments are random time slots and publication dates that have remained unsold and are offered at discounts to advertisers who are willing to be flexible with respect to time slots. There is a limited supply of this type of advertising and the availability of such advertising may decline or

16



the cost of such advertising may increase. In addition, if we increase our marketing budget we cannot assure you that we can increase the amount of remnant advertising at the discounted prices we have obtained in the past. If any of these events occur, we may be forced to purchase time slots and publication dates at higher prices, which will increase our costs.

Our business depends on our Rosetta Stone brand, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business and operating results may be harmed.

        We believe that market awareness of our Rosetta Stone brand in the United States has contributed significantly to the success of our business. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing the Rosetta Stone brand is critical to maintaining our competitive advantage. As we continue to grow in size, expand our products and services and extend our geographic reach, maintaining the quality and consistency of our language learning solutions, and thus the quality of our brand, may be more difficult. In addition, software piracy and trademark infringement may harm our Rosetta Stone brand by undermining our reputation for quality software programs.

We depend on search engines and other online sources to attract visitors to our websites, and if we are unable to attract these visitors and convert them into customers in a cost-effective manner, our business and financial results may be harmed.

        Our success depends on our ability to attract online consumers to our websites and convert them into customers in a cost-effective manner. We depend, in part, on search engines and other online sources for our website traffic. We are included in search results as a result of both paid search listings, where we purchase specific search terms that will result in the inclusion of our listing, and algorithmic searches that depend upon the searchable content on our sites. Search engines and other online sources revise their algorithms from time to time in an attempt to optimize their search results.

        If one or more of the search engines or other online sources on which we rely for website traffic were to modify its general methodology for how it displays our websites, resulting in fewer consumers clicking through to our websites, our sales could suffer. If any free search engine on which we rely begins charging fees for listing or placement, or if one or more of the search engines or other online sources on which we rely for purchased listings, modifies or terminates its relationship with us, our expenses could rise, we could lose customers and traffic to our websites could decrease.

Our expansion into international markets may not succeed and imposes special risks.

        International sales accounted for approximately 5% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Our business strategy contemplates continued expansion into international markets. We are currently expanding our direct sales channels in Europe and Asia through our offices in London and Tokyo. In addition, we are expanding our indirect sales channels in Europe, Asia and Latin America through retailer and distributor arrangements with third parties. If we are unable to expand our international operations successfully and in a timely manner, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be impaired. Such expansion may be more difficult or take longer than we anticipate, and we may not be able to successfully market, sell, deliver and support our products and services internationally.

        Our international operations and our efforts to increase sales in international markets are subject to a number of risks that are in addition to or different than those affecting our U.S. operations, including:

17


        The effects of any of the risks described above could reduce our future revenue from our international operations and could harm our overall business, revenue and financial results.

Our expansion into new web-based services may not succeed and may harm our business, financial results and reputation.

        We are developing new web-based services that extend our existing language learning solutions with opportunities for practice including with dedicated language conversation coaches and other language learners to increase language socialization. We expect to provide these web-based services primarily as a bundle with our software and audio offerings. At the same time, we expect to provide augmented, free

18



peer-to-peer language practice, building on our existing success with www.sharedtalk.com. We will devote capital, personnel and management attention to developing these new services. These services will present new management and marketing challenges that differ from the challenges we face in our existing business. We cannot assure you that these services will be successful or that they will be profitable, or if they are profitable, that they will provide an adequate return on capital expended. If we are not successful in developing these new services, our business, financial results and reputation may be harmed.

Product returns could exceed our estimates, which would diminish our reported revenue.

        We offer consumers who purchase our packaged software and audio practice products directly from us an unconditional full money-back six-month guarantee. We also permit some of our retailers and distributors to return packaged products, subject to limitations. For the year ended December 31, 2008, sales returns were approximately 6.1% of total revenue. We establish revenue reserves for packaged product returns based on historical experience, estimated channel inventory levels and the timing of new product introductions and other factors. If packaged product returns exceed our reserve estimates, the excess would offset reported revenue, which could hurt our reported financial results.

If the recognition by schools and other institutions of the value of technology-based education does not continue to grow, our ability to generate revenue from institutions could be impaired.

        Our success depends in part upon the continued adoption by institutions and potential customers of technology-based education initiatives. Some academics and educators oppose online education in principle and have expressed concerns regarding the perceived loss of control over the education process that can result from offering courses online. If the acceptance of technology-based education does not grow our ability to continue to grow our institutional business could be impaired.

If there are changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of colleges, universities, schools, other education providers, armed forces or government agencies, we could lose revenue.

        Many of our institutional customers are colleges, universities, primary and secondary schools, other education providers, armed forces and government agencies who depend substantially on government funding. Accordingly, any general decrease, delay or change in federal, state or local funding for colleges, universities, primary and secondary schools, or other education providers or for armed forces or government agencies that use our products and services could cause our current and potential customers to reduce their purchases of our products and services, to exercise their right to terminate licenses, or to decide not to renew licenses, any of which could cause us to lose revenue. In addition, a specific reduction in governmental funding support for products such as ours would also cause us to lose revenue and could hurt our overall gross margins.

Some of our institutional business faces a lengthy and unpredictable sales cycle for our solutions, which could delay new sales.

        We face a lengthy sales cycle between our initial contact with some potential institutional customers and the signing of license agreements with these customers. As a result of this lengthy sales cycle, we have only a limited ability to forecast the timing of such institutional sales. A delay in or failure to complete license transactions could cause us to lose revenue, and could cause our financial results to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. Our sales cycle varies widely, reflecting differences in our potential institutional customers' decision-making processes, procurement requirements and budget cycles, and is subject to significant risks over which we have little or no control, including:

19


If we are unable to continually enhance our products and services and adapt them to technological changes and customer needs, including the emergence of new computing devices and more sophisticated online services, we may lose market share and revenue and our business could suffer.

        We need to anticipate, develop and introduce new products, services and applications on a timely and cost-effective basis that keeps pace with technological developments and changing customer needs. For example, the number of individuals who access the internet through devices other than a personal computer, such as personal digital assistants, mobile telephones, televisions and set-top box devices, has increased dramatically, and this trend is likely to continue. Our products and services were designed for rich, graphical environments such as those available on desktop and laptop computers. The lower resolution, functionality and memory associated with alternative devices currently available may make the use of our products and services through such devices difficult. Because each manufacturer or distributor may establish unique technical standards for its devices, our products and services may not work or be viewable on these devices. We have no experience to date in operating versions of our products and services developed or optimized for users of alternative devices, and new devices and new platforms are continually being released. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in developing versions of our products and services for use on these alternative devices, and we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support and maintenance of such versions. If we fail to develop or sell products and services that respond to these or other technological developments and changing customer needs cost effectively, we may lose market share and revenue and our business could suffer.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may experience difficulty in filling purchase orders, declines in product and service quality and customer satisfaction, increased costs or disruption in our operations.

        We have experienced rapid growth in our business in recent periods, which has strained our managerial, operational, financial and other resources. Our total revenue increased from $91.3 million for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 to $209.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. From December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2008, we increased the number of our employees from 662 to 1,217, and increased the number of kiosks selling our products from 81 to 150.

        We anticipate that continued growth of our operations will be required to satisfy increasing consumer and institutional demand and to avail ourselves of new market opportunities. The expanding scope of our business and growth in the number of our employees, customers and sales locations will continue to place a significant strain on our management team, information technology systems and other resources. To properly manage our growth, we need to hire and retain personnel, upgrade our existing operational, management and financial and reporting systems, including warehouse management and inventory control, improve our business processes and controls and identify and develop relationships with additional retailers and distributors. We may also be required to expand our distribution facilities and our operational facilities or add new facilities, which could require significant capital expenditures. Failure to effectively manage our growth in a cost-effective manner could result in difficulty in filling purchase orders, declines in product and service quality and customer satisfaction, increased costs or disruption of our operations.

        Our rapid growth also makes it difficult for us to adequately predict the expenditures we will need to make in the future. If we do not make the necessary overhead expenditures to accommodate our future growth, we may not be successful in executing our growth strategy.

20


Our revenue is subject to seasonal and quarterly variations, which could cause our financial results to fluctuate significantly.

        We have experienced, and we believe we will continue to experience, substantial seasonal and quarterly variations in our revenue and net income. These variations are primarily related to increased sales of our products and services to consumers in the fourth quarter during the holiday selling season as well as higher sales to governmental and educational institutions in the second and third quarters. We sell to a significant number of our retailers, distributors and institutional customers on a purchase order basis and we receive orders when these customers need products and services. As a result, their orders are typically not evenly distributed throughout the year. Our quarterly results of operations also may fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of other factors, including the timing of holidays and advertising initiatives, changes in our products, services and advertising initiatives and changes in those of our competitors. Budgetary constraints of our institutional customers may also cause our quarterly results to fluctuate.

        As a result of these seasonal and quarterly fluctuations, we believe that comparisons of our results of operations between different quarters are not necessarily meaningful and that these comparisons are not reliable as indicators of our future performance. In addition, these fluctuations could result in volatility and adversely affect our cash flows. As our business grows, these seasonal fluctuations may become more pronounced. Any seasonal or quarterly fluctuations that we report in the future may differ from the expectations of market analysts and investors. This could cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly.

Because a significant portion of our sales are made to or through retailers and distributors, none of which have any obligation to sell our products, the failure or inability of these parties to sell our products effectively could hurt our revenue growth and profitability.

        We rely on retailers and distributors, together with our direct sales force, to sell our products. Our sales to retailers are highly concentrated on a small group, including Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. We expect that our arrangements with these retailers and distributors will continue to generate significant revenue for us. Sales to or through our retailers and distributors accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, 15% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007, and 17% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        We have no control over the amount of products that these retailers purchase from us or sell on our behalf, we do not have long-term contracts with any of them, and they have no obligation to offer or sell our products or to give us any particular shelf space or product placement within their stores. Thus, there is no guarantee that this source of revenue will continue at the same level as it has in the past or that these retailers will not promote competitors' products over our products or enter into exclusive relationships with competitors. Any material adverse change in the principal commercial terms, material decrease in the volume of sales generated by our larger retailers or distributors or major disruption or termination of a relationship with these retailers and distributors could result in a potentially significant decline in our revenue and profitability. Furthermore, product display locations and promotional activities that retailers undertake can affect the sales of our products. The fact that we also sell our products directly could cause retailers or distributors to reduce their efforts to promote our products or stop selling our products altogether. In addition, if one or more of such retailers or distributors were unable to meet their obligations with respect to accounts payable to us, we could be forced to write off such accounts.

21


Substantially all of our inventory is located in one warehouse facility. Any damage or disruption at this facility could cause significant financial loss, cause us to lose revenue and harm our reputation.

        Substantially all of our inventory is located in one warehouse facility. We could experience significant interruption in the operation of this facility or damage or destruction of our inventory due to natural disasters, accidents, failures of the inventory locator or automated packing and shipping systems or other events. If a material portion of our inventory were to be damaged or destroyed, we might be unable to meet our contractual obligations which could cause us significant financial loss, cause us to lose revenue and harm our reputation.

The loss of key personnel or the failure to attract and retain highly qualified personnel could compromise our ability to effectively manage our business and pursue our growth strategy.

        Our future performance depends on the continued service of our key technical, development, sales, services and management personnel. We rely on our executive officers and senior management to execute our existing business plans and to identify and pursue new opportunities. We rely on our technical and development personnel for product innovation. We generally do not have employment agreements with our personnel and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of key employees could result in significant disruptions to our business, and the integration of replacement personnel could be costly and time consuming, could cause additional disruptions to our business, and could be unsuccessful. We do not carry key person life insurance covering any of our employees.

        Our future success also depends on our continued ability to attract and retain highly qualified technical, development, sales, services and management personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we may fail to retain our key employees or attract or retain other highly qualified personnel in the future. Many of our employees are located in Harrisonburg, Virginia, a city that does not have a large pool of qualified replacement personnel. The lack of qualified local replacement personnel may make it more difficult to quickly find replacement personnel and may increase the costs of identifying and relocating replacement personnel to Harrisonburg.

        In addition, wage inflation and the cost of retaining our key personnel in the face of competition for such personnel may increase our costs faster than we can offset these costs with increased prices or increased sales volume.

If we are unable to hire, train, motivate and retain sales personnel to staff our kiosks, or to identify suitable locations and negotiate site licenses on acceptable terms, we could lose revenue, our costs could increase and profitability could decline.

        As of December 31, 2006, we had 81 kiosks selling our products directly to consumers. As of December 31, 2008, we had increased the number of kiosks selling our products to 150. In order to successfully grow this sales channel we must be able to hire, train, motivate and retain sales personnel to staff these kiosks. These kiosks are small and widely dispersed, and, as such, are operated without substantial hands-on management or oversight by us. As a result, we depend on our kiosk sales personnel to effectively manage sales, customer issues and reporting of financial transactions from these kiosks. The opening and success of new kiosks will depend upon various additional factors, including our ability to identify suitable locations and our ability to negotiate site licenses on acceptable terms and labor costs. Specifically, we must identify and negotiate cost-effective site licenses for kiosk locations that will generate sufficient consumer demand. Many of these site licenses contain terms and conditions that are highly favorable to licensors including allowing licensors to cancel them on short notice, sometimes as little as thirty days, and broad indemnification terms in favor of licensors. If competition for kiosk space increases, license rates may increase and other terms may become even less favorable to us, resulting in lower

22



profitability. Our failure to properly manage the expansion of this sales channel could cause us to lose revenue and increase our expenses.

Failure to maintain the availability of the systems, networks, databases and software required to operate and deliver our internet-based products and services could damage our reputation and cause us to lose revenue.

        We rely on internal systems and external systems, networks and databases maintained by us and third-party providers to process customer orders; handle customer service requests; and host and deliver our internet-based language learning solutions and our SharedTalk online peer-to-peer collaborative and interactive community. Any damage, interruption or failure of our systems, networks and databases could prevent us from processing customer orders and result in degradation or interruptions in delivery of our products and services. Notwithstanding our efforts to protect against interruptions in the availability of our e-commerce websites and internet-based products and services, we do occasionally experience unplanned outages or technical difficulties. In addition, we do not have complete redundancy for all of our systems. We do not maintain real-time back-up of all of our data, and in the event of system disruptions, we could experience loss of data which could cause us to lose customers and could harm our reputation and cause us to face unexpected liabilities and expenses. If we continue to expand our business, we will put additional strains on these systems. We may also need to grow, reconfigure or relocate our data centers in response to changing business needs, which may be costly and lead to unplanned disruptions of service.

Our possession and use of personal information presents risks and expenses that could harm our business. Unauthorized disclosure or manipulation of such data, whether through breach of our network security or otherwise, could expose us to costly litigation and damage our reputation.

        Maintaining our network security is of critical importance because our online e-commerce systems and our online administration tools for our institutional business store proprietary and confidential customer, employee and other sensitive data, such as names, addresses, other personal information and credit card numbers. We and our vendors use commercially available encryption technology to transmit personal information when taking orders. We use security and business controls to limit access and use of personal information. However, third parties may be able to circumvent these security and business measures by developing and deploying viruses, worms and other malicious software programs that are designed to attack or attempt to infiltrate our systems and networks. In addition, employee error, malfeasance or other errors in the storage, use or transmission of personal information could result in a breach of customer or employee privacy. We employ contractors, temporary and part-time employees who may have access to the personal information of customers and employees. It is possible such individuals could circumvent our controls, which could result in a breach of customer or employee privacy.

        Possession and use of personal information in conducting our business subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data breach, restrict our use of personal information and hinder our ability to acquire new customers or market to existing customers. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, expenses to comply with privacy and security standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards or contractual obligations.

        If third parties improperly obtain and use the personal information of our customers or employees, we may be required to expend significant resources to resolve these problems. A major breach of our network security and systems could have serious negative consequences for our businesses, including possible fines, penalties and damages, reduced customer demand for our products and services, harm to our reputation and brand and loss of our ability to accept and process customer credit card orders.

23


We are exposed to risks associated with credit card and payment fraud and with credit card processing, which could cause us to lose revenue.

        Many of our customers use credit cards or automated payment systems to pay for our products and services. We have suffered losses, and may continue to suffer losses, as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit cards or other fraudulent payment data. For example, under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions if we do not obtain a cardholder's signature, a frequent practice in internet sales. We employ technology solutions to help us detect fraudulent transactions. However, the failure to detect or control payment fraud could cause us to lose sales and revenue.

Any significant interruptions in the operations of our call center or third-party call centers could cause us to lose sales and disrupt our ability to process orders and deliver our solutions in a timely manner.

        We rely on both an in-house call center and third-party call centers to sell our solutions, respond to customer service and technical support requests and process orders. Any significant interruption in the operation of these facilities, including an interruption caused by our failure to successfully expand or upgrade our systems or to manage these expansions or upgrades, could reduce our ability to receive and process orders and provide products and services, which could result in lost and cancelled sales and damage to our brand and reputation.

        As we grow, we will need more capacity from those existing call centers or we will need to identify and contract with new call centers. We may not be able to continue to locate and contract for call center capacity on favorable terms, or at all. Additionally, the rates those call centers charge us may increase or those call centers may not continue to provide service at the current levels.

        We structure our marketing and advertising to drive potential customers to our call centers and websites to purchase our solutions. If our call center operators do not convert inquiries into sales at expected rates, our ability to generate revenue could be impaired. Training and retaining qualified call center operators is challenging due to the expansion of our product and service offerings and the seasonality of our business. If we do not adequately train our call center operators, they will not convert inquiries into sales at an acceptable rate.

        Our call center employs a large number of personnel and historically has been subject to a high turnover rate among employees. We may have to terminate employees from time to time as our business changes and labor demands shift among our facilities. Any significant increase in labor costs, deterioration of employee relations, slowdowns or work stoppages at any of our locations, employee turnover or otherwise, could harm our business and profitability. In addition, high employee turnover could increase our exposure to employee-related litigation. Likewise, the third-party call centers we utilize face similar issues.

If any of our products contain defects or errors or if new product releases or services are delayed, our reputation could be harmed, resulting in significant costs to us and impairing our ability to sell our solutions.

        If our products contain defects, errors or security vulnerabilities, our reputation could be harmed, which could result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our products in the future. In the past, we have encountered product development delays due to errors or defects. We would expect that, despite our testing, errors will be found in new products and product enhancements in the future. Significant errors in our products or services could lead to, among other things:

24


        In addition, we could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty. Our contracts with customers contain provisions relating to warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, which may not be upheld. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management's attention and adversely affect the market's perception of us and our products and services. In addition, if our business liability insurance coverage proves inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms, or at all, we could face significant financial losses.

Our sales to U.S. government agencies and armed forces subject us to special risks that could adversely affect our business.

        In 2008, we derived approximately 4% of our revenue from sales to U.S. government agencies and armed forces. Government sales entail a variety of risks including:

If we fail to effectively upgrade our information technology systems, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

        As part of our efforts to continue improving our internal control over financial reporting, we plan to continue to upgrade our existing financial information technology systems in order to automate several controls that are currently performed manually. We may experience difficulties in transitioning to these upgraded systems, including loss of data and decreases in productivity, as personnel become familiar with new systems. In addition, our management information systems will require modification and refinement as we grow and as our business needs change, which could prolong difficulties we experience with systems transitions, and we may not always employ the most effective systems for our purposes. If we experience difficulties in implementing new or upgraded information systems or experience significant system failures, or if we are unable to successfully modify our management information systems or respond to changes in our business needs, we may not be able to effectively manage our business and we may fail to meet our

25



reporting obligations. In addition, as a result of the automation of these manual processes, the data produced may cause us to question the accuracy of previously reported financial results.

Our software products must interoperate with computer operating systems of our institutional customers. If we are unable to ensure that our products interoperate properly with institutional customer systems, our business could be harmed.

        Our products must interoperate with our institutional customers' computer systems, including student learning management systems. As a result, we must continually ensure that our products interoperate properly with these systems. Changes in operating systems, the technologies we incorporate into our products or the computer systems our institutional customers use may damage our business.

As our product and service offerings become more complex our reported revenue may become less predictable.

        Our planned expansion of products and services will generate more varied sources of revenue than our existing business. The accounting policies that apply to these sources of revenue may be more complex than those that apply to our traditional products and services. In addition, we may change the manner in which we sell our software licenses, and such change could cause delays in revenue recognition in accordance with accounting standards. Under these accounting standards, even if we deliver products and services to, and collect cash from, a customer in a given fiscal period, we may be required to defer recognizing revenue from the sale of such product or service until a future period when all the conditions necessary for revenue recognition have been satisfied. Conditions that can cause delays in revenue recognition include software arrangements that have undelivered elements for which we have not yet established vendor specific objective evidence of fair value, requirements that we deliver services for significant enhancements or modifications to customize our software for a particular customer or material customer acceptance criteria.

Many of our expenses are fixed and many are based, in significant part, on our expectations of our future revenue and incurred prior to the sale of our products and services. Therefore, any significant decline in revenue for any period could have an immediate impact on our margins, net income and financial results for the period.

        Our expense levels are based, in significant part, on our estimates of future revenue and many of these expenses are fixed in the short term. As a result, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner if our revenue falls short of our expectations. Accordingly, any significant shortfall of revenue in relation to our estimates could have an immediate effect on our profitability. In addition, as our business grows, we anticipate increasing our operating expenses to expand our product development, technical support, sales and marketing and administrative organizations. Any such expansion could cause material losses to the extent we do not generate additional revenue sufficient to cover the additional expenses.

We may need to raise additional funds to pursue our growth strategy or continue our operations, and we may be unable to raise capital when needed.

        From time to time, in addition to this offering, we may seek additional equity or debt financing to provide for the capital expenditures required to finance working capital requirements, continue our expansion, develop new products and services or to make acquisitions or other investments. In addition, if our business plans change, if general economic, financial or political conditions in our markets change, or if other circumstances arise that have a material effect on our cash flow, the anticipated cash needs of our business as well as our conclusions as to the adequacy of our available sources of capital could change significantly. Any of these events or circumstances could result in significant additional funding needs, requiring us to raise additional capital. We cannot predict the timing or amount of any such capital requirements at this time. If financing is not available on satisfactory terms, or at all, we may be unable to

26



expand our business or to develop new business at the rate desired and our results of operations may suffer.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property Rights

Protection of our intellectual property is limited, and any misuse of our intellectual property by others, including software piracy, could harm our business, reputation and competitive position.

        Our intellectual property is important to our success. We believe our trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, pending patents, trade dress and designs are valuable and integral to our success and competitive position. To protect our proprietary rights, we rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions and technical measures.

        We have several patent applications on file. However, we do not know whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. Even if patents are issued from our patent applications, which is not certain, they may be contested, circumvented or invalidated in the future. Moreover, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with proprietary protection or competitive advantages, and, as with any technology, competitors may be able to develop similar or superior technologies to our own now or in the future. In addition, we have not emphasized patents as a source of significant competitive advantage and have instead sought to primarily protect our proprietary rights under laws affording protection for trade secrets, copyright and trademark protection of our products, brands, trademarks and other intellectual property where available and appropriate. However, all of these measures afford only limited protection and may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by third parties. In addition, these protections may not be adequate to prevent our competitors or customers from copying or reverse-engineering our products. Third parties could copy all or portions of our products or otherwise obtain, use, distribute and sell our proprietary information without authorization. Third parties may also develop similar or superior technology independently by designing around our intellectual property, which would decrease demand for our products. In addition, our patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages and the patents of others may seriously impede our ability to conduct our business.

        We protect our products, trade secrets and proprietary information, in part, by requiring all of our employees to enter into agreements providing for the maintenance of confidentiality and the assignment of rights to inventions made by them while employed by us. We also enter into non-disclosure agreements with our technical consultants, customers, vendors and resellers to protect our confidential and proprietary information. We cannot assure you that our confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and other third parties will not be breached, that we will be able to effectively enforce these agreements, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, or that our trade secrets and other proprietary information will not be disclosed or will otherwise be protected.

        We rely on contractual and license agreements with third parties in connection with their use of our products and technology. There is no guarantee that such parties will abide by the terms of such agreements or that we will be able to adequately enforce our rights, in part because we rely, in many instances, on "click-wrap" and "shrink-wrap" licenses, which are not negotiated or signed by individual licensees. Accordingly, some provisions of our licenses, including provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer, resale and disclosure of the licensed software program, may be unenforceable under the laws of several jurisdictions.

        Protection of trade secret and other intellectual property rights in the markets in which we operate and compete is highly uncertain and may involve complex legal questions. The laws of countries in which we operate may afford little or no protection to our trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. Although we defend our intellectual property rights and combat unlicensed copying and use of software

27



and intellectual property rights through a variety of techniques, preventing unauthorized use or infringement of our intellectual property rights is inherently difficult. Despite our enforcement efforts against software piracy, we lose significant revenue due to illegal use of our software. If piracy activities increase, it may further harm our business.

        We also expect that the more successful we are, the more likely that competitors will try to illegally use our proprietary information and develop products that are similar to ours, which may infringe on our proprietary rights. In addition, we could potentially lose future trade secret protection for our source code if any unauthorized disclosure of such code occurs. The loss of future trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our products by copying functionality. In addition, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the trade secret and other intellectual property laws in any country in which we operate may compromise our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property rights. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our confidential information and trade secret protection. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights or if third parties independently develop or gain access to our or similar technologies, our business, revenue, reputation and competitive position could be harmed.

Third-party use of our trademarks as keywords in internet search engine advertising programs may direct potential customers to competitors' websites, which could harm our reputation and cause us to lose sales.

        Competitors and other third parties purchase our trademarks and confusingly similar terms as keywords in internet search engine advertising programs and in the header and text of the resulting sponsored link advertisements in order to divert potential customers to their websites. Preventing such unauthorized use is inherently difficult. In addition, the judicial precedent on whether such activity constitutes infringement varies significantly within the United States and in other countries. If we are unable to protect our trademarks and confusingly similar terms from such unauthorized use, competitors and other third parties will continue to drive potential online customers away from our websites to competing websites, which could harm our reputation and cause us to lose sales.

Our trademarks are limited in scope and geographic coverage and may not significantly distinguish us from the competition.

        We own several federal trademark registrations, including the Rosetta Stone mark, hold common law trademark rights and have federal trademark applications pending in the United States and abroad for additional trademarks. Even if federal registrations are granted to us, our trademark rights may be challenged. It is also possible that our competitors will adopt trademarks similar to ours, thus impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to customer confusion. In fact, various third parties have registered trademarks that are similar to ours in the United States and overseas. We could incur substantial costs in prosecuting or defending trademark infringement suits. If we fail to effectively enforce our trademark rights, our competitive position and brand recognition may be diminished.

        We have registered Rosetta Stone as a trademark for language learning in several countries. However, we have been precluded from registering this trademark in some Asian countries because third parties have previously registered the trademark or have registered similar trademarks. As a result, we have been marketing our products and services under our Rosetta World brand in some Asian countries, thus compromising our ability to build a cohesive worldwide brand identity and possibly leading to customer confusion.

28


We have not registered copyrights for all our products, which may limit our ability to enforce them.

        We have not registered our copyrights in all of our software, written materials, website information, designs or other copyrightable works. The United States Copyright Act automatically protects all of our copyrightable works, but without a registration we cannot enforce those copyrights against infringers or seek certain statutory remedies for any such infringement. Preventing others from copying our products, written materials and other copyrightable works is important to our overall success in the marketplace. In the event we decide to enforce any of our copyrights against infringers, we will first be required to register the relevant copyrights, and we cannot be sure that all of the material for which we seek copyright registration would be registerable in whole or in part, or that once registered, we would be successful in bringing a copyright claim against any such infringers.

We must monitor and protect our internet domain names to preserve their value. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe on or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks.

        We own several domain names that include the terms Rosetta Stone and Rosetta World. Third parties may acquire substantially similar domain names that decrease the value of our domain names and trademarks and other proprietary rights which may hurt our business. Moreover, the regulation of domain names in the United States and foreign countries is subject to change. Governing bodies could appoint additional domain name registrars or modify the requirements for holding domain names. Governing bodies could also establish additional "top-level" domains, which are the portion of the Web address that appears to the right of the "dot," such as "com," "gov" or "org." As a result, we may not maintain exclusive rights to all potentially relevant domain names in the United States or in other countries in which we conduct business, which could harm our business or reputation.

Claims that we misuse the intellectual property of others could subject us to significant liability and disrupt our business.

        We may become subject to material claims of infringement by competitors and other third parties with respect to current or future products, e-commerce and other web-related technologies, online business methods, trademarks or other proprietary rights. Our competitors, some of which may have substantially greater resources than us and have made significant investments in competing products and technologies, may have, or seek to apply for and obtain, patents, copyrights or trademarks that will prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our current and future products and technologies, and we may not be successful in defending allegations of infringement of these patents, copyrights or trademarks. Further, we may not be aware of all of the patents and other intellectual property rights owned by third parties that may be potentially adverse to our interests. We may need to resort to litigation to enforce our proprietary rights or to determine the scope and validity of a third-party's patents or other proprietary rights, including whether any of our products, technologies or processes infringe the patents or other proprietary rights of third parties. We may incur substantial expenses in defending against third-party infringement claims regardless of the merit of such claims. The outcome of any such proceedings is uncertain and, if unfavorable, could force us to discontinue sales of the affected products or impose significant penalties or restrictions on our business. We do not conduct comprehensive patent searches to determine whether the technologies used in our products infringe upon patents held by others. In addition, product development is inherently uncertain in a rapidly evolving technological environment in which there may be numerous patent applications pending, many of which are confidential when filed, with regard to similar technologies.

29


We do not own all of the software, other technologies and content used in our products and services.

        Some of our products and services include intellectual property owned by third parties, including software that is integrated with internally developed software and a portion of our voice recognition software, which we license from the University of Colorado. From time to time we may be required to renegotiate with these third parties or negotiate with new third parties to include their technology or content in our existing products, in new versions of our existing products or in wholly new products. We may not be able to negotiate or renegotiate licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and the third-party software may not be appropriately supported, maintained or enhanced by the licensors. If we are unable to obtain the rights necessary to use or continue to use third-party technology or content in our products and services or the inability to support, maintain and enhance any software could result in increased costs, or in delays or reductions in product shipments until equivalent software could be developed, identified, licensed and integrated.

Our use of open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our products.

        We incorporate open source software into our products and may use more open source software in the future. The use of open source software is governed by license agreements. The terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. In such event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, make generally available, in source code form, proprietary code that links to certain open source modules, re-engineer our products, discontinue the sale of our products if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a cost-effective and timely basis, or become subject to other consequences. In addition, open source licenses generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Thus, we may have little or no recourse if we become subject to infringement claims relating to the open source software or if the open source software is defective in any manner.

Risks Related to This Offering

Some of our stockholders could together exert control over our company after completion of this offering.

        As of December 31, 2008, funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners beneficially owned in the aggregate shares representing approximately 46% of our outstanding voting power. Two managing members of the general partner of ABS Capital Partners currently serve on our board of directors. After the completion of this offering, funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners will beneficially own in the aggregate shares representing approximately            % of our outstanding voting power, or approximately            % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. Additionally, as of December 31, 2008, Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP, or Norwest, beneficially owned in the aggregate shares representing approximately 30% of our outstanding voting power. One managing member of the general partner of Norwest currently serves on our board of directors. After completion of this offering, affiliates of Norwest will beneficially own in the aggregate shares representing approximately            % of our outstanding voting power, or approximately            % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. As a result, these stockholders could together control all matters presented to our stockholders for approval, including election and removal of our directors and change of control transactions. The interests of these stockholders may not always coincide with the interests of the other holders of our common stock.

30


As a public company we will incur additional cost and face increased demands on our management and key employees.

        We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the New York Stock Exchange, impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will devote substantial amounts of time to these requirements. We expect these requirements to significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. These rules and regulations also make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. If our profitability is harmed by these additional costs, it could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal controls for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.

        In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, we identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting in accounting for inventory, income taxes and stock-based compensation, our general computer controls and controls within our enterprise resources planning system. In addition, we identified a significant deficiency in our financial closing process. No material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls were identified in relation to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008. A material weakness is defined as a significant deficiency or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented by our internal control over financial reporting. A significant deficiency means a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that adversely affects our ability to initiate, record, process or report financial data reliably in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles such that there is more than a remote likelihood that a misstatement of our financial statements that is more than inconsequential will not be prevented or detected by our internal control over financial reporting.

        Our independent registered public accounting firm's audit for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing their audit procedures, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. If such an evaluation had been performed or when we are required to perform such an evaluation after we become public, additional material weaknesses, significant deficiencies and other control deficiencies may have been or may be identified. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to help produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be evaluated frequently. We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies relating to internal controls, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

        Because of these material weaknesses, there is heightened risk that a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly financial statements relating to the periods that these material weaknesses existed was not prevented or detected. We have taken steps to remediate our material weaknesses, including hiring additional accounting and finance personnel and engaging consultants. Although we believe we have

31



remediated these material weaknesses and significant deficiencies and did not identify any new material weaknesses or signficant deficiencies in relation to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008, we cannot assure you that our efforts to remediate these internal control weaknesses were successful or that similar material weaknesses will not recur. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control over Financial Reporting" for a discussion of the material weaknesses in our internal controls during the period January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 and our efforts to remediate those material weaknesses.

        Our internal growth plans will also put additional strains on our internal controls if we do not augment our resources and adapt our procedures in response to this growth. Once we become a public company, we will be required to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 regarding internal controls. In the event that we have not adequately remedied these material weaknesses, and if we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls in future periods, we could become subject to potential review by the New York Stock Exchange, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources, could result in our delisting by the New York Stock Exchange, could compromise our ability to run our business effectively and could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial reporting.

We do not know whether a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and as a result it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

        Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock. If a market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which the common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria regarding our value. It is possible that in one or more future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock may fall.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Sales of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the future could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

        If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline substantially. After this offering, approximately            shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, approximately             shares of our common stock, including the            shares of our common stock sold in this offering, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. Of our outstanding shares of common stock,       are subject to 180-day contractual lockup agreements with our underwriters. Morgan

32



Stanley & Co. Incorporated may, in its discretion, permit our directors, officers, employees and current stockholders who are subject to these contractual lockups to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lockup agreements. The lockup is subject to extension for an additional 34 days under some circumstances. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements."

        After the lockup agreements pertaining to this offering expire, up to an additional        shares will be eligible for sale in the public market,             of which are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. In addition, the        shares underlying options that are either subject to the terms of our equity compensation plans or reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various option agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline. For additional information, see "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in your investment.

        The offering price of the common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock, which on a pro forma basis was $            as of December 31, 2008. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value when you buy shares of common stock in this offering. This means that you will pay a higher price per share than the amount of our total assets, minus our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares. Holders of our common stock will experience further dilution if options or other rights to purchase our common stock that are outstanding or that we may issue in the future are exercised or converted, or if we issue additional shares of our common stock, at prices lower than our net tangible book value at such time.

Provisions in our organizational documents and in the Delaware General Corporation Law may prevent takeover attempts that could be beneficial to our stockholders.

        Provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, both of which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, and in the Delaware General Corporation Law, may make it difficult and expensive for a third-party to pursue a takeover attempt we oppose even if a change in control of our company would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders. Any provision of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or second amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock. Our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the powers, preferences and rights of each series without stockholder approval. The ability to issue preferred stock could discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or make it more difficult for a third party to gain control of our company, or otherwise could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This section generally prohibits us from engaging in mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock, or with their affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner. However, because funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners and Norwest acquired their shares prior to this offering, Section 203 is currently inapplicable to any business combination or transaction with them or their affiliates. In addition, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a classified board of directors and requires that any action to be taken by stockholders must be taken at a duly called meeting of stockholders and may not be taken be written consent. Our second amended and restated bylaws require that any stockholder proposals or nominations for election to our board of

33



directors must meet specific advance notice requirements and procedures, which make it more difficult for our stockholders to make proposals or director nominations.

We will retain broad discretion in using the net proceeds from this offering and may spend a substantial portion in ways with which you do not agree.

        Our management will retain broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be applied in ways with which you and other investors in the offering may not agree, or which do not increase the value of your investment. We intend to use a portion of our net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding balance under our existing credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank N.A., or Wells Fargo, which was approximately $9.9 million as of February 28, 2009. We also intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering equal to approximately $                  , based on an assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, to satisfy the federal, state and local withholding tax obligations relating to the stock grants we intend to make to our key employees, including our named executive officers, prior to the completion of this offering. We anticipate that we will use the remainder of the net proceeds for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition of other businesses, products or technologies. We have not allocated these remaining net proceeds for any specific purposes. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

34



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus, including the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and "Business," contains forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words such as "project," "believe," "anticipate," "plan," "expect," "estimate," "intend," "should," "would," "could," "potentially," "will," or "may," or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include statements about:

        Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. There are a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements, which statements apply only as of the date of this prospectus. These important factors include those that we discuss in this prospectus under the caption "Risk Factors" and elsewhere. You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

35



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be approximately $     million, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised, our net proceeds will not change as the entire option will be comprised of shares from the selling stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $     million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        We expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we will receive from this offering to repay all amounts outstanding under our credit agreement with Wells Fargo, which has a maturity date of January 15, 2011 and had an outstanding balance of $9.9 million and an interest rate of approximately 3.0% as of February 28, 2009.

        We expect to use approximately $       million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, to satisfy the federal, state and local withholding tax obligations relating to the stock grants we intend to make to our key employees, including our named executive officers, prior to the completion of this offering. See "Capitalization" and "Executive Compensation—Stock Grants" for a description of these stock grants. We will withhold from each recipient's award a number of shares of our common stock equal to the dollar value of the recipient's federal, state and local withholding tax obligations at their highest marginal tax rate and we will use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to pay to the appropriate taxing authorities an equivalent value in cash based upon the actual initial public offering price per share in this offering.

        Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount of cash we would pay to satisfy the federal, state and local withholding tax obligations relating to the stock grants by an aggregate of $              .

        We expect to use the remainder of the net proceeds as working capital for general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the proceeds to expand our current business through acquisitions or investments in other complementary businesses, products or technologies. We have no agreements or commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time. We will have broad discretion in the way we use the net proceeds.

        Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        The Successor has never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support the operation of and to finance the growth and development of our business. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

36



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2008 on:

37


        You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of December 31, 2008  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma as
Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 30,626   $     $    
               

Current maturities of long-term debt

  $ 4,250   $     $    
               

Long-term debt

  $ 5,660   $     $    

Class A, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 269,000, 0 and 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

    26,876            

Class A, Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 178,000, 0 and 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

    17,820            

Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 111,000,
0 and 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

    11,341            

Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 0,             and             shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted;
0, 0, and 0 shares issued and outstanding actual, pro forma,
and pro forma as adjusted

               

Common stock, $0.00005 par value; 39,100,000,             and             shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted; 1,488,971,             and                   shares issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

    1              

Additional paid-in capital

    10,814              

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    (203 )            

Accumulated income

    12,422              
               

Total stockholders' equity

    79,071              
               

Total capitalization

  $ 88,981   $     $    
               

        Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

        An increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would also increase or decrease the number of shares of restricted common stock we will issue to our employees prior to the completion of this offering and the number of shares of common stock we will issue, net of shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations, in connection with the stock grants we intend to make to our key employees prior to the completion of this offering, and thus increase or decrease the number of shares outstanding following this offering and the number of shares shown above on a pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase or decrease the number of shares of common stock outstanding by an aggregate of              shares.

38


        This table excludes the following shares:

39



DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

        Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2008 was $34.2 million, or $22.99 per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 11,159,780 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our intended issuance of 119,177 shares of restricted common stock to some of our employees prior to the completion of this offering, our intended issuance of            shares of common stock prior to the completion of this offering to some of our key employees, including our executive officers, which number is net of the shares withheld by us to satisfy the recipients' tax withholding obligations, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2008 was $       million, or $       per share of common stock.

        After giving further effect to our issuance and sale of             shares of common stock in this offering, less the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of approximately $9.9 million of the proceeds of the offering to repay debt and of approximately $            to pay the federal, state and local tax withholding obligations of our key employees relating to the stock grants we intend to make prior to completion of this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2008 would have been $       million, or $       per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $      to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $       per share to new investors. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by a new investor. The following table illustrates the per share dilution:

Initial public offering price per share of common stock

        $    
 

Actual net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2008

  $ 22.99        
 

Decrease per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock and the intended issuance of restricted stock grants, stock grants and related tax withholding payments

             
             
 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2008

             
 

Increase per share attributable to new investors

             
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution per share to new investors

        $    
             

        If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would not change since the shares for this option are all being provided by our selling stockholders and we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares.

40


        If all of the outstanding options were exercised, the net tangible book value as of December 31, 2008 would have been $       million and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would have been $      per share, causing dilution to new investors of $      per share.

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2008 by approximately $       million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $      per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2008, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering.

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $         % $    

New investors

                               
                         

Total

          100 % $       100 %      
                         

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total consideration paid to us by investors participating in this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The sale of                  shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to                   shares, or        % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering to                  shares, or         % of the total shares outstanding. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders will be further reduced to                  shares, or        % of the total shares outstanding, and the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to                   shares, or        % of the total shares outstanding.

        As of December 31, 2008, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 1,275,230 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $8.41 per share. In addition, we expect to grant additional options to our employees prior to completion of this offering to purchase an aggregate of 263,246 shares of common stock, which options will have an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price per share in this offering. The above discussion and table assumes no exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2008 or the new options. If all of these options were exercised, our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering and our new investors would own        % of the total number of shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

41



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statement of operations, balance sheet and other data for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 have been derived from Rosetta Stone Inc., or the Successor, audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, represents the operations of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., or the Predecessor, which was acquired by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006 and have been derived from Predecessor audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2006 has been derived from Successor audited financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data for the Predecessor as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, and for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, have been derived from Predecessor audited financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. This information should be read in conjunction with "Capitalization," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.

        The Predecessor incurred transaction-related expenses during the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 relating to the acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006. Included in the expenses were $5.9 million related to restricted common stock, $3.1 million in cash bonuses and $1.2 million in acquisition-related bank fees.

        Unaudited pro forma net income per common share and unaudited pro forma common shares and equivalents outstanding reflect conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 11,159,780 shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and the issuance of            shares of common stock, net of shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations, we intend to make to our key employees prior to completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and, in the case of diluted unaudited pro forma net income per share and unaudited pro forma common shares and equivalents outstanding, also reflects the issuance of 119,177 shares of restricted common stock and options to purchase 263,246 shares of common stock we intend to make to our employees prior to completion of this offering.

        An increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would also increase or decrease the number of shares of restricted common stock we will issue to our employees prior to the completion of this offering and the number of shares of common stock we will issue, net of shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations, in connection with the stock grants we intend to make to our key employees prior to the completion of this offering, and thus increase or decrease the number of shares outstanding following this offering and the unaudited pro forma net income per common share. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase or decrease the number of shares of common stock outstanding by an aggregate of              shares, the basic unaudited pro forma net income per common share by $      and the diluted unaudited pro forma net income per common share by $      .

        The Predecessor declared cash dividends of $6,716 and $14,324 per share in the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

42


 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2004   2005   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                     

Revenue

  $ 25,373   $ 48,402   $ 272   $ 91,298   $ 137,321   $ 209,380  

Cost of revenue

    3,968     8,242     203     12,541     20,687     28,676  
                           

Gross profit

    21,405     40,160     69     78,757     116,634     180,704  
                           

Operating expenses:

                                     
 

Sales and marketing

    11,303     22,432     695     45,854     65,437     93,384  
 

Research and development

    1,833     2,819     41     8,117     12,893     18,387  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

                12,597          
 

General and administrative

    6,484     8,157     142     16,590     29,786     39,577  
 

Lease abandonment

                        1,831  
 

Transaction-related expenses

            10,315              
                           
   

Total operating expenses

    19,620     33,408     11,193     83,158     108,116     153,179  
                           

Income (loss) from operations

    1,785     6,752     (11,124 )   (4,401 )   8,518     27,525  

Other income and expense:

                                     
 

Interest income

    84     38         613     673     454  
 

Interest expense

                (1,560 )   (1,331 )   (891 )
 

Other (expense) income

    120     134     3     60     154     239  
                           
 

Interest and other income (expense), net

    204     172     3     (887 )   (504 )   (198 )
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    1,989     6,924     (11,121 )   (5,288 )   8,014     27,327  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    66     143         (1,240 )   5,435     13,435  
                           

Net income (loss)

    1,923     6,781     (11,121 )   (4,048 )   2,579     13,892  

Preferred stock accretion

                (159 )   (80 )    
                           

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 1,923   $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,207 ) $ 2,499   $ 13,892  
                           

Income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                     
 

Basic

  $ 6,993   $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 1.91   $ 9.48  
                           
 

Diluted

  $ 6,993   $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 0.20   $ 1.07  
                           

Common shares and equivalents outstanding:

                                     
 

Basic weighted average shares

    0.275     0.275     0.299     1,230     1,310     1,465  
                           
 

Diluted weighted average shares

    0.275     0.275     0.299     1,230     12,718     13,018  
                           

Unaudited pro forma net income per common share:

                                     
 

Basic

                                $         
                                     
 

Diluted

                                $         
                                     

Unaudited pro forma common shares and equivalents outstanding:

                                     
 

Basic weighted average shares

                                     
                                     
 

Diluted weighted average shares

                                     
                                     

Other Data:

                                     

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 2,380   $ 7,615   $ (5,181 ) $ 15,332   $ 17,768   $ 36,429  
                           

Stock-based compensation included in:

                                     
 

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $   $ 1   $ 2   $ 2  
 

Sales and marketing

                59     189     153  
 

Research and development

                128     360     482  
 

General and administrative

    2             373     776     953  
 

Transaction-related expenses

            5,930              
                           
     

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 2   $   $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 1,590  
                           

Intangible amortization included in:

                                     
 

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $   $ 1,213   $ 1,227   $ 13  
 

Sales and marketing

                4,113     3,596     3,003  
                           
     

Total intangible amortization expense

  $   $   $   $ 5,326   $ 4,823   $ 3,016  
                           

43


 
  Predecessor   Sucessor  
 
  As of
December 31,
  As of December 31,  
 
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,767   $ 11,738   $ 16,917   $ 21,691   $ 30,626  

Total assets

    10,752     25,620     96,754     110,376     138,818  

Deferred revenue

    1,653     6,231     8,105     12,939     15,744  

Notes payable and capital lease obligation

    741     63     15,917     13,324     9,910  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

            4,920     5,000      

Total stockholders' equity

    6,187     8,985     53,548     58,125     79,071  

        The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods identified.

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2004   2005   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,923   $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 13,892  

Interest expense (income), net

    (84 )   (38 )       947     658     437  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    66     143         (1,240 )   5,435     13,435  

Depreciation and amortization

    473     729     10     6,515     7,769     7,075  

Stock-based compensation

    2         5,930     561     1,327     1,590  

Acquired in-process research and development

                12,597          
                           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 2,380   $ 7,615   $ (5,181 ) $ 15,332   $ 17,768   $ 36,429  
                           

44



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of the factors we describe under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Company Overview

        We are a leading provider of technology-based language learning solutions. We develop, market and sell language learning solutions consisting of software, online services and audio practice tools primarily under our Rosetta Stone brand. Our teaching method, which we call Dynamic Immersion , is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. Our courses are based on our proprietary interactive technologies and pedagogical content and utilize a sophisticated sequencing of images, text and sounds to teach a new language without translation or grammar explanation. We believe our award-winning solutions provide an effective, convenient and fun way to learn languages. We currently offer our self-study language learning solutions in 31 languages. Our customers include individuals, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies and corporations.

        The strength and breadth of our solutions have allowed us to develop a business model that we believe distinguishes us from other language learning companies. Our scalable technology platform and our proprietary content can be deployed across many languages, which has enabled us to cost-effectively develop a broad product portfolio. We have a multi-channel marketing and distribution strategy that directly targets customers, utilizing print, online, television and radio advertising, public relations initiatives and our branded kiosks. Approximately 83% of our revenue in 2008 was generated through our direct sales channels, which include our call centers, websites, institutional sales force and kiosks. We also distribute our solutions through select retailers such as Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders.

        We generate revenue primarily from sales of packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions. Our continued growth depends, in part, on our ability to maintain strong brand recognition in order to generate sales from new customers. We continuously balance our need to achieve short-term financial goals with the equally critical need to invest in our products, our brand and our infrastructure to ensure our future success. In making decisions about spending levels in our various functional organizations, we consider many factors, including:

        We believe the primary factors that affect our financial performance include the following:

45


        We believe that our multi-channel marketing and distribution models are fundamental to our success. Specifically, we focus on educating customers about the many benefits of our products and services by leveraging our advertising and kiosk network in order to drive website and call center traffic.

Fairfield Acquisition

        On January 4, 2006, Rosetta Stone Inc., or the Successor, acquired all of the outstanding stock of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., along with its wholly owned United Kingdom subsidiary, Fairfield & Sons, Limited, or collectively the Predecessor. After the acquisition, we changed the names of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and Fairfield & Sons, Limited to Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Rosetta Stone (UK) Limited, respectively. The results of acquired operations are included in our consolidated results of operations subsequent to the closing of the Predecessor's accounting records on January 4, 2006. Rosetta Stone Inc. had no operations prior to that acquisition.

        Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. developed, marketed and sold a suite of language learning software products under the Rosetta Stone brand name. As a result of the acquisition of all of the stock of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., we acquired all of the assets and assumed all of the liabilities of the Predecessor. Those assets included intellectual property, trade receivables, inventory, contracts, equipment and other tangible personal property and those liabilities included trade payables, accrued expenses and future customer support and services. We paid a total purchase price of approximately $79.1 million for the net assets acquired.

        We recorded amortizable intangibles associated with the acquisition related to acquired software technology, as well as existing trade names and trademarks, core technology and customer relationships. The estimated lives of the acquired technology and customer relationships was between 18 and 36 months. The intangible assets associated with the trade names and trademarks have an indefinite useful life. We compute amortization of intangible assets that do not have an indefinite life on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the assets. We test goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite life annually for impairment.

46


        A summary of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition is as follows (in thousands):

Tangible assets:

       
 

Assets—current

  $ 21,874  
 

Assets—non-current

    4,742  

Intangible assets:

       
 

Intangible assets

    36,396  
 

Goodwill

    34,199  
       

Total assets acquired

    97,211  

Liabilities assumed

   
(18,106

)
       

Net assets acquired

  $ 79,105  
       

Components of Our Statement of Operations

    Revenue

        We derive revenue from sales of language learning solutions consisting of packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions. Revenue is presented as product revenue or subscription and service revenue in our consolidated financial statements. Our audio practice products are normally combined with our packaged software products and sold as a solution.

        Product revenue consists of revenue from sales of our packaged software and audio products. Subscription and service revenue consists primarily of revenue from our online software subscriptions. The content of our packaged software and subscription offerings are the same. We simply offer our customers the ability to choose which format they prefer without differentiating the learning experience.

        We sell our solutions directly to individuals, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies and corporations. We distribute our consumer products predominantly through our direct sales channels, primarily our websites and call centers, which we refer to as our direct-to-consumer channel. We also distribute our consumer products through our kiosks, which we own, as well as through select retailers. The majority of our consumer customers purchase our packaged software and audio practice products. We sell to institutions primarily through our direct institutional sales force. Many institutions elect to license our products on a subscription basis. For purposes of explaining variances in our revenue, we separately discuss changes in our consumer and institutional sales channels because the customers and revenue drivers of these channels are different. We anticipate that revenue growth in future periods will be less significant than we have experienced historically.

        Our consumer revenue is affected by seasonal trends associated with the holiday shopping season. As a result, our fourth quarter ended December 31, 2008 accounted for 32% of our annual revenue in 2008. Our institutional revenue is seasonally stronger in the second and third quarters of the calendar year due to education, home school and government purchasing cycles. We expect these trends to continue.

    Cost of Revenue

        Cost of product revenue consists of the direct and indirect materials and labor costs to produce and distribute our products. Such costs include packaging materials, computer headsets, freight, inventory receiving, personnel costs associated with product assembly, third-party royalty fees and inventory storage, obsolescence and shrinkage. Cost of subscription and service revenue primarily represents costs associated

47



with supporting our online language learning service, which includes hosting costs and depreciation. We also include the cost of credit card processing and customer technical support in both cost of product revenue and cost of subscription and service revenue. In the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, cost of product revenue and subscription and service revenue included intangible amortization related to core technology associated with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., which was fully amortized by June 2008. We expect our cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods as our unit sales continue to grow. Cost of revenue may also increase as a percentage of revenue in future periods as we are planning to release service offerings that will have higher direct costs to deliver to customers.

    Operating Expenses

        We classify our operating expenses into three categories: sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative.

        Our operating expenses primarily consist of personnel costs, direct advertising and marketing expenses and professional fees associated with contract product development, legal, accounting and consulting. Personnel costs for each category of operating expenses include salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation and employee benefit costs.

        Sales and Marketing.     Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of direct advertising expenses related to television, print, radio, online and other direct marketing activities, personnel costs for our sales and marketing staff, rental payments for our kiosks and commissions paid to our sales personnel. Sales and marketing expenses also include amortization expense of intangible assets related to customer relationships associated with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. These intangible assets were fully amortized by January 2009. In 2007, we began to make significant investments to expand our sales and marketing operations in Europe and Japan. We established local sales offices and call centers, added employees and launched marketing and public relations campaigns within each region. We intend to continue to expand our sales activities within these regions as well as to expand our presence into new countries, in addition to expanding our media and advertising campaigns in the United States. As a result, we expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in future periods.

        Research and Development.     Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and contract development fees associated with the development of our solutions. Our development efforts are primarily based in the United States and are devoted to expanding our product portfolio through the addition of new content and new complimentary products and services to our language learning solutions. We expect our investment in research and development expenses to increase in future years but provide us with significant benefits in the future.

        General and Administrative.     General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of our executive, finance, legal, human resources and other administrative personnel, as well as accounting and legal professional services fees and other corporate expenses. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in future periods as we expect to continue to invest in corporate infrastructure and incur additional expenses associated with being a public company, including increased legal and accounting costs, investor relations costs, higher insurance premiums and compliance costs in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We also intend to increase administrative expenses as a result of our planned international expansion.

48


    Other Income (Expense)

        Other income (expense) primarily consists of interest income and interest expense. Interest expense is related to our long-term debt, the outstanding balance of which was $9.9 million as of December 31, 2008. We expect interest expense to decrease in future periods as we will pay down the balance of our outstanding long-term debt with proceeds from this offering. Interest income represents interest received on our cash and cash equivalents.

    Income Tax Expense

        Income tax expense consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States. In 2008, our effective tax rate in the United States was approximately 37%, although operating losses of our international subsidiaries raised our worldwide effective tax rate to 49%. We expect this rate should be lower in 2009 and beyond as results improve in international operations and as we implement new tax planning strategies, assuming no general increase in U.S. federal or state income tax rates applicable to companies such as ours. However, we expect our income tax expense to increase in absolute dollars as our income continues to grow.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        In presenting our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures.

        Some of the estimates and assumptions we are required to make relate to matters that are inherently uncertain as they pertain to future events. We base these estimates and assumptions on historical experience or on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, we reconsider and evaluate our estimates and assumptions. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates. Future results may differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

        We believe that the critical accounting policies listed below involve our more significant judgments, assumptions and estimates and, therefore, could have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. In addition, we believe that a discussion of these policies is necessary to understand and evaluate the consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus.

        For further information on our critical and other significant accounting policies, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Revenue Recognition

        We derive revenue primarily from the sale of packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions. We recognize revenue for software products and online software subscriptions in accordance with the Statement of Position, or SOP, No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , as amended by SOP No. 98-9, Modification of SOP No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to Certain Transactions , and the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements , as amended by SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition, Corrected Copy .

        We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; the product has been delivered or services have been rendered; the fee is fixed and determinable; and collectability is probable. We recognize revenue from packaged software and audio

49



practice products and online software subscriptions net of discounts. We recognize revenue related to professional services, which represented less than 1% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008, as the services are performed.

        We recognize revenue from the sale of packaged software and audio practice products when the product has been delivered, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. Software products include sales to end user customers and resellers. In most cases, revenue from sales to resellers is not contingent upon resale of the software to the end user and is recorded in the same manner as all other product sales. Revenue from sales of packaged software products is recognized as the products are shipped and title passes. We also sell a limited amount of packaged software products to resellers on a consignment basis. We recognize revenue for these consignment transactions once the end-user sale has occurred, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. We allow some customers to make payments for packaged software products in installments over a period of time, which typically ranges between three and five months. Given that these installment payment plans are for periods less then 12 months and a successful collection history has been established, we recognize revenue at the time of sale, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. We provide customers who purchase our packaged software products directly from us with a six-month right of return. We also allow our retailers to return unsold products, subject to some limitations. In accordance with SFAS No. 48, Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists , we reduce product revenue for estimated returns, which are based on historical return rates.

        We recognize revenue for software license agreements sold via online software subscriptions as hosting agreements in accordance with Emerging Issue Task Force, or EITF, No. 00-3: Application of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to Arrangements That Include the Right to Use Software Stored on Another Entity's Hardware . We recognize revenue for online software subscriptions ratably over the term of the subscription period, which typically ranges between three and 12 months, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met. Some online licensing arrangements include a specified number of licenses that can be activated over a period of time, which typically ranges between 12 and 24 months. We recognize revenue for these arrangements on a per license basis ratably over the term of the individual license subscription period, which typically ranges between three and 12 months, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met. We recognize revenue for set-up fees related to online licensing arrangements ratably over the term of the online licensing arrangement, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met. We record accounts receivable and deferred revenue at the time a customer enters into a binding subscription agreement and the subscription services are made available to the customer. We classify amounts received in advance of revenue recognition as deferred revenue.

        In connection with packaged software product sales and online software subscriptions, we provide technical support to customers, including customers of resellers, at no additional charge. Because we include the fee for technical support in the initial product cost or licensing fee, as applicable, we generally provide the technical support and services within one year, we deem the estimated cost of providing such support insignificant and we offer no unspecified upgrades or enhancements, we recognize technical support revenue together with the software product and license revenue. We accrue costs associated with the technical support at the time of sale.

        In connection with packaged software product sales and online software subscriptions, we provide accessory products, such as headsets, to customers at no additional charge. In accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, and EITF No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables , we account for the accessory products, such as headsets, and the software as separate elements or units of accounting. We recognize revenue upon the delivery of both the software and accessory products.

        We recognize revenue from the sale of packaged software products with specific upgrade rights in accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition . We defer revenue recognition for these sales

50



until the earlier of the point at which sufficient vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, exists for the specific upgrade right or we have delivered all elements of the arrangement. As of December 31, 2007, we had not delivered specified upgrade rights and had not yet established VSOE for these upgrade rights. As of December 31, 2008, the specific upgrade rights under all our arrangements expired and there were no undelivered elements for these arrangements. Deferred revenue related to these arrangements as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 was $2.4 million and zero, respectively.

        In accordance with EITF No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or a Reseller of the Vendor's Product , we account for cash sales incentives to resellers as a reduction of revenue unless a specific benefit is identified and the fair value is reasonably determinable.

        We have developed language learning solutions for some endangered languages under fixed fee arrangements. These arrangements also include contractual periods of post-contract support, or PCS, and online hosting services ranging from one to ten years. We recognize revenue for these arrangements ratably over the longer of the PCS or online hosting period, once the PCS or online hosting period begins. When the current estimates of total contract revenue and contract cost indicate a loss for a fixed fee arrangement, we record the entire loss on the contract.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        We record all stock-based awards, including employee stock option grants, at fair value as of the grant date and recognize these awards as expenses in our statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payments .

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, there were approximately $3.8 million and $4.4 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock option awards that we expect to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.61 and 2.21 years, respectively. For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, the Predecessor recognized $5.9 million in stock-based compensation expense in its net loss related to change-of-control stock agreements issued in connection with our acquisition of the Predecessor.

        The following table sets forth the stock-based compensation expense included in the related financial statement line items:

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Period From
January 1, through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenue

  $   $ 1   $ 2   $ 2  

Sales and marketing

        59     189     153  

Research and development

        128     360     482  

General and administrative

        373     776     953  

Transaction-related expenses

    5,930              
                   

Total

  $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 1,590  
                   

        We estimate the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option pricing model. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended

51



December 31, 2007 and 2008, we calculated the fair value of options granted using the following assumptions:

 
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008

Expected stock price volatility

  61% - 67%   62% - 70%   57% - 62%

Expected term of options

  5 years   6 years   6 years

Expected dividend yield

     

Risk-free interest rate

  4.53% - 4.94%   3.50% - 4.96%   2.08% - 3.36%

        Since our common stock is not publicly quoted and we have a limited history of stock option activity, we established a peer group of comparable publicly traded education and technology-enabled learning companies and high growth consumer companies for which historical information was available. As of each stock option grant date, we utilized the peer group data to calculate our expected volatility, the average expected stock option term and expected forfeitures. We will continue to use our peer group until sufficient historical data is available. The risk-free interest rate was determined by reference to the United States Treasury rates with the remaining term approximating the expected life assumed at the date of grant.

        The following table sets forth all stock option grants since January 4, 2006, the date of plan inception, through the date of this prospectus:

Grant Date
  Number of
Options Granted
  Exercise Price   Common Stock
Fair Value
Per Share
at Grant
Date
 

May 22, 2006

    1,051,120   $ 5.00   $ 5.94  

August 16, 2006

    22,970     5.00     6.63  

August 21, 2006

    115,000     5.00     6.68  

September 5, 2006

    100,000     5.00     6.82  

December 8, 2006

    22,410     5.00     7.69  

February 2, 2007(1)

    15,710     5.00     8.25  

March 21, 2007

    170,430     7.90     8.75  

April 20, 2007(1)

    24,100     7.90     9.07  

June 5, 2007

    46,000     9.50     9.50  

August 3, 2007(1)

    14,480     9.50     12.48  

August 22, 2007

    21,470     13.78     13.78  

November 28, 2007

    26,330     14.55     14.55  

December 17, 2007(1)

    17,060     13.78     14.69  

February 8, 2008(1)

    44,190     14.55     15.13  

April 29, 2008(1)

    76,420     15.13     13.47  

May 28, 2008

    85,320     13.47     13.47  

August 19, 2008

    27,750     18.49     18.49  

November 19, 2008

    76,170     22.74     22.74  

52


        Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors estimated the fair value of our common stock. These estimates of the fair value of our common stock were made as of the following dates:

Valuation Date
  Fair Value
Per Share
 

January 4, 2006

  $ 5.00  

June 30, 2006

    6.20  

December 31, 2006

    7.90  

May 31, 2007

    9.50  

August 31, 2007

    13.78  

November 30, 2007

    14.55  

January 31, 2008

    15.13  

April 30, 2008

    13.47  

July 31, 2008

    18.49  

October 31, 2008

    22.74  

        On January 4, 2006, we acquired our Predecessor for a price of $5.00 per share. The board of directors utilized this value as the exercise price for all stock option grants approved in 2006. Subsequent to December 31, 2006, we performed retrospective valuations of our common stock as of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006. The board of directors utilized the December 31, 2006 common stock valuation to establish the exercise price for stock option grants approved on March 21, 2007, as it was the most recent valuation of our common stock. Our board of directors performed the next common stock valuation on May 31, 2007 and continued performing valuations at regular intervals that did not exceed three months.

        In order to determine the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant for purposes of calculating the fair value of our stock option grants under SFAS 123(R), we utilized the valuation closest to the grant date if there was a valuation done within 30 days of the grant date. If a valuation was not performed within 30 days of the grant date, we utilized the valuations performed immediately prior to and after the option grant dates and interpolated the grant date values on a straight-line basis between the two valuation dates.

        Assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of the options outstanding at December 31, 2008, was $         million, of which $         million related to options that were vested and $         million related to options that were not vested.

        We considered numerous objective and subjective factors in valuing our common stock at each valuation date in accordance with the guidance in AICPA Practice Aid Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . For each common stock valuation that we performed, we determined the fair value of our common stock by taking the average value calculated under the discounted cash flow method, the guideline company method and the comparative transaction method. We weighted each method equally.

        The significant variables utilized in the discounted cash flow method are:

53


        The guideline company method is based on the following factors:

        The comparative transaction method is based on the following factors:

        Our analysis of comparable transactions for valuations performed from January 4, 2006 through May 31, 2007 was focused on the sale of three technology-enabled education companies that were sold between March 2004 and October 2005. The average revenue and EBITDA of this group was $12.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The revenue multiples for the group ranged from 0.8 to 1.7 times the trailing twelve month revenue. The EBITDA multiple for the group ranged from 6.3 to 19.2 times the trailing twelve months EBITDA. We felt that these companies were comparable to us as they operated in our industry, were relatively comparable in terms of our revenue at that time and occurred within a reasonable time of the valuation.

        Beginning with the August 31, 2007 valuation and for all subsequent valuations, our analysis of comparative transactions focused on the sales of four privately held technology-enabled education companies that were sold between April 2003 and April 2007. These transactions were different than those utilized in our comparative transaction method in prior valuations. We adjusted the comparable companies because we had experienced significant growth and we felt the previous companies were not representative of us. The average revenue and EBITDA for the new group in the twelve months before their respective sale dates was $92.7 million and $11.7 million, respectively. The revenue multiple for the group ranged from 1.0 to 14.2 with a median of 1.4 times the trailing twelve months revenue. We also examined adjusted revenue multiples at each valuation date due to differences in EBITDA margin between us and the comparable companies. The adjusted revenue multiples ranged from 0.69 to 3.20 between August 31, 2007 and October 31, 2008. The EBITDA multiple for the group ranged from 9.5 to 18.9 times trailing twelve months EBITDA and were not adjusted. We felt that these companies were comparable to us as they operated in our industry, were, on average, comparable in size in terms of revenue and EBITDA and the transactions occurred within a reasonable time of the valuation date.

        Our valuations also considered the lack of marketability of our common stock and the liquidation rights and preferences of our preferred stock. In allocating the total equity value between preferred and

54



common stock, we assumed that the preferred stock would convert to common stock because the preferred stock was in-the-money based on the concluded common stock value on each valuation date. This assumption remained consistent for all valuations through the May 31, 2007 valuation, after which we began to utilize the probability-weighted method and the option- pricing method for allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock.

        On January 4, 2006, we sold 446,958 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and 993,240 shares of common stock to outside investors at a price of $100.00 per preferred share and $5.00 per common share. Each share of preferred stock is convertible into 20 shares of common stock. All of the stock was purchased by ABS Capital Partners, Norwest, Madison Capital Funding LLC and our chief executive officer, Tom Adams, all of whom purchased shares on the same date for the same price. We performed a valuation of our common and preferred stock contemporaneously with the stock sale to outside investors, which supported the price paid for the stock by the outside investors. This valuation utilized the valuation methodology described above. For purposes of the guideline company method, we utilized a group of three comparable technology-enabled education companies to compute our implied multiples of market value to revenue and EBITDA. Based on the stock sale and the corroborating valuation, we determined the fair value of our common stock to be $5.00 on January 4, 2006.

        In May 2007, the board of directors performed a retrospective valuation of our common stock as of June 30, 2006. Under the discounted cash flow method, we utilized a discount rate of 25% and a terminal value multiple of 4.8, which we believed best reflected our growth rate and other attributes of our business at that time. Our forecasted future revenue and EBITDA for 2008 through 2010 increased by 9% and 8%, respectively, from our forecast on the previous valuation date. Under the guideline company method, we expanded our peer group of comparable publicly traded companies to include six technology-enabled education companies. The implied multiples of trailing twelve months revenue and EBITDA for the peer group were 1.4 and 9.1, respectively. Under the comparative transaction method, we utilized average trailing twelve month revenue and EBITDA multiples of 1.5 and 9.5, respectively. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 39% and EBITDA increased by 99% from the previous valuation. We applied a 20% discount for the lack of marketability of our common stock. Based on these factors, the fair value of our common stock as of June 30, 2006 increased to $6.20 per share.

        In April 2007, the board of directors performed a retrospective valuation of our common stock as of December 31, 2006. Under the discounted cash flow method, our discount rate was unchanged from the previous valuation, and our terminal value multiple was 4.7. Our forecasted revenue and EBITDA for 2008 through 2010 increased by 9% and 15%, respectively, from the forecast at our previous valuation. Under the guideline company method, the peer group was also unchanged and the market multiples remained consistent with the previous valuation. Under the comparative transaction method, we utilized average trailing twelve month revenue and EBITDA multiples of 1.4 and 9.0, respectively. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 36% and our trailing twelve months EBITDA decreased by 3% from the previous valuation. As a result, the fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2006 increased to $7.90 per share.

55


        On May 31, 2007, the board of directors performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock. Under the discounted cash flow method, we utilized a discount rate of 24% and the terminal value multiple was 5.0. Our forecasted future revenue and EBITDA was unchanged from our forecast on our previous valuation date. Under the guideline company method, the peer group was unchanged and the market multiples derived from our peer group for trailing twelve month revenue and EBITDA increased to 1.9 and 10.7, respectively. Under the comparative transaction method, we did not change revenue and EBITDA multiples from the previous valuation. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 17% and our trailing twelve months EBITDA decreased by 4% from the previous valuation. We reduced the discount for the lack of marketability to 15%, as we began more seriously evaluating the timing of a potential initial public offering. Based on these factors, the fair value of our common stock as of May 31, 2007 increased to $9.50 per share.

        On August 31, 2007, the board of directors performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock. At this time, the board of directors expanded and refined the valuation methodologies utilized in its common stock valuations with a view to providing what they believed would be a more comprehensive valuation analysis.

        For example, although the preferred stock was still in-the-money based on the concluded value of the common stock, we began utilizing the option-pricing method and the probability-weighted expected return method to determine the equity allocation between common and preferred stock and thereby estimate the fair value of our common stock. We made this change because we had begun to consider a possible future initial public offering of our common stock. Both methods were weighted equally and the fair value of our common stock was calculated by taking the average value calculated under each method. This adjustment in our methodology did not have a significant effect on the estimated fair value of our common stock. We continued to use this method of allocating value between preferred and common stock for all subsequent valuations.

        Under the probability-weighted model, we estimated three potential outcomes for our company, which were an initial public offering, a sale of the company or continuing to operate as a private company. The weighted-probabilities we associated with these scenarios were 70%, 20% and 10%, respectively.

        Under the option-pricing method, the primary assumptions are the volatility of the total equity value of the company and the time to an expected liquidity event. We utilized a volatility of 60%, which was based on the volatilities of the stock prices of the peer group, in our August 31, 2007 valuation and for all subsequent valuations. The time to a liquidity event at each valuation was based on our expectations with respect to the timing of an initial public offering or sale of the company.

        Under the discounted cash flow method, we utilized a discount rate of 21% and our terminal value multiple was increased to 10.0. We determined to use a higher terminal value at this time because we believed it more closely reflected the EBITDA multiples of the comparable public companies in our peer group, which we significantly expanded for this valuation. Under the guideline company method, we expanded our peer group of comparable public companies to include a total of seven technology-enabled learning companies and seven high-growth consumer companies. The addition of these high-growth consumer companies to our peer group reflected our views at that time about our company, its growth potential and its positioning. The addition of these high-growth consumer companies resulted in an increase in our average trailing twelve month EBITDA multiple to 17.5, while the average trailing twelve month revenue multiple decreased slightly to 1.8. In this valuation, we also began to consider market multiples on expected future revenue and EBITDA in our guideline company analysis. The multiples on

56



expected future revenue and EBITDA for the following fiscal year were 1.4 and 11.5, respectively, as of the valuation date. Under the comparative transaction method, we utilized average trailing twelve month revenue and EBITDA multiples of 1.8 and 17.0, respectively. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 9%, while our trailing twelve months EBITDA decreased by 20%, from the previous valuation. Our forecasted revenue and EBITDA for 2008 through 2010 was cumulatively reduced by 4% and 41%, respectively, from our forecast at the previous valuation date due to lower than expected growth in 2007. We also began to determine the discount for lack of liquidity based on a Black-Scholes put option model, and we continued to use this model for all subsequent valuations. The discount for lack of marketability was increased to 22% from the prior valuation based on this analysis and reflecting an extension of our expected timing of our potential future initial public offering. Based upon these factors, the fair value of our common stock per share as of August 31, 2007 increased to $13.78 per share. The increase was primarily driven by the significant increase in market-based EBITDA multiples of our comparable peer group as well as the increase in our discounted cash flow analysis, which was primarily due to the increase in the terminal value multiple.

        On November 30, 2007, the board of directors performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock. Under the discounted cash flow method, we reduced the discount rate to 20%, while the terminal value factor was unchanged from the previous valuation. Under the guideline company method, the peer group was unchanged and the average implied multiple for revenue remained consistent with the previous value, although the average implied multiple of EBITDA increased to 20.5, and the average multiples of expected revenue and EBTIDA were 1.4 and 12.5, respectively. Under the comparative transaction method, we did not change the revenue and EBITDA multiples from the previous valuation. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 7% and trailing twelve months EBITDA decreased by 19%, while our forecasted revenue and EBITDA for 2008 through 2010 was unchanged from our forecast at the prior valuation date. We reduced the discount for the lack of marketability of our common stock to 20%, as we felt that we were closer to an initial public offering. The scenarios and probability weighting in our probability-weighted expected return model and the assumptions in our option-pricing model were unchanged from the previous valuation. Based on these factors, the fair value of our common stock increased to $14.55 per share.

        On January 31, 2008, the board of directors performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock. Under the discounted cash flow method, our discount rate and terminal value multiple was unchanged from the previous valuation. Under the guideline company method, the peer group was unchanged and our average implied multiples for trailing twelve months revenue and EBITDA decreased to 1.5 and 12.5, respectively, and the average multiples of expected revenue and EBTIDA were 1.3 and 11.5, respectively. Under the comparative transaction method, our average trailing twelve month revenue was unchanged, however, we reduced our EBITDA multiple to 12.5, based on changes in market conditions. Our trailing twelve months revenue and EBITDA increased by 10% and 83%, respectively. Our forecasted revenue for 2008 through 2010 was unchanged and our forecasted EBITDA for 2008 through 2010 declined by 1% from our forecast on the previous valuation date. We increased the discount for the lack of marketability of our common stock to 24% as our estimated date for an initial public offering was extended. The scenarios and probability weighting in our probability-weighted expected return model and the assumptions in our option-pricing model were unchanged from the previous valuation, except that the estimated timing of the potential initial public offering was extended. Based on these factors, the fair value of our common stock per share increased to $15.13 per share.

57


        On April 30, 2008, the board of directors performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock. Under the discounted cash flow method, we utilized a discount rate to 21%, while the terminal value multiple was unchanged from the previous valuation. Under the guideline company method, the peer group was unchanged. Our average implied multiples for trailing twelve months revenue and EBITDA were 1.2 and 12.5, respectively, and the average multiples for expected revenue and EBITDA were 1.1 and 9.5, respectively. Under the comparative transaction method, based on continuing changes in market conditions, we utilized average trailing twelve month revenue and EBITDA multiples of 1.4 and 14.5, respectively. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 5%, while our trailing twelve months EBITDA decreased by 19%. Our forecasted revenue for 2008 through 2010 was unchanged from our estimate on the prior valuation date, although our cumulative forecasted EBITDA for the same period was reduced by 8%. We reduced the discount for the lack of marketability of our common stock to 22%, as we felt that were closer to an initial public offering. The scenarios and probability weighting in our probability-weighted expected return model and the assumptions in our option-pricing model were unchanged from the previous valuation. As a result of these factors, the fair value of our common stock decreased to $13.47 per share.

        On July 31, 2008, the board of directors performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock. Under the discounted cash flow method, we reduced the discount rate to 18%, while the terminal value multiple was unchanged from the previous valuation. Under the guideline company method, the peer group was unchanged and our average implied multiples for trailing twelve months revenue and EBITDA were 1.7 and 11.5, respectively, and the average multiples for expected revenue and EBITDA were to 1.3 and 9.0, respectively. Under the comparative transaction method, based on continuing changes in market conditions, we utilized average trailing twelve month revenue and EBITDA multiples of 1.75 and 12.5, respectively. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 12% and EBITDA increased by 67% from the previous valuation. We also increased our revenue and EBITDA forecast for 2008 through 2010 by 4% and 18%, respectively. The discount for the lack of marketability of our common stock declined from the prior valuation to 19%. The scenarios and probability weighting in our probability-weighted expected return model and the assumptions in our option-pricing model were unchanged from the previous valuation. Based on these factors, the fair value of our common stock per share increased to $18.49. The increase in the fair value of our common stock was primarily due to the significant increase in our trailing twelve months and future expected EBITDA.

        On October 31, 2008, the board of directors performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock. Under the discounted cash flow method, our discount rate and terminal value multiple were unchanged from the previous valuation. Under the guideline company method, we added two additional technology-enabled learning public companies and eliminated the consumer companies from our peer group. We eliminated the consumer companies from our peer group because we felt that they no longer were representative comparables for our company, particularly in light of their generally slowing growth rates. Our average implied multiples, based on the modified peer group, for trailing twelve months revenue and EBITDA were 1.7 and 9.5, respectively, and the average multiples for future expected revenue and EBITDA were 1.2 and 7.5, respectively. Under the comparative transaction method, we did not change the revenue and EBITDA multiples from the previous valuation. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 16% and EBITDA increased by 42% from the previous valuation. We also increased our revenue and EBITDA forecast for 2008 through 2010 by 9% and 21%, respectively. The discount for the lack of marketability of our common stock remained at 19%. The scenarios and probability weighting in our

58


probability-weighted expected return model and the assumptions in our option-pricing model were unchanged from the previous valuation, except that the estimated timing of the potential initial public offering was extended again. Based on these factors, the fair value of our common stock per share increased to $22.74. The increase in the fair value of our common stock was primarily due to the continued increase in our trailing twelve months and future expected EBITDA.

    Stock-based Compensation Expense in Connection with Executive Stock Grants and IPO Option and Restricted Stock Grants

        We intend to make stock grants, restricted stock grants and stock option grants to our employees prior to the completion of this offering. These stock and option grants are described in more detail under the captions "Executive Compensation—Stock Grants" and "Executive Compensation—IPO Option and Restricted Stock Grants." In connection with these grants, we expect to record an aggregate expense of approximately $       million in the second quarter of 2009, and an additional $       million that will be recorded over the four-year vesting period of the stock options and restricted stock grants.

    Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to us from our normal business activities, which include credit card receivables and amounts due from our institutional customers and retailers. We provide an allowance for doubtful accounts to reflect the expected non-collection of accounts receivable based on past collection history and specific risks identified.

    Inventories

        We state inventories at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in first-out basis, or market. We review inventory for excess quantities and obsolescence based on our best estimates of future demand, product lifecycle status and product development plans. We use historical information along with these future estimates to reserve for obsolete and potential obsolete inventory.

    Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consist of acquired technology, including developed and core technology, customer related assets, trade names and trademarks and other intangible assets. We record intangible assets at cost and amortize them on a straight line basis over their expected lives in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . We review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis based on the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets compared to the carrying value in accordance with SFAS No. 142. In the event such cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the recorded value of the assets, we write down the assets to their net realizable values. Based on our analysis, we believe our intangible assets have not been impaired during any of the periods presented.

    Goodwill

        In accordance with SFAS No. 142, goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment annually on June 30th and whenever events and circumstances occur indicating goodwill might be impaired. As of June 30, 2006, 2007 and 2008, we reviewed the goodwill for impairment and determined that no impairment of goodwill had occurred during any of the periods presented.

59


    Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

        We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets . SFAS No. 144 requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event that the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows attributable to such assets. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, we recognize impairment, if any, in the period of identification to the extent the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the fair value of such asset. Based on our analysis, we believe that no impairment of our long-lived assets was indicated as of December 31, 2007 and 2008.

    Income Taxes

        For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, the Predecessor made no provision for federal income taxes because it was treated as an S corporation for purposes of federal income taxes. It was also treated as an S corporation for most state income taxes, but some states do not recognize S corporation status and tax S corporations the same as C corporations. Federal and most state income taxes were the responsibility of the Predecessor's stockholders, who were responsible for reporting their allocable shares of the Predecessor's income and deductions in their respective income tax returns. Income tax expense for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 was related to state income taxes from states that do not recognize the S corporation status.

        For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, we accounted for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , which provides for an asset and liability approach to accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax consequences of the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities versus the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Under this method, we recognize deferred tax assets for deductible temporary differences, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We recognize deferred liabilities for taxable temporary differences. We reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of our management, it is more likely than not that we will not realize some portion or all of the deferred tax assets. We recognize the impact of tax rate changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the year that the change is enacted.

        In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109. FIN No. 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures, and transition. FIN No. 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The adoption of FIN No. 48 did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable annual and interim financial reports and to prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our operating results and financial condition could be materially misstated and our reputation could be significantly harmed. As a private company, we were not subject to the same standards applicable to a public company. As a public company, we will be subject to requirements and standards set by the SEC.

        In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, we identified material weaknesses in our

60



internal controls. As of December 31, 2008, we believe we have remediated all material weaknesses that we identified in previous years and we have not identified any new outstanding material weaknesses as of December 31, 2008. A material weakness is defined as a significant deficiency or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented by our internal control over financial reporting. A significant deficiency means a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that adversely affects our ability to initiate, record, process or report financial data reliably in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles such that there is more than a remote likelihood that a misstatement of our financial statements that is more than inconsequential will not be prevented or detected by our internal control over financial reporting.

        We identified the following material weaknesses as of December 31, 2007, which we believe have been remediated as of December 31, 2008:

        In addition, we had a significant deficiency in our financial closing process at December 31, 2007, which had been classified as a material weakness at December 31, 2006. We believe this significant deficiency has also been remediated as of December 31, 2008. The material weaknesses over accounting for inventory, income taxes and stock based compensation were identified during 2007 and were not outstanding at December 31, 2006.

    Remediation Efforts

        We began our initial evaluation of our system of internal control over financial reporting with the assistance of independent third-party consultants in late 2006 and have continued these efforts through December 31, 2008. This evaluation consists of a detailed review of current processes and controls, and the identification and evaluation of the deficiencies affecting our financial statements.

        We have taken steps to remediate material weaknesses in the areas of accounting for inventory, income taxes and stock-based compensation and general computer controls, including:

61


        During 2008, we focused our remediation efforts on the design and implementation and testing the effectiveness of our general computer controls and enterprise resource planning system controls.

        The process of improving our internal controls has required and will continue to require us to expend significant resources to design, implement and maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. As a private company, we were not subject to the same internal control standards applicable to a public company. Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Section 404, which will require our management to assess the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting after a phase-in period applicable to all companies after filing an initial public offering. There can be no assurance that the remediation efforts we have taken during 2008 have been successful in meeting this standard. Material weaknesses and other deficiencies in our internal controls could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial reporting, particularly as a result of inaccurate financial reporting, and also cause our stock price to decline. Material weaknesses in our internal controls may impede our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements, which could cause us to fail to file our periodic reports timely, result in inaccurate financial reporting or restatements of our financial statements, subject our stock to delisting and materially harm our business reputation and our stock price. We will continue to evaluate the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting on an ongoing basis.

62


Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations for the periods indicated.

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Product

  $ 178   $ 80,604   $ 119,897   $ 184,182  
 

Subscription and service

    94     10,694     17,424     25,198  
                   
   

Total revenue

    272     91,298     137,321     209,380  

Cost of revenue:

                         
 

Cost of product revenue

    199     11,549     19,055     26,539  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    4     992     1,632     2,137  
                   
   

Total cost of revenue

    203     12,541     20,687     28,676  
                   

Gross profit

    69     78,757     116,634     180,704  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         
 

Sales and marketing

    695     45,854     65,437     93,384  
 

Research and development

    41     8,117     12,893     18,387  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

        12,597          
 

General and administrative

    142     16,590     29,786     39,577  
 

Lease abandonment

                1,831  
 

Transaction-related expenses

    10,315              
                   
     

Total operating expenses

    11,193     83,158     108,116     153,179  
                   

Income (loss) from operations

    (11,124 )   (4,401 )   8,518     27,525  

Other income and expense:

                         
 

Interest income

        613     673     454  
 

Interest expense

        (1,560 )   (1,331 )   (891 )
 

Other (expense) income

    3     60     154     239  
                   
     

Total interest and other income (expense), net

    3     (887 )   (504 )   (198 )
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (11,121 )   (5,288 )   8,014     27,327  

Income tax expense (benefit)

        (1,240 )   5,435     13,435  
                   

Net income (loss)

  $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 13,892  
                   

Stock-based compensation expense included in:

                         

Cost of revenue

 
$

 
$

1
 
$

2
 
$

2
 

Sales and marketing

        59     189     153  

Research and development

        128     360     482  

General and administrative

        373     776     953  

Transaction-related expenses

    5,930              
                   
   

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 1,590  
                   

Intangible amortization expense included in:

                         

Cost of revenue

 
$

 
$

1,213
 
$

1,227
 
$

13
 

Sales and marketing

        4,113     3,596     3,003  
                   
   

Total intangible amortization expense

  $   $ 5,326   $ 4,823   $ 3,016  
                   

63


        The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated.

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Product

    65 %   88 %   87 %   88 %
 

Subscription and service

    35     12     13     12  
                   
   

Total revenue

    100     100     100     100  

Cost of revenue:

                         
 

Cost of product revenue

    73     13     14     13  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    1     1     1     1  
   

Total cost of revenue

    75     14     15     14  
                   

Gross profit

    25     86     85     86  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         
 

Sales and marketing

    256     50     48     45  
 

Research and development

    15     9     9     9  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

        14          
 

General and administrative

    52     18     22     19  
 

Lease abandonment

                1  
 

Transaction-related expenses

    3,792              
                   
     

Total operating expenses

    4,115     91     79     73  
                   

Income (loss) from operations

    (4,090 )   (5 )   6     13  

Other income and expense:

                         
 

Interest income

        1     1     0  
 

Interest expense

        (2 )   (1 )   0  
 

Other income

    1     0     0     0  
                   
     

Total interest and other (expense) income, net

    1     (1 )   0     0  
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (4,089 )   (6 )   6     13  

Income tax expense (benefit)

        (1 )   4     6  
                   

Net income (loss)

    (4,089 )%   (4 )%   2 %   7 %
                   

64


Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2008 and the Year Ended December 31, 2007

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Product revenue

  $ 119,897     87.3 % $ 184,182     88.0 % $ 64,285     53.6 %

Subscription and service revenue

    17,424     12.7     25,198     12.0     7,774     44.6  
                             
 

Total revenue

  $ 137,321     100.0 % $ 209,380     100.0 % $ 72,059     52.5  
                             

Revenue by sales channel:

                                     

Direct-to-consumer

  $ 61,950     45.1 % $ 96,702     46.2 % $ 34,752     56.1  

Kiosk

    23,947     17.4     36,314     17.3     12,367     51.6  

Retail

    21,206     15.4     34,638     16.5     13,432     63.3  
                             
 

Total consumer

    107,103     78.0     167,654     80.1     60,551     56.5  

Institutional

    30,218     22.0     41,726     19.9     11,508     38.1  
                             

Total revenue

  $ 137,321     100.0 % $ 209,380     100.0 % $ 72,059     52.5  
                             

    Revenue

        Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $209.4 million, an increase of $72.1 million, or 53%, from the year ended December 31, 2007.

        Consumer revenue was $167.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $60.6 million, or 57%, from the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in consumer revenue was attributable to a 22% increase in unit sales, which resulted in a $23.7 million increase in revenue, combined with a 28% increase in the average selling price of each unit, which accounted for a $36.9 million increase in revenue. Unit growth was driven by the expansion of our direct advertising campaign as well as growth in our retail distribution network. Direct advertising expenses increased 38% to $33.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, while the number of kiosks increased from 86 to 150 from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008. We also received a $2.6 million initial stocking order from Barnes & Noble in June 2008 to support their expansion of our product line to over 650 of their stores nationally.

        In August 2007, we released our Version 3 solution for ten of our best selling languages. All Version 3 solutions include three course levels, while our Version 2 solutions only include one or two course levels. Upon the release of a language in Version 3, we discontinue selling that language in Version 2 and, as a result, sales of Version 3 products replace sales of Version 2 products for that language. Our solutions are often purchased in sets including all available course levels for a language. The additional levels included in Version 3 enabled us to offer additional languages with three course levels, resulting in a greater number of available products at our highest price point for a complete set. In March 2008, we released Version 3 in four additional languages and, in June 2008, we released seven additional Version 3 languages. Also in June 2008, we released our Audio Companion practice tool product for all 14 then-available Version 3 languages. In September 2008, we released Version 3 and our Audio Companion in seven additional languages. This expansion of our product portfolio with higher price point options has resulted in the 28% increase in average selling price per unit for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        Product revenue represented 94% of total consumer revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008, with the balance attributable to subscription and service revenue.

65


        Institutional revenue was $41.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $11.5 million, or 38%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in institutional revenue was primarily due to the expansion of our direct sales force. As a result, we had a $9.4 million increase in education and home school revenue and a $1.6 million increase in corporate revenue.

        Product revenue represented 65% of total institutional revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008, and subscription and service revenue represented 35% for the same period.

    Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Product

  $ 119,897   $ 184,182   $ 64,285     53.6 %
 

Subscription and service

    17,424     25,198     7,774     44.6  
                     
   

Total revenue

    137,321     209,380     72,059     52.5  

Cost of revenue:

                         
 

Cost of product revenue

    19,055     26,539     7,484     39.3  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    1,632     2,137     505     30.9  
                     
   

Total cost of revenue

    20,687     28,676     7,989     38.6  
                     

Gross profit

  $ 116,634   $ 180,704   $ 64,070        
                     

Gross margin percentages

    84.9 %   86.3 %   1.4 %      

        Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $28.7 million, an increase of $8.0 million, or 38.6%, from the year ended December 31, 2007. As a percentage of total revenue, cost of revenue was 14% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 15% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The dollar increase in cost of revenue was attributable to growth in unit sales. The increase in gross margin percentage was due to a $0.9 million write down of inventory in the 2007 period associated with the transition from Version 2 to Version 3 product and packaging.

    Operating Expenses

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 65,437   $ 93,384   $ 27,947     42.7 %

Research and development

    12,893     18,387     5,494     42.6  

General and administrative

    29,786     39,577     9,791     32.9  

Lease abandonment

        1,831     1,831     100.0  
                     

Total operating expenses

  $ 108,116   $ 153,179   $ 45,063     41.7  
                     

        Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $93.4 million, an increase of $27.9 million, or 43%, from the year ended December 31, 2007. As a percentage of total revenue, sales

66


and marketing expenses were 45% for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to 48% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The dollar increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily attributable to the continued expansion of our direct marketing activities. Advertising expenses grew by $9.3 million and were primarily related to the purchase of additional television media. We also expanded the number of our kiosks from 86 as of December 31, 2007 to 150 as of December 31, 2008, which resulted in $7.9 million of additional kiosk operating expenses, including sales compensation related expenses. Personnel costs related to growth in our institutional sales channel and marketing and sales support activities also increased by $7.7 million.

        Research and development expenses were $18.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $5.5 million, or 43%, from the year ended December 31, 2007. As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses were 9% for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to additional personnel and contract development costs associated with the transition of Version 2 languages to Version 3, as well as the development of new products and services that are complementary to our existing solutions.

        General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $39.6 million, an increase of $9.8 million, or 33%, from the year ended December 31, 2007. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased to 19% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 22% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to a $4.3 million increase in personnel-related costs as we expanded our finance, information technology and other administrative functions to support the overall growth in our business, and a corresponding increase in communications, travel and other support costs of $4.4 million. Depreciation expense also increased $0.9 million and bad debt expense increased $0.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of greater capital expenditures and credit sales. We also incurred an additional $1.0 million in legal fees related to trademark protection matters. This increase was partially offset by decreased professional service expenses of $0.2 million as we replaced contract staff with employees.

        Lease abandonment expense associated with the relocation of our headquarters was $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, consisting of accrued exit costs and liabilities under operating lease agreements.

    Interest and Other Income (Expense)

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Interest income

  $ 673   $ 454   $ (219 )   (32.5 )%

Interest expense

    (1,331 )   (891 )   440     (33.1 )

Other income

    154     239     85     55.2  
                     

Total

  $ (504 ) $ (198 ) $ 306     (60.7 )
                     

67


        Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $0.9 million, a decrease of $0.4 million, or 33%, from the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease was due to a reduction in the outstanding balance of our long-term debt as a result of $3.4 million in principal payments during the period.

    Income Tax Expense

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Income tax expense

  $ 5,435   $ 13,435   $ 8,000     147.2 %

        Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $13.4 million, an increase of $8.0 million, or 147%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was the result of an increase of $19.3 million in pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. Our effective tax rate decreased to 49.2% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 67.8% for the year ended December 31, 2007 as a result of a decline in the percentage of foreign losses relative to total consolidated income before tax. We do not currently recognize income tax benefits on losses in our foreign subsidiaries.

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2007 and the Period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006

    Revenue

 
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

   
   
 
 
  2006   2007   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

  $ 80,604     88.3 % $ 119,897     87.3 % $ 39,293     48.7 %
 

Subscription and service

    10,694     11.7     17,424     12.7     6,730     62.9  
                             
   

Total revenue

  $ 91,298     100.0 % $ 137,321     100.0 % $ 46,023     50.4  
                             

Revenue by sales channel:

                                     

Direct-to-consumer

  $ 41,134     45.1 % $ 61,950     45.1 % $ 20,816     50.6  

Kiosk

    17,055     18.7     23,947     17.4     6,892     40.4  

Retail

    9,694     10.6     21,206     15.4     11,512     118.8  
                             
 

Total consumer

    67,883     74.4     107,103     78.0     39,220     57.8  

Institutional

    23,415     25.6     30,218     22.0     6,803     29.1  
                             

Total revenue

  $ 91,298     100.0 % $ 137,321     100.0 % $ 46,023     50.4  
                             

        Total revenue was $137.3 million, an increase of $46.0 million, or 50%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006.

        Consumer revenue in 2007 was $107.1 million, an increase of $39.2 million, or 58%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The increase in consumer revenue was due to a 37% increase in unit sales, which resulted in a $25.4 million increase in revenue, combined with a 15% increase

68


in the average selling price per unit, which accounted for a $13.8 million increase in revenue. Our unit growth was driven by the expansion of our direct advertising campaigns as advertising expenses increased by 51% to $24.5 million in 2007. Kiosk locations grew slightly from 81 at December 31, 2006 to 86 at December 31, 2007. Sales through our retailer partners increased 119% due to the expansion of our retail presence, increased advertising and brand awareness and increased sales by our existing retailers and distributors.

        The increase in our average selling price per unit was attributable to the release of Version 3 in August 2007. Upon the release of a language in Version 3, we discontinue selling that language in Version 2, and as a result, sales of Version 3 products replace sales of Version 2 products for that language. Version 3 includes three course levels for all languages, while our Version 2 languages were only available in one or two course levels. We often sell our solutions in a set comprising all course levels for a specific language, so increasing the available course levels to three also increased the price of a complete set of courses for a Version 3 language and resulted in higher average dollar value per sale.

        Product revenue represented 95% of total consumer revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 with the balance attributable to subscription and service revenue.

        Institutional revenue in 2007 was $30.2 million, an increase of $6.8 million, or 29%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The increase in institutional revenue was primarily attributed to the expansion of our direct sales force. As a result, government revenue increased by $2.2 million, education and home school revenue increased by $3.1 million and corporate revenue increased by $1.5 million. Although directed at the consumer markets, we believe our consumer marketing campaigns continue to positively impact our brand recognition, which also contributes to increased sales in our institutional markets.

        Product revenue represented 60% and 68% of total institutional revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and subscription and service revenue represented 40% and 32% for the same periods. The increase in subscription and service revenue as a percentage of total institutional revenue was attributable to growth in the government and corporate customer bases.

    Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Product

  $ 80,604   $ 119,897   $ 39,293     48.7 %
 

Subscription and service

    10,694     17,424     6,730     62.9  
                     
   

Total revenue

    91,298     137,321     46,023     50.4  

Cost of revenue:

                         
 

Cost of product revenue

    11,549     19,055     7,506     65.0  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    992     1,632     640     64.5  
                     
   

Total cost of revenue

    12,541     20,687     8,146     65.0  
                     

Gross profit

  $ 78,757   $ 116,634   $ 37,877        
                     

Gross margin percentage

    86.3 %   84.9 %   (1.4 )%      

69


        Cost of revenue in 2007 was $20.7 million, an increase of $8.1 million, or 65%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2007. As a percentage of total revenue, cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased to 15% from 14% for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The dollar increase in cost of revenue in 2007 compared to the 2006 period was primarily attributable to increased unit sales. The reduction of gross profit in 2007 was primarily due to slightly higher per-unit costs related to the inclusion of an audio headset with the Version 3 software product. We released Version 3 in ten of our best selling languages in August 2007. We also incurred a write-down of inventory of $0.9 million associated with the transition from Version 2 to Version 3 product and product packaging.

    Operating Expenses

 
  Period from
January 4 through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 45,854   $ 65,437   $ 19,583     42.7 %

Acquired in-process research and development

    12,597         (12,597 )   (100.0 )

Research and development

    8,117     12,893     4,776     58.8  

General and administrative

    16,590     29,786     13,196     79.5  
                     
 

Total operating expenses

  $ 83,158   $ 108,116   $ 24,958     30.0  
                     

        Sales and marketing expenses in 2007 were $65.4 million, an increase of $19.6 million, or 43%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. As a percentage of total revenue, sales and marketing expenses decreased to 48% in 2007 as compared to 50% for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to an increase in advertising expenses of $8.3 million, or 51%, resulting from continued expansion of our television, print, radio and online advertising as well as an increase in personnel related costs of $4.6 million as we continued to add new personnel to manage our expanded sales and marketing activities, which included the opening of our Tokyo office in May 2007 and growth in our London office. In connection with our international expansion, we also incurred $3.7 million of expenses to establish local sales and support call centers within each geographic region. Finally, we increased our marketing and public relations expenses by $1.5 million related to a rebranding of our products in association with the launch of Version 3 in August 2007.

        On January 4, 2006, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., along with its wholly owned subsidiary Fairfield & Sons, Limited. As a result of the acquisition, we allocated $12.6 million to acquired in-process research and development, which we expensed during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006.

        Research and development expenses in 2007 were $12.9 million, an increase of $4.8 million, or 59%, as compared to the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses remained unchanged at 9% for the 2006 period and for 2007. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to additional personnel and contract development costs of $3.6 million, both of which were related to the development of Version 3. We initially released Version 3 in

70


ten languages in August 2007 and continued development of additional Version 3 languages throughout the remainder of 2007.

        General and administrative expenses in 2007 increased $13.2 million, or 80%, to $29.8 million as compared to the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses increased to 22% in 2007 as compared to 18% for the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to increased personnel and recruiting costs of $4.7 million and increased professional service expenses of $4.4 million in order to build our finance, information technology and other administrative functions to support the overall growth in our business and to enhance processes and controls.

    Interest and Other Income (Expense)

 
  Period from
January 4 through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Interest income

  $ 613   $ 673   $ 60     9.8 %

Interest expense

    (1,560 )   (1,331 )   229     (14.7 )

Other income (expense)

    60     154     94     156.7  
                     

Total

  $ (887 ) $ (504 ) $ 383     43.2  
                     

        Interest expense decreased $0.2 million, or 15%, for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006 due to a reduction in the outstanding balance of our long-term debt, as a result of $2.6 million in principal payments during 2007.

    Income Tax Expense

 
  Period from
January 4 through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ (1,240 ) $ 5,435   $ 6,675     538.3 %

        Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $5.4 million, an increase of $6.7 million, or 538%, compared to the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The increase was the result of an increase of $13.3 million in pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. Our effective tax rate was 67.8% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 23.4% for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The increase in our effective tax rate was due to an increase in foreign losses, for which no income tax benefits are recognized, relative to total consolidated income before tax.

Period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006

        Activity for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 represents the results of operations for our Predecessor in 2006 prior to its acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006. During this period, our Predecessor incurred transaction-related expenses relating to the acquisition. Included in the expenses were $5.9 million related to restricted common stock, $3.1 million in cash bonuses and $1.2 million in acquisition-related bank fees.

71


Quarterly Results of Operations

         The following tables set forth unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the four quarters of 2007 and 2008, as well as the percentage that each line item represented of our revenue. We have prepared the statement of operations data for each of these quarters on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of the management, the statement of operations data includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2007
  June 30,
2007
  September 30,
2007
  December 31,
2007
  March 31,
2008
  June 30,
2008
  September 30,
2008
  December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                                 

Revenue:

                                                 
 

Product

  $ 25,192   $ 26,319   $ 30,323   $ 38,063   $ 30,218   $ 41,630   $ 53,139   $ 59,195  
 

Subscription and service

    3,894     4,099     4,486     4,945     5,367     6,112     6,664     7,055  
                                   
   

Total revenue

    29,086     30,418     34,809     43,008     35,585     47,742     59,803     66,250  

Cost of revenue:

                                                 
 

Cost of product revenue

    3,517     4,242     5,740     5,556     4,030     5,968     7,871     8,670  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    231     327     578     496     506     577     705     349  
                                   
   

Total cost of revenue

    3,748     4,569     6,318     6,052     4,536     6,545     8,576     9,019  
                                   

Gross profit

    25,338     25,849     28,491     36,956     31,049     41,197     51,227     57,231  
                                   

Operating expenses:

                                                 
 

Sales and marketing

    13,506     14,808     17,080     20,043     18,045     21,737     25,727     27,875  
 

Research and development

    3,476     2,977     3,072     3,368     4,532     3,758     5,018     5,078  
 

General and administrative

    7,455     7,050     7,528     7,753     8,528     8,856     8,889     13,305  
 

Lease abandonment

                                1,831  
                                   
   

Total operating expenses

    24,437     24,835     27,680     31,164     31,105     34,351     39,634     48,089  
                                   

Income (loss) from operations

    901     1,014     811     5,792     (56 )   6,846     11,593     9,142  

Other income and expense:

                                                 
 

Interest income

    218     154     148     153     216     98     109     31  
 

Interest expense

    (382 )   (314 )   (329 )   (306 )   (296 )   (225 )   (194 )   (177 )
 

Other (expense) income

    32     2     152     (32 )   287     (175 )   (31 )   159  
                                   
   

Total interest and other income (expense), net

    (132 )   (158 )   (29 )   (185 )   207     (302 )   (116 )   13  
                                   

Income before income taxes

    769     856     782     5,607     151     6,544     11,477     9,155  

Income tax expense

    358     868     880     3,329     583     3,183     5,456     4,213  
                                   

Net income (loss)

    411     (12 )   (98 )   2,278     (432 )   3,361     6,021     4,942  

Preferred stock accretion

    (20 )   (20 )   (20 )   (20 )                
                                   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 391   $ (32 ) $ (118 ) $ 2,258   $ (432 ) $ 3,361   $ 6,021   $ 4,942  
                                   

Income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                                 
 

Basic

  $ 0.32   $ (0.03 ) $ (0.09 ) $ 1.59   $ (0.30 ) $ 2.30   $ 4.07   $ 3.32  
                                   
 

Diluted

  $ 0.03   $ (0.03 ) $ (0.09 ) $ 0.18   $ (0.30 ) $ 0.26   $ 0.46   $ 0.38  
                                   

Common shares and equivalents outstanding:

                                                 
 

Basic weighted average shares

    1,240     1,240     1,352     1,420     1,434     1,461     1,478     1,489  
                                   
 

Diluted weighted average shares

    12,479     1,240     1,352     12,895     1,434     12,944     13,024     13,110  
                                   

Other Data:

                                                 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 3,139   $ 3,265   $ 3,126   $ 8,238   $ 2,231   $ 8,789   $ 13,807   $ 11,602  
                                   

Stock-based compensation expense included in:

                                                 

Cost of revenue

  $ 1   $   $   $   $ 1   $   $ 1   $ 1  

Research and development

    69     70     75     145     80     137     127     138  

Sales and marketing

    35     35     29     90     33     36     43     41  

General and administrative

    174     124     142     338     219     236     226     270  
                                   
   

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 279   $ 229   $ 246   $ 573   $ 333   $ 409   $ 397   $ 450  
                                   

Intangible amortization expense included in:

                                                 

Cost of revenue

  $ 307   $ 306   $ 307   $ 307   $ 13   $   $   $  

Sales and marketing

    1,040     1,040     761     754     751     750     751     751  
                                   
   

Total intangible amortization expense

  $ 1,347   $ 1,346   $ 1,068   $ 1,061   $ 764   $ 750   $ 751   $ 751  
                                   

72


 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2007
  June 30,
2007
  September 30,
2007
  December 31,
2007
  March 31,
2008
  June 30,
2008
  September 30,
2008
  December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                                                 
 

Product

    87 %   87 %   87 %   89 %   85 %   87 %   89 %   89 %
 

Subscription and service

    13     13     13     11     15     13     11     11  
                                   
   

Total

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100  

Cost of revenue:

                                                 
 

Cost of product revenue

    12     14     16     13     11     13     13     13  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    1     1     2     1     1     1     1     1  
                                   
   

Total cost of revenue

    13     15     18     14     13     14     14     14  
                                   

Gross profit

    87     85     82     86     87     86     86     86  
                                   

Operating expenses:

                                                 
 

Sales and marketing

    46     49     49     47     51     46     43     42  
 

Research and development

    12     10     9     8     13     8     8     8  
 

General and administrative

    26     23     22     18     24     19     15     20  
 

Lease abandonment

                                3  
                                   
   

Total operating expenses

    84     82     80     72     87     72     66     73  
                                   

Income from operations

    3     3     2     13     0     14     19     14  

Other income and expense:

                                                 
 

Interest income

    1     1     0     0     1     0     0     0  
 

Interest expense

    (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   0     0     0  
 

Other income

    0     0     0     0     1     0     0     0  
                                   
   

Interest and other income (expense), net

    0     (1 )   0     0     1     (1 )   0     0  
                                   

Income before income taxes

    3     3     2     13     0     14     19     14  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    1     3     3     8     2     7     9     6  
                                   

Net income (loss)

    1     0     0     5     (1 )   7     10     8  

Preferred stock accretion

    0     0     0     0                  
                                   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

    1 %   0 %   0 %   5 %   (1 )%   7 %   10 %   8 %
                                   

Other data:

                                                 

Adjusted EBITDA

    11 %   11 %   9 %   19 %   6 %   18 %   23 %   18 %
                                   

        The following table sets forth a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2007
  June 30,
2007
  September 30,
2007
  December 31,
2007
  March 31,
2008
  June 30,
2008
  September 30
2008
  December 31,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                                 

Net income (loss)

  $ 411   $ (12 ) $ (98 ) $ 2,278   $ (432 ) $ 3,361   $ 6,021   $ 4,942  

Interest expense, net

    164     160     181     153     80     127     85     146  

Income tax expense

    358     868     880     3,329     583     3,183     5,456     4,213  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,927     2,020     1,917     1,905     1,667     1,709     1,848     1,851  

Stock-based compensation

    279     229     246     573     333     409     397     450  
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 3,139   $ 3,265   $ 3,126   $ 8,238   $ 2,231   $ 8,789   $ 13,807   $ 11,602  
                                   

73


Other Factors that May Affect Comparability

    Public Company Expenses

        Upon consummation of our initial public offering, we will become a public company, and our shares of common stock will be publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements that we did not need to comply with as a private company, including provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, other applicable SEC regulations and the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. Compliance with the requirements of being a public company will require us to increase our general and administrative expenses in order to pay our employees, legal counsel and independent registered public accountants to assist us in, among other things, instituting and monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance function, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws. In addition, as a public company, it will be more expensive for us to obtain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our primary operating cash requirements include the payment of salaries, incentive compensation, employee benefits and other personnel-related costs, as well as direct advertising expenses, costs of office facilities and costs of information technology systems.

        Since our inception, we have financed our operations solely through cash flow from operations with the exception of the acquisition of the Predecessor which was funded in part through the sale of preferred and common stock and a $17.0 million term loan from Madison Capital Funding LLC. At December 31, 2008, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $30.6 million and a $4.0 million revolving credit facility, all of which remained available for borrowing at December 31, 2008.

        On January 16, 2009, we entered into a new secured credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., or Wells Fargo, that provides us with a $12.5 million revolving line of credit. This revolving credit facility has a two-year term and the applicable interest rate is 2.5% above one month LIBOR, or approximately 3.0% as of February 28, 2009. On January 16, 2009, we borrowed approximately $9.9 million under this revolving credit facility and used these funds to repay the entire outstanding principal and interest of the term loan we had with Madison Capital. As a result, we have no borrowings owed to Madison Capital under either their term loan or revolving credit facility, and we have terminated these credit agreements. The remaining balance of approximately $2.6 million under the Wells Fargo revolving credit facility is available to us for borrowing, although, we do not plan or expect to borrow any additional amounts under this credit facility in the foreseeable future. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay all or a portion of our outstanding borrowings under this revolving credit facility.

        Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those now planned and will depend on many factors, including development of new products, market acceptance of our products, the levels of advertising and promotion required to launch additional products and improve our competitive position in the marketplace, the expansion of our sales, support and marketing organizations, the establishment of additional offices in the United States and worldwide and the building of infrastructure necessary to support our growth, the response of competitors to our products and our relationships with suppliers and clients. We have experienced increases in our expenditures consistent with the growth in our operations and personnel, and we anticipate that our expenditures will continue to increase in the future.

74


    Cash Flow Analysis

    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

        Net cash provided by operating activities was $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Net cash provided by operating activities was primarily generated from net income as adjusted for depreciation and amortization and stock compensation expense. Net income totaled $13.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Depreciation, amortization and stock compensation expense for the period totaled $8.7 million. Increases in deferred revenue resulting from greater sales of subscription licenses also contributed to net cash provided by operations; the increase represented $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. As a result of the growth in our retail channel and institutional sales, accounts receivable increased by $16.5 million. This increase in accounts receivable was offset in part by increases in net liabilities associated with the expansion of our business.

        Net cash provided by operating activities was $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Net cash provided by operating activities was primarily generated from net income as adjusted for depreciation and amortization and stock compensation expense. Net income totaled $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Depreciation and amortization and stock compensation expense for the period aggregated to $9.1 million. Increases in deferred revenue resulting from greater sales of subscription licenses also contributed to net cash provided by operations; the increase represented $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. As a result of the growth in our business, we had increases in accounts receivable and inventory, offset in part by increases in net liabilities.

        For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, net cash generated from operating activities was $5.1 million. We incurred a net loss for the period of $4.0 million, which included a non-cash charge for acquired in-process research and development of $12.6 million and depreciation and amortization expense of $6.5 million. Deferred revenue also increased by $3.0 million due to greater sales of subscription licenses. These amounts were offset by a $5.2 million increase in accounts receivable due to greater sales, a $2.6 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets as a result of the expansion of our business and a $5.6 million deferred income tax benefit.

        For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, net cash provided by operating activities by our Predecessor was $4.8 million. Net cash generated from operations included $5.9 million in stock compensation expense and $4.4 million in accrued compensation related to the Predecessor's acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc. Accounts receivable also decreased by $4.1 million, which was offset by a $11.1 million net loss.

    Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

        Net cash used in investing activities was $1.2 million, $9.2 million and $7.0 million for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Our investing activities during these periods related to the purchase of property and equipment associated with the expansion of our information technology systems and our facilities as a result of our growth. Additionally, for the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006, net cash used in investing activities also included $2.4 million related to the acquisition of our Predecessor.

        For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, net cash used in investing activities by our Predecessor was $2.5 million related to the payment of payroll taxes for employees and stockholders for restricted stock associated with its acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc.

75


    Net Cash Used In Financing Activities

        Net cash used in financing activities was $1.8 million and $4.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Net cash used in financing activities during these periods was primarily related to principal payments on our long-term debt. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2008, net cash used in financing activities also included payments associated with our planned initial public offering.

        For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, net cash provided by financing activities was $13.1 million. Net cash provided by financing activities included $49.7 million in proceeds from the issuance of preferred and common stock and $17.0 million in proceeds from long-term borrowings, which we utilized to fund the acquisition of the Predecessor. These amounts were offset by an acquisition related debt payment of $51.9 million.

        For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, net cash used in financing activities by the Predecessor was $3.8 million and related to the payment of a dividend to its stockholders.

        We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and funds generated from our operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements at least through 2009. Thereafter, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financings or increased borrowings to develop or enhance products, to fund expansion, to respond to competitive pressures or to acquire complementary products, businesses or technologies. If required, additional financing may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, if at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders will be reduced and these securities might have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our current stockholders. No assurance can be given that additional financing will be available or that, if available, such financing can be obtained on terms favorable to our stockholders and us.

        During the last three years, inflation and changing prices have not had a material effect on our business and we do not expect that inflation or changing prices will materially affect our business in the foreseeable future.

    Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not engage in any off-balance sheet financing arrangements. We do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities, which include special purpose entities and other structured finance entities.

    Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2008 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.

 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  1 - 3 Years   3 - 5 Years   More than
5 Years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Long-term debt

  $ 9,910   $ 4,250   $ 5,660   $   $  

Operating lease obligations

    13,539     4,659     5,269     3,472     139  
                       

Total

  $ 23,449   $ 8,909   $ 10,929   $ 3,472   $ 139  
                       

        On January 4, 2006, we entered into a credit agreement for a $17.0 million term loan, or term loan, and a $4.0 million revolving credit facility, or revolver. The credit agreement was amended on August 2,

76



2007 and April 23, 2008 to amend some covenants, terms, and definitions. The term loan and revolver accrue interest at the base rate plus the applicable margin or the LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin, as specified by us. The base rate is defined as the greater of the published prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.5%. The applicable margin for any period is indexed to our debt-to-earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or debt-to-EBITDA, ratio. If the debt-to-EBITDA ratio is less than 1.5 to 1, the base rate applicable margin is equal to 1.75% and the LIBOR rate applicable margin is equal to 2.75%. If the debt-to-EBITDA ratio is greater than or equal to 1.5 to 1, the base and LIBOR rate applicable margins both increase by 0.25%. The applicable margin can increase by two percentage points per annum at any time that an event of default exists under the terms of the credit agreement. The interest rate on the term loan at December 31, 2008 was 4.65%. The term loan has an escalating schedule of quarterly principal payments and matures in December 2010. We made principal payments of $1.1 million, $2.6 million and $3.4 million during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008. The term loan also allows for voluntary prepayments without penalties or premium. Mandatory prepayments are required under some conditions, including the receipt of proceeds from a disposition, the issuance of equity securities, including this offering, and excess cash flows as defined in the credit agreement. Future payments under the term loan are subject to change due to the possible effects of the mandatory prepayment provisions. The outstanding balance of the term loan was $15.9 million at December 31, 2006, $13.3 million at December 31, 2007 and $9.9 million at December 31, 2008. The borrowings are secured by substantially all of our assets. The credit agreement contains financial covenants which include a fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum interest coverage ratio, maximum total debt to EBITDA ratio, minimum EBITDA and a limit on capital expenditures. We were in compliance with each of these financial covenants as of December 31, 2008. The amount of long-term debt obligations shown in the table above does not include any interest payments. We had no borrowings under the revolver as of December 31, 2006, 2007 or 2008.

        On January 16, 2009, we entered into a new credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., or Wells Fargo, that provides us with a $12.5 million revolving line of credit. This revolving credit facility has a two-year term and the applicable interest rate is 2.5% above one month LIBOR, or approximately 3.0% as of February 28, 2009. On January 16, 2009, we borrowed approximately $9.9 million under this revolving credit facility and used these funds to repay the entire outstanding principal and interest of the term loan we had with Madison Capital. As a result, we have no borrowings owed to Madison Capital under either their term loan or revolving credit facility, and we have terminated these credit agreements. The remaining balance of approximately $2.6 million under the Wells Fargo revolving credit facility is available to us for borrowing, subject to specified conditions.

        The operating lease obligations reflected in the table above include our corporate office leases and site licenses for our kiosks.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Accordingly, SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but will potentially require additional disclosures. In February 2008, FASB issued a final FASB Staff Position, or FSP, No. FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157. FSP 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. In addition, FSP 157-2 removes specified leasing transactions from the scope of SFAS No. 157. The effective date of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities has been delayed by one year to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim

77



periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows as of January 1, 2008. We are currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities on our financial statements, but we do not believe there will be a material impact.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations , which replaces SFAS No. 141. SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any controlling interest; recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after an entity's fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008. We will assess the impact of SFAS No. 141(R) if and when a future acquisition occurs.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 . SFAS 160 establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. Specifically, this statement requires the recognition of a noncontrolling interest, or minority interest, as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent's equity. The amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest will be included in consolidated net income on the face of the income statement. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that changes in a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are equity transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial interest. In addition, this statement requires that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. Such gain or loss will be measured using the fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment on the deconsolidation date. SFAS No. 160 also includes expanded disclosure requirements regarding the interests of the parent and its noncontrolling interest. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. We do not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 160 will have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 . SFAS No. 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity's derivative and hedging activities. SFAS No. 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity's financial position, financial performance and cash flows. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 161 to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles . SFAS No. 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and provides the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. SFAS No. 162 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 162 to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2008, FASB issued Statement 163, Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts. This new standard clarifies how FAS Statement No. 60, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises , applies to financial guarantee insurance contracts issued by insurance enterprises, including the

78



recognition and measurement of premium revenue and claim liabilities. It also requires expanded disclosures about financial guarantee insurance contracts. The Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 163 to have any impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

        In May 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. Accounting Principles Board 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement), which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. FSP APB 14-1 clarifies that convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion are not addressed by paragraph 12 of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 14, Accounting for Convertible Debt and Debt Issued with Stock Purchase Warrants . FSP APB 14-1 also specifies that issuers of such instruments should separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity's nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. We do not expect the adoption of FSP APB 14-1 to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        On October 10, 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset in a Market That Is Not Active. FSP FAS 157-3 was effective upon issuance, including periods for which financial statements have not been issued. FSP FAS 157-3 clarified the application of SFAS 157 in an inactive market and provided an illustrative example to demonstrate how the fair value of a financial asset is determined when the market for that financial asset is inactive. The adoption of FSP FAS 157-3 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

    Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. Accordingly, our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The volatility of the prices and applicable rates are dependent on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy. In the event our foreign sales and expenses increase, our operating results may be more greatly affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies with which we do business. At this time we do not, but we may in the future, invest in derivatives or other financial instruments in an attempt to hedge our foreign currency exchange risk.

    Interest Rate Sensitivity

        Interest income and expense are sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. However, based on the nature and current level of our marketable securities, which are primarily short-term investment grade and government securities and our notes payable, we believe that there is no material risk of exposure.

79



BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a leading provider of technology-based language learning solutions. We develop, market and sell language learning solutions consisting of software, online services and audio practice tools primarily under our Rosetta Stone brand. Our teaching method, which we call Dynamic Immersion , is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. Our courses are based on our proprietary interactive technologies and pedagogical content, and utilize a sophisticated sequencing of images, text and sounds to teach a new language without translation or grammar explanation. We believe our award-winning solutions provide an effective, convenient and fun way to learn languages. We currently offer our self-study language learning solutions in 31 languages. Our customers include individuals, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies and corporations.

        People throughout the world seek to learn foreign languages for a variety of reasons, including to learn about other cultures, to communicate with friends and family, to enhance their career prospects, to travel internationally and to obtain personal enjoyment and enrichment. According to a December 2007 industry analysis we commissioned from The Nielsen Company, a market research firm, which we refer to as the Nielsen survey, the language learning industry worldwide represented over $83 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $32 billion was for self-study. According to the Nielsen survey, the language learning industry in the United States, where we generated 95% of our revenue in 2008, represented over $5 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which over $2 billion was for self-study.

        The strength and breadth of our solutions have allowed us to develop a business model that we believe distinguishes us from other language learning companies. Our scalable technology platform and our proprietary content can be deployed across many languages. This has enabled us to cost-effectively develop a broad product portfolio. We have a multi-channel marketing and distribution strategy that directly targets customers, utilizing print, online, television and radio advertising, public relations initiatives and our branded kiosks. Approximately 85% of our revenue in 2007 was generated through our direct sales channels, which include our call centers, websites, institutional sales force and kiosks. We also distribute our solutions through select retailers such as Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. According to an August 2008 survey we commissioned from Global Market Insite Inc., or GMI, a market research services firm, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized language learning brand in the United States. The unaided awareness of our brand was over 40%, which was more than seven times that of any other language learning company in the United States. Additionally, of those surveyed who had an opinion of our brand, over 80% associated it with high quality and effective products and services for teaching foreign languages.

        We grew our revenue from our Predecessor's $25.4 million in 2004 to $209.4 million in 2008, representing a 68% compound annual growth rate. This growth has been entirely organic.

Our Industry

        Market Size.     According to the Nielsen survey, the worldwide language learning industry represented more than $83 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $32 billion was for self-study. The Nielsen survey also estimated that the language learning industry in the United States, where we generated 95% of our revenue in 2008, represented more than $5 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $2 billion was for self-study.

        The language learning market is highly fragmented and consists of the following primary models: classroom instruction utilizing the traditional approach of memorization, grammar and translation; immersion-based classroom instruction; self-study books, audio tapes and software that rely on grammar

80



and translation; and free online offerings that provide basic content and opportunities to practice writing and speaking.

        Key Drivers of Demand in Language Learning Market.     We believe that language learning is becoming more important and valued by individuals and institutions in the United States and throughout the world. The demand for language learning is driven in part by:

        Limitations of Traditional Methods for Language Learning.     The human brain has a natural capacity to learn languages. Children learn their native language without using rote memorization or adult analytical abilities for grammatical understanding. They learn at their own pace through their immersion in the language spoken around them and using trial and error. They do not rely on translation. By contrast, foreign languages have traditionally been taught by focusing on memorization, grammar translation and word translation, typically in an academic classroom setting. This traditional method involves learning complex grammar rules, conjugating verbs and memorizing vocabulary lists. Students have little practice speaking or listening in the classroom, and practice outside the classroom typically involves rote listening to audio recordings and pronunciation exercises, with little or no feedback on pronunciation accuracy. Many students who were taught languages using the traditional method regard it as ineffective and boring.

        Emergence of Immersion Language Learning.     To address some of the shortcomings of traditional language learning methods, language learning specialists have developed an alternative method for teaching language known as immersion learning, in which only the target language is spoken. We believe that immersion learning is more effective than the traditional translation and grammar method in helping learners move towards conversational fluency. Immersion learning provides a more natural, direct learning environment, where the learner deduces meaning and develops an intuition of language structure. This is similar to the manner in which children learn their native language, without an awareness of formal grammar rules or the necessity to translate. Most immersion learning programs, however, require either one-on-one teaching, a small group course or travel to a foreign country. These programs can cost several thousand dollars and are less convenient than self-study alternatives.

        Use of Interactive Technologies.     There has been a rapid adoption of interactive technologies and software tools to help learning in both consumer and institutional markets, supported by the rapid increase in computing technologies and internet use. According to a 2008 report by Euromonitor International, Inc., a market research firm, there will be more than one billion personal computers in use, and 1.7 billion internet users, by 2009. Given busy lifestyles, adult language learners seek solutions that work flexibly and do not require physical classroom attendance. Educators are interested in deploying learning tools that are relevant to their students, who have had extensive exposure to computer software and interactive games.

81


Corporations are recognizing the value and effectiveness of using their technology investment to help increase the skills of their workforce. According to a July 2007 report by Global Industry Analysts, Inc., a market research firm, the global demand for the delivery of instructional content through the use of electronic technology, or eLearning, will grow an average of 21% annually between 2007 and 2010, reaching a total estimated value of $53 billion by 2010.

        The Need for a High-Quality, Trusted Solution.     Consumers and institutions face a confusing array of alternatives when choosing a language course due to the fragmented nature of the language learning market. Most providers of language learning offer little information to potential customers about their teaching methods and do not have well known brands. The few major internationally known language learning providers generally offer only classroom instruction, which is not convenient for all prospective language learners. In addition, there are numerous self-study courses in the market available at a variety of price points, most of which are offered as audio and books and do not provide an interactive, immersion learning experience. There are also many community websites that provide free opportunities to practice.

        We believe that language learners seek a trusted name-brand solution that is more convenient and affordable than classroom alternatives, and more effective, interactive and engaging than other self-study options. We believe the combination of these elements is not offered by traditional providers of language instruction.

The Rosetta Stone Solution

        Our mission is to change the way people learn languages. We believe our solutions provide an effective way to learn languages in a convenient and engaging manner. Our approach, called Dynamic Immersion , eliminates translation and grammar explanation and is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. We consider traditional translation and grammar methods as obstacles that delay and impede the successful acquisition of language proficiency, and our solutions avoid those elements. Our computer-based self-study courses allow our customers to learn using the immersion method on their own schedule and for a price that is significantly lower than most classroom-based or one-on-one alternatives. Although other audio and software publishers claim to teach with immersion methods, we believe that we are the only self-study solution that teaches strictly without any translation or explicit grammar explanations. Our proprietary solutions have been developed over the past 16 years by professionals with extensive linguistic, educational and instructional technology expertise. We estimate that our content library consists of more than 25,000 individual photographic images and more than 400,000 professionally recorded sound files. We design the sequencing of our content to optimize learning. The result is a rigorous and complete language learning curriculum that is also designed to be flexible, fun and convenient.

        Our language learning solutions are built upon a flexible software platform that supports multiple languages and is deployable on personal computers, on local networks and online. The platform incorporates a number of proprietary technologies that are key to enabling language learning, including:

82


        Rosetta Stone offers a broad product suite, with courses currently available in 31 languages. Our courses are available in up to three levels of proficiency per language, with each level providing approximately 40 hours of instruction and containing multiple units, lessons and activities.

        We also provide an online peer-to-peer practice environment called SharedTalk , at www.sharedtalk.com , where registered language learners meet for language exchange to practice their foreign language skills. During 2008, we had more than 100,000 active SharedTalk users.

        Our innovative solutions have received numerous awards and recognitions, including the 2008 CODiE awards for best corporate learning solution and best instructional solution in other curriculum areas sponsored by the Software & Information Industry Association, the 2008 education product of the year awarded by MacWorld, the 2008 BESSIE multilevel foreign language award for Spanish Levels 1, 2, and 3 awarded by ComputED Gazette in 2008, the 2008 EDDIE Award for our classroom edition as the best foreign language website awarded by ComputED Gazette , the 2007 EDDIE multilevel foreign language award for Chinese levels 1 and 2 and a 2007 multilevel English-as-a-second-language, or ESL, award for English levels 1, 2, and 3 awarded by ComputED Gazette .

Competitive Strengths

        We consider the foundations of our success to be the quality and breadth of our solutions, the strength of our brand and our direct distribution model. Together, we believe these elements represent a business model with attractive economics that differentiates us from other language learning providers. The quality of our solutions supports our price point, which in turn allows us to deploy a multi-channel marketing effort and a broad-based direct distribution network. We focus on educating consumers about the benefits of our solutions by leveraging our advertising and our kiosk network to drive customers to our call centers and websites, where they can learn about our solutions, try product demonstrations and then transact directly with us.

        We believe our competitive strengths include:

        Advanced Technology-Enabled Language Learning System.     Our proprietary solutions combine effective immersion learning with the benefits of flexibility and interactivity to provide for an efficient and engaging language learning experience. We intend to remain at the forefront of technological and pedagogical advances in language learning.

        Scalable and Adaptable Platform and Content.     Our solutions are designed to be efficiently delivered across multiple languages, systems and geographic markets. For example, we deploy many of the same images and image combinations across multiple languages, which accelerates our ability to add new languages. Because our solutions do not rely upon translation from the target language into the learner's native language, they require only modest localization to be used by learners from other native language backgrounds. This facilitates our ability to sell our existing language courses in new international markets. In addition, our software platform is engineered to work in the same way both online and locally installed, allowing for multiple delivery methods. We also use the same platform for all editions of our solutions: personal, enterprise, classroom and home school.

        Effective Multi-Channel Marketing and Distribution Model.     We believe that our multi-channel marketing and distribution strategy is a competitive strength because it enables us to market and serve our diverse customer base more broadly and make marketing impressions with a high frequency and at a relatively low cost per impression. As compared to competitors that rely primarily on retailers or online vendors to sell their products, our direct marketing and distribution strategy enables us to exert more control over our own growth and the customer experience. Our marketing, sales and distribution efforts are highly integrated and focused on direct interaction with consumers. As a result, we are able to present

83



a tightly controlled and unified message to the marketplace. Our television, online, print and radio advertising includes a "call to action" that drives customers directly to our websites and call centers, where we seek to convert them to sales. Our marketing tools and techniques allow us to attribute sales results to specific marketing initiatives. We utilize this data to continuously improve the efficiency of our websites, call centers, advertising and media planning and buying. We also operate more than 150 kiosks, which extend our direct interaction with customers and allow them to experience our solutions with the guidance of one of our product specialists. Our kiosks are located in airports, malls and other strategic, high-traffic locations. In our institutional markets, sales efforts are led by our direct sales force. We conduct our institutional marketing primarily through tradeshows and customer visits. Our marketing campaigns also support this channel. We augment our direct distribution network with select retailers, including Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. During the year ended December 31, 2008, approximately 83% of our revenue came from our direct channels, including our websites, call centers, kiosks and institutional sales force, and the remainder was attributable to sales through retailers.

        Leading and Trusted Brand, with a Differentiated, High-Quality Positioning.     According to the GMI survey, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized brand of language learning solutions in the United States. Additionally, of those surveyed who had an opinion of our brand, over 80% associated the brand with high-quality and effective products and services for teaching foreign languages. We believe we have positioned Rosetta Stone as a premium brand and a trusted choice for learning languages. Our marketing message centers on key points of differentiation from our competitors' traditional language offerings by focusing on our learners' own intrinsic competence. We believe that continued marketing and brand building will drive broader demand for our products and help us pursue our goal of making Rosetta Stone the preeminent language learning brand.

        Enthusiastic and Loyal Customer Base.     Our customers exhibit loyalty and enthusiasm for our products and many promote sales of our products through word-of-mouth referrals. Our latest survey of our individual customers in the United States, completed in February 2009, revealed that 92% of respondents expressed satisfaction with our solutions, with a satisfaction rating of 6 or higher on a 10-point scale, and 76% of respondents have recommended our solutions to one or more individuals. Our latest survey of our institutional customers in the United States, completed in February 2009, revealed that 87% of respondents expressed satisfaction with our solutions, with a satisfaction rating of 6 or higher on a 10-point scale, and 76% have recommended our solutions to other organizations.

        Effective Products.     We believe our solutions are effective. According to a January 2009 study we commissioned from Roumen Vesselinov, Ph.D, visiting assistant professor, Queens College, City University of New York, after 55 hours of study using our Spanish program the average WebCAPE score will be at a level sufficient to fulfill the requirements for one semester of study in a college that offers six semesters of Spanish. Statistically, the study concluded that such an outcome would occur with 95% confidence. WebCAPE, which stands for Wed-based Computer Adaptive Placement Exam, is a standardized test which, according to their website, is used by over 500 colleges and universities for placement. In addition, approximately 64% of the students participating in the study increased their oral proficiency by at least one level on a seven-level scale based on the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages OPIc test, which is used worldwide by academic institutions, government agencies, and private corporations for evaluating oral language proficiency.

84


Our Strategy

        Our goal is to strengthen our position as a leading provider of language learning solutions through the following strategies:

        Extend Our Technological and Product Leadership.     We intend to apply new technologies to maintain our product leadership. We currently are working on a variety of product development initiatives. For example, we are developing a new web-based service that extends our existing language learning solutions by offering opportunities for practice with dedicated language conversation coaches and other language learners to increase language socialization. We expect to provide this web-based service primarily as a bundle with our software and audio offerings. At the same time, we expect to provide augmented free peer-to-peer language practice, building on our existing success with sharedtalk.com . In addition, we are evaluating opportunities to extend our learning solutions to hand-held devices, and we intend to continue to advance our proprietary software platform and our speech recognition technology.

        Expand Our Core Product Portfolio.     We plan to expand our product portfolio by adding more advanced course levels for our existing languages. We give learners the option to purchase our solutions at a single level of difficulty or as a bundle of all three existing levels. Currently, 21 of our languages are offered in all three levels of proficiency. Our other languages are available in either one or two levels of proficiency. We also plan to add new languages and new skill development and remediation courses for advanced language learners. We believe that there is an opportunity to increase our revenue as we introduce the second or third level of proficiency to many of our remaining 10 languages. In addition, we believe that there may be opportunities for us to introduce additional language learning solutions containing industry-specific content.

        Increase U.S. Market Share.     To increase our penetration of the U.S. market and expand our brand awareness, we intend to increase our marketing campaigns through the purchase of additional television, print, radio and online advertising, and to explore new media channels. We believe that our multi-channel marketing model helps to build greater brand awareness, which over time will further increase our marketing efficiency. We also intend to continue to add select retail relationships and kiosks. For example, a selection of our solutions has recently become available in Apple stores and at Apple.com . For our institutional business, we expect to expand our direct sales force along with our institutional marketing activities.

        Increase Our Focus on Sizeable Non-U.S. Markets.     We generated approximately 5% of our revenue in 2008 from sales outside the United States. According to the Nielsen survey, over 90% of the $83 billion spent in 2007 on consumer language learning products and services was spent outside the United States. We therefore believe that there is a significant opportunity for us to expand our business internationally utilizing many of the successful marketing and distribution strategies we have used in the United States. We have established subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and Japan to develop our international business. In addition, we are exploring opportunities to expand our presence in Asia, Europe and South America. Because our solutions do not rely upon translation from the target language into the learner's native language, they require only modest localization to be used by learners from other native language backgrounds, and thus we believe that we can efficiently scale our business internationally.

Products and Services

        We offer language learning solutions in 31 languages under the Rosetta Stone and Rosetta World brands. Each language currently has up to three levels, with each consecutive level representing a higher level of proficiency. We sell each level as a standalone unit, although we offer a price incentive to customers to purchase all three levels as a bundle, where that option is available. In August 2007, we released our Version 3 solution for ten of our best selling languages. We released an additional four

85



languages in Version 3 in March 2008 and we released an additional seven languages in Version 3 in September 2008. The remaining languages are available in Version 2 of our software.

        We have four different editions: personal, enterprise, classroom and home school. Each edition utilizes the same core software product, but includes different ancillary features as follows:

        With our personal edition, we offer a compact disc audio practice tool, the Audio Companion , in all 21 Version 3 languages. Audio Companion is a series of digital audio files that contain lessons directly aligned to the Rosetta Stone curriculum, allowing users to practice and carry on their immersive experience when they are away from a computer. The lessons on the Audio Companion can be transferred to MP3 players. The Audio Companion provides a convenient opportunity for practicing material that was previously learned through the software program. Unlike other common audio products, Rosetta Stone does not rely solely on an audio environment to teach, so we can create an immersive audio environment, using only the target language, which reinforces material learned from our software program.

        Our solutions are available both pre-packaged and by subscription online through our language learning portal. For the year ended December 31, 2008, approximately 88% of our revenue was from CD-ROM sales to both consumers and institutions, while approximately 12% was from online subscriptions.

86


        We currently offer the following languages:

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Audio
Companion
  Version 2   Version 3  

Arabic

                           

Chinese (Mandarin)

                           

Danish

                                 

Dutch

                           

English (U.K.)

                           

English (U.S.)

                           

Farsi (Persian)

                           

French

                           

German

                           

Greek

                           

Hebrew

                           

Hindi

                           

Indonesian

                                 

Irish

                           

Italian

                           

Japanese

                           

Korean

                           

Latin

                                 

Pashto

                                 

Polish

                           

Portuguese (Brazil)

                           

Russian

                           

Spanish (Latin America)

                           

Spanish (Spain)

                           

Swahili

                                 

Swedish

                           

Tagalog

                               

Thai

                               

Turkish

                                 

Vietnamese

                                 

Welsh

                                 

        We also provide an online peer-to-peer practice environment called SharedTalk , at www.sharedtalk.com , where registered language learners meet for language exchange and to practice their foreign language skills. During 2008, we had more than 100,000 active SharedTalk users.

        In addition, we have developed Rosetta Stone products for the exclusive use of Native American communities to help to save their endangered languages, including Mohawk, Innutitut and Iñupiaq.

Technology

        Since January 1, 2003, we have expended over $45.4 million in research and development expenses, which included the development of a proprietary unified language learning software platform. Our newest application, Version 3, currently supports three levels of proficiency and is available in 21 languages. Version 2, our legacy application, is available for our other 10 languages. We intend to offer additional languages on Version 3. The technology underlying both Version 2 and Version 3 is designed to handle the complexities of a wide variety of languages, including languages written from right-to-left such as Arabic and Hebrew and languages with characters such as Chinese and Japanese.

87


        Our Version 3 platform is flexible and capable of meeting a wide range of market requirements, including:

In each of these cases, the learner receives the same engaging language learning experience and content.

        We have developed a speech recognition technology focused on the unique challenges of language learners, stressing non-native speech understanding and pronunciation feedback. This technology, which is included in Version 3, is available for 21 of our best selling languages and runs on all widely available operating systems and on local and online applications. Our speech recognition models include languages traditionally not supported by general-purpose speech recognition software, such as Irish.

        We have developed proprietary algorithms we call Adaptive Recall, which are designed to enhance the learner's experience by reintroducing content at longer and longer intervals in order to improve long-term retention. Adaptive Recall, available in Version 3, is designed to be efficient with a learner's time, bringing material back in the program less and less frequently as the learner remembers over extended periods of time.

        We have developed a proprietary student management system, which is designed to allow teachers and administrators to configure their own lesson plans using our content and exercises and to review reports for evaluation of student progress.

        We have developed an intuitive user interface that assists in the learner's transition from listening comprehension to speaking, making language skill development an integrated experience.

        We have also created proprietary content development tools that allow our curriculum specialists to write, edit, manage and publish our course materials. These tools allow authors, translators, voicers, photographers and editors to work efficiently and cooperatively across multiple locations.

Content and Curriculum

        The foundation of Dynamic Immersion is our proprietary content, consisting of a total of more than 25,000 individual photographic images and more than 400,000 professionally recorded sound files. Each Version 3 language contains approximately 10,000 individual photographic images and 15,000 professionally recorded sound files. We believe these photographic images and recorded sound files are a competitive strength, as we have created many of the pictures and all of the sound files ourselves. We believe that our images and their juxtaposition convey a universal meaning, which makes it possible for us to broadly deploy the same images across multiple languages. In addition, we have developed a sophisticated method for sequencing the images, which is designed to build a rich curriculum that incrementally teaches the user the most important and relevant language skills necessary to achieve fluency. We believe that our sequence of images is as effective for someone learning Arabic or Mandarin Chinese as it is for someone learning Spanish or English. To supplement our core content, we incorporate specific nuances for each language, such as dual forms for parts of speech in Arabic. Our ability to tailor

88



our content also enables us to develop customized versions of our language learning solutions to address the specific needs of various industries. For example, we recently created a customized version of our Arabic learning solution for the U.S. Army, which includes military-specific content, such as vocabulary, images and curriculum sequencing. In the future, we may develop customized versions for other industries, such as healthcare, business, real estate and retail.

        In addition to visual learning experiences, our Version 3 solutions incorporate an integrated speech program utilizing our voice recognition application, which works in languages that are traditionally not supported by general-purpose speech recognition software. As an integral component of the program, this voice recognition feature works with our learners to promote the appropriate pronunciation of the words and concepts included in the lesson.

        Throughout the curriculum sequence, our program combines the introduction of new concepts, practice of recent material and production of key phrases. As learners progress along our curriculum, they transition from seeing and recognizing to speaking as our program prompts them to pronounce the words they are being taught. Our solution covers all aspects necessary for fluency within a completely immersive environment without requiring translation or explanation, including alphabet, vocabulary, intuitive grammar, reading, writing, listening, pronunciation and conversation. While rigorous and complete, the curriculum is designed to remain flexible, allowing learners to alter their individual pace and focus of instruction to meet their particular goals and abilities. The language content for our respective courses is organized into three levels of proficiency, with each level providing approximately 40 hours of instruction and containing multiple units, lessons and activities.

Customers

        Our customers include individuals, home school parents, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies, corporations and not-for-profit institutions. We sell to our customers through a direct-to-consumer and institutional marketing and distribution strategy.

Channel
  Customer Type   Representative Customers
Consumer   Individual   Based on our internal studies, 60% annually earn more than $75,000 and 44% earn more than $100,000
    Retailers   Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders
Institutional   Educational Institutions   Primary and Secondary Schools: New York City Department of Education (NY), DeKalb County Schools (GA), Cherokee County Board of Education (GA), Yonkers Public Schools (NY), Oakland Unified School District (CA), Manatee County Schools (FL)
        Universities: James Madison University, University of Wisconsin, West Chester University, Virginia Commonwealth University, Clark Atlanta University, Jackson State University
    Government and Armed Forces   U.S. Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, Foreign Service Institute, Defense Intelligence Agency, U.S. Department of the Air Force
    Corporations   Reuters Group Plc, General Motors Corp., Pride International Inc., Res-Care, Inc., Cerner Corp., Tyco Electronics Corp., Molex Inc., Experian Information Solutions, Inc., Marriott International,  Inc., Whole Foods Market Inc.
    Not-for-Profit Organizations   The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints, Council for Adult and Experiential Learning, Pacific Training Institute Clinic, AARP, Trust for the Americas, Neighborhood House of St. Paul, Seattle Goodwill

89


Marketing and Distribution Channels

        Our multi-channel marketing and distribution model consists of print, online, television and radio direct-response advertising, kiosks, our institutional sales force and retail resellers. We believe that this marketing and distribution model, through which each channel complements and supports the others, provides;

    Consumer

        Consumer sales accounted for approximately 80% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our consumer distribution model comprises a mix of our call centers, websites, network of kiosks and select retail resellers, such as Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. We believe these channels complement each other, as consumers that have seen our direct-to-consumer advertising may purchase at our kiosks or retailers, and those who have seen our solutions demonstrated at our kiosks may purchase solutions through our retailers, websites or call centers.

        Direct to Consumer.     Our direct-to-consumer channel, which we define as sales generated through either our websites or call centers, accounted for approximately 58% of our consumer revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008. We utilize several forms of advertising to drive our direct-to-consumer sales, including print, online, television and radio. We advertise in a variety of national publications, such as Time, The Economist, The New Yorker and National Geographic . Our online media strategy encompasses banner and paid search advertising, as well as affiliate relationships. We work with various online agencies to buy both impression-based and performance-based traffic. All our advertisements include a "call to action", which encourages potential customers to visit our websites or contact a call center to order a product or a CD-ROM demo. Our advertisements include promotional codes that encourage customers to indicate which television or radio spot or publication they are responding to in order for us to track performance of each discrete media buy. By using different codes for different advertising media and campaigns, we can track the link between our media buying and the demand it generates. This gives us insight into the effectiveness of each form of advertising we purchase, which enables us to more closely tie our advertising spend to the results achieved. We receive our orders in the direct-to-consumer channel through our websites and call centers. Our marketing to this channel also supports the kiosk and retail channels.

        Rosetta Stone Kiosks.     We operated 145 retail kiosks located in 32 states, in airports, malls and other strategic high-traffic locations as of December 31, 2008. We have also recently begun to open kiosks in the United Kingdom and Japan. As of December 31, 2008, we operated three kiosks in the United Kingdom and two in Japan. These company-operated kiosks accounted for approximately 22% of our consumer revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008. With bright and colorful displays, efficient use of retail space and limited capital investment, we believe that our company-operated kiosks are an effective outlet for selling our solutions and reinforcing our brand image. We believe that our kiosks enhance our ability to build strong consumer relationships and promote additional customer interest through the provision of personal demonstrations by our sales associates.

90


        Most of our kiosk site licenses range between three to six months with renewal options. Our policy is to close under-performing kiosks expeditiously.

        We have also recently begun offering our products in a limited number of unmanned ZoomShop automated kiosks. Although these devices do not offer the one-on-one experience that the kiosks provide, there are interactive demonstrations on their touch screens with audio that helps illustrate our teaching techniques. These devices allow us to quickly establish a presence in retail locations for a very low capital commitment.

        Retailers.     Sales to retailers accounted for approximately 21% of our consumer revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our retailers enable us to provide additional points of contact to educate consumers about our solutions, expand our presence beyond our own kiosks and websites, and further strengthen and enhance our brand image. Our retail relationships include Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. Sales in the retail channel are highly correlated with our media expenditures in the direct-to-consumer channel.

    Institutional

        Institutional sales accounted for approximately 20% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our institutional distribution model is focused on targeted sales activity primarily through a direct sales force in four markets: schools, colleges and universities; the U.S. armed forces and federal government agencies; corporations; and not-for-profit organizations. Regional sales managers are responsible for sales of our solutions in their territories and supervise account managers who are responsible for maintaining our customer base. As of December 31, 2008, our domestic institutional sales group consisted of 71 employees, 53 of whom were direct quota-based sales representatives.

        Educational Institutions.     These customers include primary and secondary schools and represented approximately 44% of our institutional sales for the year ended December 31, 2008. In our experience, colleges, universities and schools frequently rely on references from peer institutions and an official request-for-proposal, or RFP, process when selecting a vendor. We generate sales leads from sources such as interacting with attendees at trade shows and conferences, visiting potential customer sites to provide briefings on our solutions and the industry, responding to inbound calls based on recommendations from existing customers and monitoring and responding to RFPs.

        Federal Government Agencies and Armed Forces.     These customers include governmental agencies and armed forces and accounted for approximately 19% of our institutional sales for the year ended December 31, 2008. Many customers in this market license our products through online subscriptions. We have recently been adding sales representatives to this group to allow greater focus by senior sales executives on expanding some of our key relationships.

        Corporations.     We promote interest in this market with trade show and seminar attendance, speaking engagements and direct mailings. Many of our customers in the market prefer online subscription delivery. Corporations represented 10% of our institutional revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        Home Schools.     We promote interest in this market through advertising in publications focused on home schooling, attending local trade shows and seminars and direct mailings. Home school sales accounted for approximately 22% of our institutional revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        Not-for-Profit Organizations.     These customers include organizations developing workforces to serve non-native speaking populations, offering literacy programs and preparing members for overseas missions. We promote interest in this market through our institutional sales force, speaking engagements and direct

91



mailings. Not-for-profit organizations accounted for 5% of our institutional revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008.

    International

        International sales accounted for approximately 5% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008. In the near term, our international activity is primarily focused on successfully growing our business in the United Kingdom, Germany and Japan, where we are utilizing many of the same direct-to-consumer and channel strategies that we developed in the domestic market. We opened our United Kingdom office in 2005 and our Japan office in 2007. Over time, we believe that we will be able to develop a similar business model in other markets in Europe, Asia and Latin America.

Product Development

        Our product portfolio is a result of significant investment in product development over 16 years. Our product development focuses on both software and content development. Our development efforts include both creating new solutions and adding new languages to existing solutions. Our development team has specific expertise in speech recognition, interface design, immersion learning and instructional design. Our engineering and language development organizations are located principally in Harrisonburg, Virginia. We also conduct software development in Boulder, Colorado and Arlington, Virginia.

        In 2006, we licensed speech recognition technology for language learning from the Regents of the University of Colorado. We subsequently hired several of the original developers of this technology to begin building our expertise in speech recognition. Since 2006, we have made significant improvements to the original technology. We believe that this technology and expertise distinguishes us from other companies in our industry.

        In August 2007, we launched a new product platform, Version 3, in ten languages in our consumer channels. This product launch was the culmination of over three years of research and development. Version 3 provides a significant set of new features and benefits, including our proprietary speech recognition technology. We subsequently introduced four additional Version 3 languages in March 2008 and seven more Version 3 languages in September 2008. We also introduced the Audio Companion compact disc practice tool in all 14 of our then-available Version 3 languages in June 2008 and introduced the Audio Companion in the seven new Version 3 languages in September 2008.

        As of December 31, 2008, our research and development group consisted of 188 employees. Our research and development expenses were $12.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2007 and $18.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2008.

Sourcing and Fulfillment

        Our strategy is to maintain a flexible, diversified and low-cost manufacturing base. We use third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers to obtain substantially all our product and packaging components and to manufacture finished products. We believe that we have good relationships with our manufacturers and suppliers and that there are alternative sources in the event that one or more of these manufacturers or suppliers is not available. We continually review our manufacturing and supply needs against the capacity of our contract manufacturers and suppliers with a view to ensuring that we are able to meet our production goals, reduce costs and operate more efficiently.

        We package and distribute our products primarily from our fulfillment facility in Harrisonburg, Virginia. We also contract with third-party fulfillment vendors in Amsterdam, Netherlands and Tokyo, Japan. From Tokyo, we distribute products for consumer orders in Japan. From Amsterdam, we distribute

92



products for consumer orders in Europe. We distribute products for the remainder of our orders from Harrisonburg, Virginia.

Competition

        The language learning industry is highly fragmented and subject to rapidly changing consumer preferences and industry trends. We expect competition in the markets that we serve to persist and intensify. We face varying degrees of competition from a wide variety of companies providing language learning solutions including:

    language learning center operators;

    audio CD and MP3 download providers;

    pre-packaged software producers;

    textbook publishers;

    online tutoring service providers; and

    online peer-to-peer practice providers.

Our competitors include Berlitz International Inc., Simon & Schuster, Inc. (Pimsleur), Random House Ventures LLC (Living Language), Disney Publishing Worldwide and McGraw-Hill Education.

        We believe that the principal competitive factors in our industry include:

    product differentiation, including:

    teaching method,

    effectiveness,

    accessibility and convenience,

    availability and quality of speech recognition, and

    fun and likelihood of continued engagement,

    brand recognition and reputation;

    price; and

    effective advertising.

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors.

Intellectual Property

        Our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property is critical to our success. We rely on a combination of measures to protect our intellectual property, including patents, trade secrets, trademarks, trade dress, copyrights and non-disclosure and other contractual arrangements.

        We have several international and U.S. patents pending. Many of these pending patents relate to our language teaching methods.

93


        We hold a perpetual, irrevocable and worldwide license from the University of Colorado allowing us to use speech recognition technology for language learning solutions. We entered into the license agreement in December 2006, and paid the University of Colorado an up-front license fee.

        We have registered a variety of trademarks, including Rosetta Stone , Rosetta World , Rosetta Stone Language Learning Success and design, Dynamic Immersion , The Fastest Way to Learn a Language. Guaranteed ., Adaptive Recall , Contextual Formation , the Rosetta Stone blue stone logo and design, and Rosettastone.com . We have applied to register our SharedTalk , Audio Companion , rWorld , Rosetta and the Rosetta Stone blue stone logo and design/ Language Learning Success trademarks. All these trademarks are the subject of either registrations or pending applications in the United States, as well as numerous countries worldwide where we do business. We intend to continue to strategically register, both domestically and internationally, trademarks we utilize today and those we develop in the future.

        We own the copyright on our Version 2 English editions. We are registering in the United States our Version 2 non-English editions and all editions of our 21 Version 3 languages.

        We believe that the distinctive marks that we use in connection with our solutions are important in building our brand image and distinguishing our solutions from those of our competitors. These marks are among our most valuable assets. In addition to our distinctive marks, we own several copyrights and trade dress rights to our solutions, product packaging and user manuals. We also place significant value on our trade dress, which is the overall image and appearance of our solutions, and we believe that our trade dress helps to distinguish our solutions in the marketplace.

        Furthermore, our employees, contractors and other parties with access to our confidential information sign agreements that prohibit the unauthorized disclosure of our proprietary rights, information and technology.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2008, we had 1,217 total employees, consisting of 713 full-time and 504 part-time employees. Our personnel consisted of 190 employees in sales and marketing, 188 employees in research and development, 220 in general and administrative, and 619 kiosk sales employees. None of our employees is represented by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe our employee relations are good.

Properties

        Our corporate headquarters are located in Arlington, Virginia, where we sublease approximately 31,281 square feet of space. The term of this sublease runs through December 31, 2013 and we have the right to extend that lease for an additional three years. We believe that our headquarters space will be adequate for the foreseeable future.

        We continue to lease approximately 17,600 square feet of space in Arlington, Virginia, which was the site of our corporate headquarters until late 2008. This space consists of multiple leased spaces with lease obligations with terms ending between December 31, 2009 and August 31, 2013. We intend to attempt to sublease a portion of this space, but we cannot assure you that we will be able to sublease any of this space or that, if we do, it will be on terms that will cover our rent expense related to the space.

        We currently own a facility with approximately 47,860 square feet of usable space in Harrisonburg, Virginia, that serves as our operations office, where we perform most of our product development. We recently purchased a facility with approximately 14,460 square feet in Harrisonburg, Virginia to support our future growth. In addition, we lease a facility with approximately 40,000 square feet in Harrisonburg,

94



Virginia for use as a packing and distribution center for all of our U.S. and some of our international fulfillment. We are seeking additional space in Harrisonburg to support our future growth.

        We also lease small offices in Boulder, Colorado, Tokyo, Japan and London, United Kingdom. Our Boulder office serves as a research and development location while our Tokyo and London offices serve as our regional sales offices.

        As of December 31, 2008, we also had site licenses for 150 kiosks. Most of our kiosk site licenses have terms of three to six months and provide for a minimum rent plus a percentage rent based upon sales after certain minimum thresholds have been achieved. These site licenses generally require that we pay insurance, utilities, real estate taxes and repair and maintenance expenses. Some of the site licenses also contain early termination options, which can be exercised by us or the licensor under certain conditions.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we have been subject to various claims and legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently involved in any legal proceeding the ultimate outcome of which, in our judgment based on information currently available, would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

95



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table provides information concerning our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of December 31, 2008:

Name
  Age   Position(s)

Tom P. H. Adams

    36   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Eric Eichmann

    41   Chief Operating Officer

Brian D. Helman

    39   Chief Financial Officer

Gregory W. Long

    49   Chief Product Officer

Michael C. Wu

    42   General Counsel and Secretary

Laura L. Witt(2)(3)

    40   Director and Chairman of the Board

Phillip A. Clough(1)

    47   Director

John T. Coleman(2)(3)

    61   Director

Laurence Franklin(1)

    56   Director

Patrick W. Gross(1)(3)

    64   Director

John E. Lindahl(2)

    64   Director

(1)
Member of our audit committee

(2)
Member of our compensation committee

(3)
Member of our corporate governance and nominating committee

         Tom P. H. Adams has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Rosetta Stone since January 2006, prior to which he served as Chief Executive Officer of Fairfield & Sons Ltd., the predecessor company of Rosetta Stone, since February 2003. Mr. Adams received his B.A. with honors from the University of Bristol, United Kingdom and an M.B.A. from INSEAD in Fontainebleau, France. Mr. Adams was named the 2008 Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year in the software category in the Greater Washington region.

         Eric Eichmann has served as Chief Operating Officer of Rosetta Stone since September 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Eichmann held several management positions at America Online, Inc., an interactive services company, from July 1999 to June 2006, most recently as Senior Vice President of Advertising Operations, Systems and Promotions. Previously, Mr. Eichmann held positions at McKinsey & Co., a management consulting firm, from September 1994 to June 1999. Mr. Eichmann holds an M.A. from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Lausanne, Switzerland and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University.

         Brian D. Helman has served as Chief Financial Officer of Rosetta Stone since March 2007. Prior to joining Rosetta Stone, Mr. Helman was Chief Financial Officer for JME Software LLC, a provider of enterprise software, from April 2006 to March 2007. From May 2002 to February 2006, Mr. Helman was the Chief Financial Officer of Neon Systems, Inc., a publicly traded supplier of mainframe integration software. From October 1996 to November 2001, Mr. Helman held various finance positions with Netspeak Corporation, a publicly traded provider of voice-over-IP software, including Vice President of Finance and Business Planning. Mr. Helman holds a B.S. from the University of Florida. Mr. Helman is a Certified Public Accountant.

         Gregory W. Long has served as Chief Product Officer of Rosetta Stone since August 2006. Prior to joining Rosetta Stone, Mr. Long was Vice President of Leapfrog Schoolhouse, the school division of

96



Leapfrog Enterprises, Inc., a provider of educational products, from December 2001 to August 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Long was at iBeam Broadcasting Corp., a streaming media distribution provider, from May 2000 to September 2001, and held various positions at Mattel's The Learning Company Inc., a developer and marketer of educational and reference software for consumers and schools, from March 1999 to May 2000 and at Creative Wonders, Disney/Electronic Arts' children's software education company, from March 1996 to March 1999. Mr. Long holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Victoria in Victoria, British Columbia, Canada and an M.B.A. from Queen's University in Kingston, Ontario, Canada.

         Michael C. Wu has served as General Counsel and Secretary of Rosetta Stone since November 2006. From August 2001 to October 2006, Mr. Wu served in several executive positions with Teleglobe International Holdings Ltd. and its predecessor, a publicly traded international telecommunications company, including Vice President and General Counsel, Executive Director, Legal and Executive Director, Operations and Corporate Services. Prior to joining Teleglobe, Mr. Wu was a Senior Counsel for Global One Communications LLC, the joint venture between Sprint Corporation, Deutsche Telekom and France Telecom, from March 1996 to March 1999. He also practiced law at Swidler & Berlin, Chtd and Baker & Botts, LLP. Mr. Wu holds a J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law and a B.A. from Emory University.

         Laura L. Witt has served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors since January 2006. In September 1997, Ms. Witt joined ABS Capital Partners, a private equity investment partnership, and has served as a General Partner since January 2001. She also serves as a director of Metastorm, Inc. She has a B.A. from Princeton University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

         Phillip A. Clough has served as a Director since January 2006. Mr. Clough is a Managing General Partner of ABS Capital Partners, and has been a General Partner of ABS Capital Partners since September 2001. Prior to joining ABS Capital Partners, Mr. Clough was President and Chief Executive Officer of Sitel Corporation, a publicly traded global provider of outsourced customer support services, from May 1998 to March 2001 and President of Sitel from January 1997 to May 1998. Prior to that, Mr. Clough was an investment banker with Alex. Brown & Sons from 1990 to 1997 and served in the United States Army from 1983 to 1988, rising to the rank of Captain. Mr. Clough serves on the board of directors of Liquidity Services, Inc. and American Public Education, Inc. Mr. Clough holds a B.S. from the U.S. Military Academy at West Point and an M.B.A. from the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia.

         John T. Coleman has served as a Director since March 2006. Mr. Coleman served as President, Chief Operating Officer and a Director of Bose Corp., a manufacturer of high end audio products, from July 2001 to July 2005. Prior to that, he was Executive Vice President and Vice President of Human Resources at Bose. Prior to that, he was General Manager of their European manufacturing operations. Prior to joining Bose, Mr. Coleman was Director of Human Resources for General Electric in Ireland. Mr. Coleman was Head of the College of Business and Law at University College Cork in Ireland from May 2006 until June 2007. He is a member of the board of advisors of the School of Economics in the University College Cork. Mr. Coleman holds diplomas in Personnel Management and in Training and Development from the Irish Management Institute. He also holds a diploma in Management Studies and an M.B.A. degree from the University of Ulster, Northern Ireland.

         Laurence Franklin has served as a Director since March 2006. Since January 2002, Mr. Franklin has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Tumi Inc., a manufacturer and retailer of luxury travel, business and lifestyle accessories. Mr. Franklin is scheduled to retire as President and Chief Executive Officer of Tumi Inc. on April 1, 2009. Mr. Franklin also serves on the boards of two private companies. Mr. Franklin earned his B.A. from Colgate University and his M.S. from the New York University Graduate School of Business.

97


         Patrick W. Gross has served as a Director since January 2006. Mr. Gross is Chairman of the Lovell Group, a private business and technology advisory and investment firm that he founded in 2002. Mr. Gross was a founder of, and served as a principal executive officer from 1970 to September 2002 at American Management Systems, Inc., or AMS, a publicly traded information technology consulting, software development, and systems integration firm. Mr. Gross is a director of Capital One Financial Corporation, Career Education Corporation, Taleo Corporation, Liquidity Services, Inc. and Waste Management, Inc. He holds a B.S.E. from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, a M.S.E. from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

         John E. Lindahl has served as a Director since January 2006 and is Managing Partner at Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP, or Norwest, a private equity firm, which he joined in 1984. Prior to joining Norwest, John worked at Norwest Bank for 16 years. He holds B.S. and B.A. degrees from the University of Minnesota.

        Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or their earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Code of Ethics

        We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code will be available on our corporate website at www.rosettastone.com upon completion of this offering.

Composition of the Board of Directors; Classified Board

        Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, six of whom are non-employee members. Each director holds office until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our second amended and restated bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors.

        Pursuant to the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our existing current directors were elected as follows:

        Upon the closing of this offering, all of our preferred stock will be automatically converted into our common stock and all of the contractual rights to appoint directors will be automatically terminated. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, each serving a staggered three-year term. As a result, commencing with our first annual meeting of stockholders after the completion of this offering, one class, which will be comprised of only a portion of our board of directors, will be elected at each annual meeting for three-year terms. Each of the current members of our board of directors intends to continue as a director after the closing of this offering and our board of directors will be classified as follows:

98


        Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that the number of authorized directors will be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as reasonably possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide for the removal of a director only for cause and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of our directors.

Director Independence

        In September 2008, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of each director and considered whether any director had a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that all of our directors, other than our chief executive officer, Tom Adams, were "independent directors" and met the independence requirements under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee.

    Audit Committee

        Our audit committee consists of Phillip A. Clough, Laurence Franklin and Patrick W. Gross, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Gross is the chairperson of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee meets the requirements of financial literacy under the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. Mr. Gross serves as our audit committee financial expert, as defined under SEC rules, and possesses financial sophistication as required by the New York Stock Exchange. Both Mr. Franklin and Mr. Gross are independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Mr. Clough is not independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) because of his affiliation with ABS Capital Partners and the present level of stock ownership of our company by funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners. The test for independence under Rule 10A-3(b)(1) for the audit committee is different than the general test for independence of board and committee members. In accordance with Rule 10A-3(b)(1) and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, we plan to modify the composition of the audit committee within 12 months after the effectiveness of our registration statement relating to this offering so that all of our audit committee members will be independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) and under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

99


        Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

        Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

    Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee consists of Laura L. Witt, John T. Coleman and John E. Lindahl, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Ms. Witt is the chairperson of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

    Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

        Our corporate governance and nominating committee consists of Laura L. Witt, John T. Coleman and Patrick W. Gross, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Ms. Witt is the chairperson of this committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of this committee satisfies the requirements for independence under the New York Stock Exchange rules.

100


        The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things:

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Director Compensation for the Year Ended December 31, 2008

        The following table summarizes the compensation of each member of our board of directors in 2008:

Name
  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
  Option
Awards
($)(1)
  Total
($)
 

Laura L. Witt

  $   $   $  

Phillip A. Clough

             

John T. Coleman

    20,000 (2)   21,336 (5)   41,336  

Laurence Franklin

    20,000 (3)   21,336 (5)   41,336  

Patrick W. Gross

    10,000 (4)   26,067 (5)   36,067  

John E. Lindahl

             

Tom P. H. Adams

             

101


        In 2008, non-employee directors, other than those who are affiliated with ABS Capital Partners or Norwest, received an annual retainer for service on our board, payable quarterly in cash. No director received fees for attending board meetings. Directors who are employees of ABS Capital Partners or Norwest did not receive any fees or option awards for their services as either directors or committee members. All directors were entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or committees of the board of directors.

        All of our non-employee directors, other than those who are affiliated with ABS Capital Partners or Norwest, also received a grant of stock options upon commencement of their board service. All options were granted under our 2006 Stock Option Plan and have a term of ten years. All options granted have a per share exercise price equal to the fair value of a share of our common stock underlying the options at the time of grant. Options vest in equal annual installments over four years, subject to the director's continued service on our board. We did not issue any new options to directors in 2008.

        Effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors has adopted a compensation policy that will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors. This compensation policy provides that each such non-employee director will receive the following compensation for board and committee services:

        Directors will be encouraged to accumulate stock ownership, including ownership of the restricted stock units, equal in value to three times the annual retainer within three years.

102



EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

    Overview

        The compensation committee of our board of directors has overall responsibility for the compensation program for our executive officers. Members of the committee are appointed by the board. Currently, the committee consists of three members of the board, none of whom are executive officers of our company.

        Our executive compensation program is designed to encourage our executives to focus on building stockholder value, maximizing rational growth and bottom line results.

        Our objective is to provide a competitive total compensation package to attract and retain key personnel and drive effective results. To achieve this objective, the compensation committee has implemented and maintains compensation plans that tie a substantial portion of the executives' overall compensation to key strategic financial and operational goals such as our annual revenue. Our executive compensation program provides for the following elements:

        A detailed description of these components is provided below.

    Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program

        Base Salary.     We utilize base salary as the primary means of providing compensation for performing the essential elements of an executive's job. We believe our base salaries are set at levels that allow us to attract and retain executives in competitive markets.

        Variable Pay.     Our variable pay compensation, in the form of an annual cash bonus, is intended to compensate our executives for meeting our corporate objectives and their individual performance objectives and to incentivize our executives to meet these objectives. In addition, our variable pay compensation is intended to reward and incentivize our executives for exceeding their objectives. These objectives may be both financial and non-financial and may be based on company, divisional or individual performance. These objectives are separated so that executives may be paid a bonus for meeting one objective and not be paid for failing to meet another objective. For financial objectives, the compensation committee typically sets a target level where the full 100% bonus can be earned and then also sets a slightly lower target where a partial bonus can be earned if the objective is almost achieved and a higher target where a substantially larger than 100% bonus can be earned for exceeding the 100% bonus target. In addition to the annual cash bonus plan, we may utilize discretionary cash bonuses to attract new executives or to reward executives for exemplary performance that is not necessarily rewarded by the cash bonus plan.

        Equity-Based Compensation.     Our equity-based compensation is intended to enhance our ability to retain talent over a longer period of time, to reward longer-term efforts that enhance future value, and to

103



provide executives with a form of reward that aligns their interests with those of our stockholders. Executives whose skills and results we deem to be critical to our long-term success are eligible to receive higher levels of equity-based compensation. Executives typically receive an equity award in the form of a stock option that vests over a period of time upon commencement of their employment. Thereafter, they may receive additional awards from time to time as the compensation committee determines consistent with the objectives described above. After we become a public company, our compensation committee expects to make annual equity compensation awards to our executives in amounts that are competitive with awards then being made by comparable public companies with whom we compete for talent.

        Benefits.     Our benefits, such as our basic health benefits, 401(k) plan, and life insurance, are intended to provide a stable array of support to executives and their families throughout various stages of their careers, and these core benefits are provided to all executives regardless of their individual performance levels. The 401(k) plan allows participants to defer up to 100% of their annual compensation, subject to the cap set by the Internal Revenue Code, which was $15,500 per person for 2008. The executives' elective deferrals are immediately vested and nonforfeitable upon contribution to the 401(k) plan. We currently provide matching contributions equal to 100% of an employee's individual contribution, up to a maximum of 4% of the participant's annual salary and subject to some other limits.

    Determining the Amount of Each Element of Compensation

        Overview.     The amount of each element of our compensation program is determined by our compensation committee on an annual basis taking into consideration our results of operations, long and short-term goals, individual goals, the competitive market for our executives, the experience of our compensation committee members with similar stage companies and general economic factors. In 2008, our compensation committee engaged a compensation consultant to provide data as to the competitiveness of our compensation program compared with those of other companies with which we may compete for talent. Our compensation committee did not retain the compensation consultant to determine or recommend any particular compensation package for our executives. Rather, the consultant provided survey data for a peer group of comparable companies for the positions of chief executive officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer and a broader study of survey data for other executive officers for whom no peer group data was provided.

        In 2008, our compensation committee determined that in general the annual cash compensation of our executives was substantially below the median compensation of the comparable officers of the peer group companies or the broader survey sample, as applicable, and sought to move the annual base pay and variable pay opportunity for 2008 to within 15% of the median of the peer group for the chief executive officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer and 15% of the median of the broader survey for the executive officers for whom no peer group data was provided.

        The peer group utilized by the compensation committee for comparative purposes in reviewing the 2008 compensation of the executives consisted of:

 
   
   
Tempur-Pedic International Inc.   Zumiez Inc.   Blackboard Inc.
LeapFrog Enterprises Inc.   Blue Nile, Inc.   Renaissance Learning Inc.
Under Armour Inc.   SkillSoft Plc   SumTotal Systems Inc.
Bare Escentuals, Inc.   Heelys, Inc.   PLATO Learning, Inc.
Crocs, Inc.        

        The peer group companies were selected because they were of a similar size to us at the time of the study and the compensation committee considered them to be high-performing consumer-marketing

104



focused companies, technology-oriented learning companies or software companies. All of the peer group companies are public companies, so they were not directly comparable to us at the time of the study.

        In addition to this data, our chief executive officer provides input to the compensation committee on the performance and compensation levels of our executives, other than himself, but he does not have a vote on the compensation committee. Once the level of compensation is set for the year, the compensation committee may revisit its decisions if there are material developments during the year, such as promotions, that may warrant a change in compensation. After the year is over, the compensation committee reviews the performance of the executive officers and key employees to determine the achievement of variable pay targets and to assess the overall functioning of our compensation plans against our goals.

        Base Pay.     Our compensation committee reviews our executives' base salaries on an annual basis taking into consideration the factors described above as well as changes in position or responsibilities. In the event of material changes in position, responsibilities or other factors, the compensation committee may consider changes in base pay during the year.

        For 2008, our compensation committee made the following increases in base salary of our executives:

Name
  2007
Base Salary
  2008
Base Salary
  Dollar
Increase
  Percentage
Increase
 
Tom P. H. Adams   $ 275,000   $ 350,000   $ 75,000     27.3 %
Eric Eichmann     237,500     265,000     27,500     11.6  
Brian D. Helman     220,000     240,000     20,000     9.1  
Gregory W. Long     200,000     210,000     10,000     5.0  
Michael C. Wu     190,000     210,000     20,000     10.5  

        These increases were discretionary changes made by our compensation committee based upon the continued growth of our company and the continued success of each of our named executive officers in growing our company. The increase was intended to bring the 2008 base salary of each executive to within 15% of the median base salary of comparable officers for the peer group companies or the broader survey group for the executive officers for whom no peer group data was provided in the compensation study.

        Variable Pay.     Our compensation committee establishes an executive bonus plan on an annual basis and distributions are typically made within 90 days after the end of each calendar year after the compensation committee has determined if the goals have been achieved. However, the compensation committee has the authority to modify a bonus structure during the year if they deem appropriate. Examples of circumstances in which our compensation committee might consider revising a bonus plan include mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, board-approved budget revisions and other material changes in our company.

        Our executive bonus plan for 2008 provides a potential bonus for each executive based on financial and non-financial goals. For all executives, the potential award is based 50% on financial goals, 25% on company-level strategic goals and 25% on individual goals. These percentages are the same as they were in 2007. The company-level financial goals, the company-level non-financial strategic goals and the individual goals each stand-alone and are evaluated separately so that some goals can be met and corresponding bonuses paid while other goals are not met and no corresponding bonus paid. The award of the financial bonus is based 10% on the achievement of the total budgeted 2008 sales, 10% on the achievement of the non-U.S. budgeted 2008 sales, 40% on achievement of the budgeted 2008 net marketing contribution, which we define as gross profit less total sales and marketing expense, and 40% on achievement of the budgeted 2008 adjusted EBITDA, which we define as income without option expenses, interest income, finance charges, business taxes, depreciation and amortization. The breakout of the percentages among the component parts of the financial goals is the same as it was in 2007 except that the achievement of

105



budgeted adjusted EBITDA was increased by 10% for 2008 and the achievement of budgeted net marketing contribution was correspondingly decreased by 10% for 2008, reflecting a slight increase in focus on bottom line results. The achievement of individual goals is based on an assessment of adherence to company values, such as teamwork and accountability, overall job competence and performance against individual objectives, as recommended by our chief executive officer and determined by the compensation committee, or in the case of the achievement of such goals by our chief executive officer, solely by the compensation committee.

        For 2008, the individual performance objectives of our named executive officers included the following:

        Mr. Adams: continue product and solution build-out; deliver improved consumer sales and marketing capability; build international traction; complete company-wide system and process restructuring; successfully run our company; and prepare our company for an initial public offering of our common stock.

        Mr. Eichmann: deliver financial performance; improve front office; upgrade web site; continue build-out of international platform; complete company-wide system and process restructuring; and provide leadership and support broadly.

        Mr. Helman: help prepare our company for an initial public offering of our common stock; manage our budget and service our business from a financial perspective; run and improve the accounting function; support company-wide system and process restructuring; support chief executive officer as an analytical partner regarding financial matters; and successfully run our finance department.

        Mr. Long: build-out product development organization; deliver new institutional product; extend Version 3 library; continue content development; and expand our product development platform.

        Mr. Wu: protect company against software piracy and trademark infringement; support initial public offering of our common stock; continue build-out of legal team; build out corporate structure; and successfully run our legal function.

        For 2008, our company-level non-financial strategic goals were to complete our product solution, transform our front office, continue to build out our international platform and establish additional controls and defenses against unauthorized use of our products and trademarks.

        With respect to our 2008 financial goals, consistent with our approach in 2007, no bonus will be earned if we fail to achieve 90% of a financial target. If we achieve 90% of a financial target, 10% of the bonus will be earned. If we achieve 100% of a financial target, 100% of the bonus will be earned and if we achieve 125% or more of the target, 250% of the bonus will be earned. Between 90% and 100% and between 100% and 125% of the financial targets, the amount of the bonus earned will be proportional between the two points. In addition, no payment of any financial target bonus will be made in the event that capital expenditures, determined in accordance with GAAP, exceed 110% of the budgeted $8.0 million.

        Our compensation committee established the following financial targets for 2008 for purposes of developing the incentive compensation plan; total revenue of $170.1 million; non-U.S. revenue of $13.0 million; net marketing contribution, which represents revenue less cost of revenue and sales and marketing expenses, of $71.2 million; and adjusted EBITDA of $21.0 million.

106


        Our compensation committee set each executive's 2008 target bonus as a percentage of his 2008 annualized base salary as set forth in the table below.

Name
  2008
Annualized
Base
Salary
  Total
Target
Bonus
Opportunity
  Target
Bonus as
a Percentage
of Base
Salary
  Financial
Target
Bonus
  Non
Financial
Target
Bonus
  Individual
Goal
Target
Bonus
 

Tom P. H. Adams

  $ 350,000   $ 210,000     60 % $ 105,000   $ 52,500   $ 52,500  

Eric Eichmann

    265,000     132,500     50     66,250     33,125     33,125  

Brian D. Helman

    240,000     96,000     40     48,000     24,000     24,000  

Gregory W. Long

    210,000     84,000     40     42,000     21,000     21,000  

Michael C. Wu

    210,000     73,500     35     36,750     18,375     18,375  

        Our compensation committee compared the target bonuses as a percentage of base salary to the broader survey group in the 2008 compensation study. The committee did not consider the target bonuses as a percentage of base salary for the peer group companies, which were substantially higher than those for the broader survey group in the 2008 compensation study. The target bonus as a percentage of base salary did not change for Messrs. Eichmann, Helman or Long between 2007 and 2008 as it was already equal to the median target bonus as a percentage of base salary for the broader survey group. Mr. Adams' target bonus as a percentage of base salary increased from 50% to 60% and Mr. Wu's percentage increased from 30% to 35% as their prior percentages were below the median of the broader survey group in the 2008 compensation study.

        Our compensation committee determined the following bonuses for our named executive officers for 2008:

2008 Individual Bonuses Earned

Name
  Financial Target
Bonus(1)
  Strategic Target
Bonus(2)
  Individual
Objectives Bonus
  Total Bonus  

Tom P. H. Adams

  $ 234,990   $ 48,825   $ 52,500 (3) $ 336,315  

Eric Eichmann

    148,268     30,806     26,500 (4)   205,574  

Brian D. Helman

    107,424     22,320     19,200 (5)   148,944  

Gregory W. Long

    93,996     19,530     16,800 (6)   130,326  

Michael C. Wu

    82,247     17,089     18,375 (7)   117,710  

(1)
Each executive earned 224% of his company level financial objectives target bonus.

(2)
Each executive earned 93% of his company level non-financial strategic objectives target bonus.

(3)
Mr. Adams earned 100% of his individual objectives bonus.

(4)
Mr. Eichmann earned 80% of his individual objectives bonus.

(5)
Mr. Helman earned 80% of his individual objectives bonus.

(6)
Mr. Long earned 80% of his individual objectives bonus.

(7)
Mr. Wu earned 100% of his individual objectives bonus.

107


        Our compensation committee determined that each of our named executive officers earned 224% of his company level financial objectives bonus as follows:


2008 Company Level Financial Target Achievement

Financial Bonus Category
  2008
Budget($)
  2008
Actual($)
  Percentage
of Target
  Percentage
of Bonus
Earned
  Percentage
Weighting of
Total Bonus
  Aggregate
Percentage of
Bonus Earned
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
   
   
   
   
 

Total Sales

  $ 170.1   $ 209.4     123 %   238 %   10 %   24 %

Non-US Sales

    13.0     10.0     77         10      

Net Marketing Contribution

    71.2     90.4     127     250     40     100  

Adjusted EBITDA

    21.0     36.4     173     250     40     100  
                                     

TOTAL

                                  224 %

        With respect to our company-level non-financial strategic goals for 2008, our compensation committee determined a percentage of the overall target to award based on an evaluation of our performance in meeting all of these goals as a group during the year. Many of these goals are subjective and not capable of being defined by bright-line measurements. Our compensation committee determined that we had satisfied these goals as a group at a level that justified the awarding of 93% of the related bonuses. More specifically, during 2008, we made substantial progress in completing our product solution, including introducing our Level 3 solution in 11 additional languages and introducing our Audio Companion practice tool product; transforming our front office, including a complete redesign of our website; continuing to build-out our international platform; and establishing additional controls and defenses, including improvements in the areas of software piracy, trademark infringement, inventory controls, inventory security, optimizing our domain name portfolio and strategy and combating "customer" fraud.

        With respect to our named executive officers' individual performance objectives, our compensation committee determined a percentage of the target bonus to award based on an overall evaluation of the executive's performance in meeting his individual objectives during the year. Many of these objectives are subjective and not capable of being defined by bright-line measurements. Our compensation committee determined that Mr. Adams and Mr. Wu satisfied all of their individual performance goals at a level that justified the rewarding of 100% of their individual performance bonuses. Our compensation committee determined that Messrs. Eichmann, Helman and Long satisfied their individual performance objectives at a level that justified the awarding of 80% of their individual performance bonuses. None of these individuals failed to perform at a very high level or to make substantial progress in obtaining all of their individual performance objectives, but the philosophy of our compensation committee is to make these objectives difficult to achieve at the 100% level. More specifically, during 2008 our named executive officers performed the following:

        Mr. Adams successfully continued product and solution build-out; delivered improved consumer sales and marketing capability; continued to build international traction; completed company-wide system and process restructuring; successfully ran our company; and prepared our company for an initial public offering of our common stock.

        Mr. Eichmann delivered financial performance; improved our front office; upgraded our web site; continued the build-out of our international platform; completed company-wide system and process restructuring; and provided leadership and support broadly.

        Mr. Helman helped prepare our company for an initial public offering of our common stock; managed our budget and serviced our business from a financial perspective; ran and improved the accounting

108



function; supported company-wide system and process restructuring; supported our chief executive officer as an analytical partner regarding financial matters; and successfully ran our finance department.

        Mr. Long continued the build-out of our product development organization; delivered new institutional product; extended our Version 3 library; continued content development; and expanded our product development platform.

        Mr. Wu implemented strategies to protect our company against software piracy and trademark infringement; supported initial public offering of our common stock; continued the build-out of our legal team; continued the build-out of our corporate structure; and successfully ran our legal function.

    Allocation of Equity Compensation Awards

        In 2008, we did not grant any options to our named executive officers. Options granted to executives and other employees vest over a period of four years, with 1 / 4 of the shares vesting on the one-year anniversary of the begin vesting date, which is typically the first date of the calendar quarter following the date of grant, except for new hires whose begin vesting date is typically the date of hire, and in either case with 1 / 16 of the shares vesting at the end of each three-month period thereafter. Our compensation committee does not apply a rigid formula in allocating stock options to executives as a group or to any particular executive. Instead, our compensation committee exercises its judgment and discretion and considers, among other things, the role and responsibility of the executive, competitive factors, the amount of stock-based equity compensation already held by the executive, the non-equity compensation received by the executive and the total number of options to be granted to all participants during the year.

    Timing of Equity Awards

        Our compensation committee generally grants stock options to executives and current employees once per quarter on the date of the regularly scheduled compensation committee meeting. With respect to newly hired employees, our practice is typically to make stock grants at the first meeting of the compensation committee following such employee's hire date. We do not have any program, plan or practice to time stock option grants in coordination with the release of material non-public information. As a privately held company, our compensation committee has historically determined the exercise price of stock options based on valuations determined by the board of directors, but will switch to the trading price of our common stock on the date of grant upon completion of this offering.

    Executive Equity Ownership

        We encourage our executives to hold a significant equity interest in our company. However, we do not have specific share retention and ownership guidelines for our executives. We have a policy that, once we become a publicly traded company following this offering, we will not permit our executives to sell short our stock, will prohibit our executives from holding our stock in a margin account, and will discourage the purchase and sale of exchange-traded options on our stock by our executives.

    Type of Equity Awards

        Our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan only provides for stock options. However, our 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan, permits us to issue stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares.

109


    Severance and Change in Control Arrangements

        Each of our equity incentive plans provides for a potential acceleration of outstanding awards in the event that we undergo a change in control, as defined in such plans. See "—Employee Benefit Plans" below for a description of the change in control provisions contained in our equity incentive plans.

        In addition see "—Employment Arrangements with Named Executive Officers" and "—Payments Upon Termination or Upon Change in Control" below for a description of the severance and change in control arrangements we have with our named executive officers. The compensation committee believed that these arrangements were necessary to attract and retain our named executive officers. The terms of each arrangement were determined in negotiation with the applicable named executive officer in connection with his hiring and were not based on any set formula.

    Effect of Accounting and Tax Treatment on Compensation Decisions

        In the review and establishment of our compensation programs, we consider the anticipated accounting and tax implications to us and our executives. In this regard, following the completion of this offering, we may begin utilizing restricted stock and restricted stock units as additional forms of equity compensation incentives in response to changes in the accounting treatment of equity awards under SFAS 123R. While we consider the applicable accounting and tax treatment of alternative forms of equity compensation, these factors alone are not dispositive, and we also consider the cash and non-cash impact of the programs and whether a program is consistent with our overall compensation philosophy and objectives.

        Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a limit on the amount of compensation that we may deduct in any one year with respect to our chief executive officer and each of our next three most highly compensated executive officers, unless specific and detailed criteria are satisfied. Performance-based compensation, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, is fully deductible if the programs are approved by stockholders and meet other requirements. We believe that grants of equity awards under our existing stock plans qualify as performance-based for purposes of satisfying the conditions of Section 162(m), thereby permitting us to receive a federal income tax deduction in connection with such awards. In general, we have determined that we will not seek to limit executive compensation so that it is deductible under Section 162(m). However, from time to time, we monitor whether it might be in our interests to structure our compensation programs to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m). We seek to maintain flexibility in compensating our executives in a manner designed to promote our corporate goals and therefore our compensation committee has not adopted a policy requiring all compensation to be deductible. Our compensation committee will continue to assess the impact of Section 162(m) on our compensation practices and determine what further action, if any, is appropriate.

    Role of Executives in Executive Compensation Decisions

        Our compensation committee generally seeks input from our chief executive officer, Tom Adams, when discussing the performance of and compensation levels for executives other than himself. The compensation committee also works with Mr. Adams and with our chief financial officer and the head of our human resources department in evaluating the financial, accounting, tax and retention implications of our various compensation programs. Neither Mr. Adams nor any of our other executives participates in deliberations relating to his or her own compensation.

110


Summary Compensation Table

        The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and each of our other three most highly compensated executive officers during 2007 and 2008. We refer to these executive officers as our named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Option
Awards(1)
($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

Tom P. H. Adams

    2008   $ 350,000   $   $ 339,269   $ 336,315   $ 567,191 (2) $ 1,592,775  
 

President and

    2007     274,519         388,303     75,625     617,477 (3)   1,355,924  
 

Chief Executive Officer

                                           

Eric Eichmann

   
2008
   
265,000
   
   
131,373
   
205,574
   
   
601,947
 
 

Chief Operating Officer

    2007     237,500         106,905     59,375         403,780  

Brian D. Helman

   
2008
   
240,000
   
   
118,401
   
148,944
   
   
507,345
 
 

Chief Financial Officer

    2007     173,462 (4)   25,000 (5)   74,179     44,000     42,609 (6)   359,250  

Gregory W. Long

   
2008
   
210,000
   
   
123,277
   
130,326
   
8,200

(7)
 
471,803
 
 

Chief Product Officer

    2007     200,000         105,282     40,000     8,149 (8)   353,431  

Michael C. Wu

   
2008
   
210,000
   
   
28,354
   
117,711
   
7,014

(9)
 
363,078
 
 

General Counsel and Secretary

    2007     193,670     30,000 (10)   21,843     38,500         284,013  

(1)
The amounts in this column reflect the amounts we recorded under SFAS No. 123(R) as stock-based compensation in our financial statements for the applicable year in connection with options we granted in that year and in prior years, adjusted to disregard the effects of any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting but assuming, instead, that the executive will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. There were no new option awards to any of our named executive officers in 2008. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described under the caption "Stock-Based Compensation" in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(2)
This amount includes $555,081 in gain recognized from stock option exercises and $12,110 of 401(k) plan matching contributions in 2008.

(3)
This amount includes $605,070 in gain recognized from a stock option exercise and $12,407 of 401(k) plan matching contributions in 2007.

(4)
Mr. Helman's annualized base salary of $220,000 was prorated based on his March 2007 start date.

(5)
Mr. Helman received a $15,000 one-time signing bonus upon commencement of his employment and a $10,000 performance-based discretionary bonus in 2007.

(6)
Mr. Helman received reimbursement for relocation expenses of $42,609 in 2007.

(7)
Mr. Long received a 401(k) matching contribution of $8,200 in 2008.

(8)
Mr. Long received a 401(k) matching contribution of $8,149 in 2007.

(9)
Mr. Wu received a 401(k) matching contribution of $7,014 in 2008.

(10)
Mr. Wu received a $30,000 one-time signing bonus in 2007.

111


Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2008

        The following table sets forth each grant of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during 2008:

 
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
 
Name
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
 

Tom P. H. Adams

  $ 10,500   $ 210,000   $ 367,500  

Eric Eichmann

    6,625     132,500     231,875  

Brian D. Helman

    4,800     96,000     168,000  

Gregory W. Long

    4,200     84,000     147,000  

Michael C. Wu

    3,675     73,500     128,625  

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2008 Fiscal Year-End

        The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2008.

 
  Number of Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options (#)
   
   
 
 
  Option
Exercise Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 
Name
  Exerciseable(1)   Unexerciseable(1)  

Tom P. H. Adams

    52,230     112,050   $ 5.00     5/22/2016  

Eric Eichmann

    50,000     50,000     5.00     9/5/2016  

    5,625     9,375     7.90     3/21/2017  

Brian D. Helman

    35,949     46,221     7.90     3/21/2017  

Gregory W. Long

    57,500     57,500     5.00     8/21/2016  

Michael C. Wu

    9,804     12,606     5.00     12/8/2016  

(1)
The options reflected in the table above vest as to one-fourth of the total number of shares on the one year anniversary of the begin vesting date specified in the award agreement and thereafter vest at the rate of one-sixteenth of the total number of shares per quarter. The begin vesting date was January 1, 2006 for Mr. Adams, October 1, 2006 (100,000 shares) for Mr. Eichmann, April 1, 2007 (15,000 shares) for Mr. Eichmann, March 12, 2007 for Mr. Helman, October 1, 2006 for Mr. Long and January 1, 2007 for Mr. Wu.

112


Option Exercises in 2008

        The following table provides information regarding option exercises by our named executive officers in 2008.

 
  Option Awards  
Name
  Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
  Value Realized
on Exercise
($)(1)
 

Tom P. H. Adams

    59,820   $ 555,081 (2)

Eric Eichmann

         

Brian D. Helman

         

Gregory W. Long

         

Michael C. Wu

         

Pension Benefits

        None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

        None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in non-qualified defined contribution plans or other deferred compensation plans maintained by us.

Stock Grants

        Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the value of our company is approximately $                 million. That represents an increase of $         million from the $62 million valuation at the time we acquired our predecessor, Fairfield & Sons Ltd, in January 2006 and thus a substantial return on investment for our initial investors. As a result, our compensation committee intends to award, prior to the closing of this offering, to our key employees, including our named executive officers, an aggregate stock grant equal to the number of shares of common stock that are equal in value, as of the pricing of this offering, to 7% of the aggregate appreciation in the value of our company since the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons Ltd. This grant will represent        shares, or $       million, based upon an assumed initial offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase or decrease the value of this grant by $         million, or         shares of common stock, in the aggregate.

        The allocation of the grant among the key employees was intended to reward those employees that our compensation committee believed played a material role in the growth and success of our company and the resulting creation of stockholder value since January 2006. A secondary goal of the grant was to

113


provide those employees with a sufficient equity ownership stake in our company to align their interests with those of our stockholders moving forward.

        We intend to withhold a portion of the shares granted to each recipient to satisfy his or her federal, state and local tax withholding obligations. Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, we will withhold for award recipients an aggregate of             shares of our common stock from the recipients' awards to satisfy those obligations and we will pay approximately $       million to federal, state, and local tax authorities in satisfaction of these withholding obligations, which is equal to the number of shares withheld by us from grant recipients multiplied by $            , the assumed public offering price. These shares will be fully earned and vested upon their grant, but we intend to restrict the transfer of the shares each recipient receives, net of any shares withheld to satisfy tax obligations, for the following periods: 1/3 of each recipient's shares for six months; 1/3 of each recipient's shares for 12 months; and the remaining 1/3 of each recipient's shares for 18 months.

        The following table sets forth the stock grants to each of our named executive officers, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share.

Name
  Number of
Shares Awarded
  Number of
Shares Withheld
  Tax Payment for
Shares Withheld
 

Tom P. H. Adams

              $    

Eric Eichmann

                   

Brian D. Helman

                   

Gregory W. Long

                   

Michael C. Wu

                   

IPO Option and Restricted Stock Grants

        Our compensation committee commissioned a third-party compensation consultant to perform an analysis of the equity ownership of our executives, including our named executive officers, and based on that analysis our compensation committee intends to grant restricted stock awards to our employees representing a total of 119,177 shares of our common stock and vesting over a four-year period, and options to purchase a total of 263,246 shares of our common stock to our employees, including our named executive officers, prior to the completion of this offering. The options will have an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price per share in this offering and will vest over a four-year period. These restricted stock and option grants will be made under our 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

        The following table sets forth the additional option grants to each of our named executive officers. Our named executive officers will not receive any restricted stock grants.

Name
  Number of Options Awarded  

Tom P. H. Adams

    113,523  

Eric Eichmann

    19,813  

Brian D. Helman

    13,960  

Gregory W. Long

    10,395  

Michael C. Wu

    11,475  

        The amounts of each award were discretionary and were intended to put each named executive officer's total equity ownership, after taking into account the intended grant of common stock discussed under the caption "Executive Compensation—Stock Grants," between the 50 th and 75 th percentile of their respective peers based on the third-party compensation study and to give each of our named executive officers significant equity ownership that was subject to vesting to help align their interests with those of

114



our stockholders. Our compensation committee intends to make annual grants of stock options or restricted stock subject to vesting to our key employees to continue to align their interests with those of our stockholders. At this time no formal plan for the amount or manner of determination of such future awards has been adopted.

Employment Arrangements with Named Executive Officers

        In February 2009, we entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. The agreements have one year terms that automatically renew each day so that there is always one year remaining on the term. The agreements increased the annual base salaries of some of the named executive officers for 2009 as follows:

Name
  2009 Annual
Base Salary
  2008 Annual
Base Salary
  Dollar
Increase
  Percentage
Increase
 

Tom P. H. Adams

  $ 350,000   $ 350,000   $     %

Eric Eichmann

    280,000     265,000     15,000     5.7  

Brian D. Helman

    245,000     240,000     5,000     2.1  

Gregory W. Long

    210,000     210,000          

Michael C. Wu

    225,000     210,000     15,000     7.1  

        In general, our compensation committee looked to hold base salaries company wide the same as they were in 2008 reflecting the current economic climate in the country as a whole. As a result, it did not commission a new compensation study for 2009. However, our compensation committee recognized that the 2008 base salaries of our named executive officers were below the median salaries of their peers based on the 2008 compensation survey they used to determine 2008 base salaries and that we needed to reward exceptional performance. As a result, our compensation committee recommended that Mr. Adams' base salary be increased to $400,000 for 2009, but Mr. Adams refused the increase. In addition, our compensation committee made the other small discretionary increases reflected in the table above to reward the executives' exceptional performance in 2008 and their importance to our company going forward and reflect the substantial growth and overall sucess of our company in 2008.

        The employment agreements also provide that the executives will be eligible to receive an annual bonus in accordance with our company bonus policy established by the board of directors from time to time, but no bonus amount is guaranteed. Except with respect to Mr. Wu, the total target bonus opportunity as a percentage of the executive's annual base salary stayed the same as it was for 2008. Mr. Wu's total target bonus opportunity percentage increased 5% to 40% for 2009, compared to 35% for 2008. This increase was intended to bring Mr. Wu's percentage bonus opportunity to an amount in line with the median of the broad survey group in the 2008 compensation study. The other executives' total target bonus opportunity as a percentage of base salary for 2009 was already in line with the amount of the median of the broad survey group in the 2008 compensation study. The table below sets forth the 2008 and 2009 percentage total target bonus opportunity for the named executive officers.

Name
  2009 Percentage
Total Target
Bonus
Opportunity
  2008 Percentage
Total Target
Bonus
Opportunity
  Total
Percentage
Increase
  Increase as a
Percentage of
the Prior
Percentage
Opportunity
 

Tom P. H. Adams

    60     60 %   %   %

Eric Eichmann

    50     50          

Brian D. Helman

    40     40          

Gregory W. Long

    40     40          

Michael C. Wu

    40     35     5 %   14.3 %

115


        Under the agreements, each executive is each entitled to severance benefits if his employment is terminated without cause or if he terminates his employment for good reason. Termination without cause is defined in the agreements as termination for a reason other than the executive's commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, an act involving dishonesty or fraud involving his duties, failure to perform his duties or gross negligence or willful misconduct involving his duties, material breach of his employment agreement, failure to comply with instructions given by our board of directors which affect our business, misconduct likely to injure our reputation, harassment of or discrimination against our employees, customers or vendors, misappropriation of our company's assets, willful violation of our policies, or issues involving his immigration status affecting his ability to continue his employment with us. Good reason is defined in the agreements as a material reduction in the executive's annual salary, duties, authority or responsibilities, our material breach of his employment agreement, or our relocation of him to an area outside of the Washington, D.C. or Harrisonburg, Virginia localities. If we terminate one of these executives' employment without cause or if he terminates his employment for good reason, we will be required to pay severance in an amount equal to 12 months of his annual base salary and health benefits (15 months in the case of Mr. Adams) and the pro rata portion of any bonus earned prior to the date of termination, such payment to be made six months after the termination date, if he signs a general release waiving any claims he may then have against us and agrees not to compete against us for 12 months after the date of termination (15 months in the case of Mr. Adams).

Payments Upon Termination or Upon Change in Control

        In addition to the severance payments that may be paid to our named executive officers upon termination under their employment agreements, all of our named executive officers are also entitled to accelerated vesting of their unvested options upon a change in control of our company.

        The following table sets forth information concerning the payments that would be received by each named executive officer upon a termination of employment without cause or upon a change in control. The table assumes the termination occurred on December 31, 2008, using the fair value of $22.74 for each share of our common stock as of that date. The table below only shows additional amounts that the named executive officers would be entitled to receive upon termination, and does not show other items of compensation that may be earned and payable at such time such as earned but unpaid base salary or bonuses.

Name
  Severance Payment
Upon Termination
Without Cause
or for
Good Reason(1)
  Accelerated Vesting of
Stock Options Upon
Change in Control
 

Tom P. H. Adams

  $ 454,192   $ 1,987,767 (2)

Eric Eichmann

    293,191     1,026,125 (3)

Brian D. Helman

    258,191     685,920 (4)

Gregory W. Long

    223,191     1,020,050 (5)

Michael C. Wu

    238,191     223,630 (6)

116


Employee Benefit Plans

    2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or our 2009 Plan, effective February 27, 2009. Our 2009 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance stock, performance units, other stock-based awards and certain cash awards.

        We have reserved for issuance under our 2009 Plan a number of shares of our common stock, $0.00005 par value per share, equal to the greater of (i) 12% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February 27, 2009 on a fully diluted basis or (ii) 12% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of the closing of this offering.

        We intend to grant restricted stock awards for an aggregate of 119,177 shares and grant options to purchase an aggregate of 263,246 shares of our common stock under the 2009 Plan prior to the completion of this offering, as described under the caption "Executive Compensation—IPO Option and Restricted Stock Grants."

        Our employees are eligible to receive awards under our 2009 Plan. In addition, the non-employee directors of our company and consultants, agents, representatives, advisors and independent contractors who render services to our company and its affiliates that are not in connection with the offer and sale of our company's securities in a capital raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for our company's securities will be eligible to receive awards settled in shares of our common stock, other than incentive stock options, under our 2009 Plan.

        The maximum number of shares of our common stock with respect to which awards may be granted to a qualifying participant during a calendar year is 25% of the total number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2009 Plan.

        Our compensation committee will administer our 2009 Plan with respect to awards to employees and consultants and our board of directors will administer our 2009 Plan with respect to awards to directors. The committee has the power to determine the terms of the awards granted under our 2009 Plan, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each award and the exercisability of the awards. The committee also has full power to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which awards will be made and to make all other determinations and take all other actions advisable for the administration of the plan.

117


        Under our 2009 Plan, the committee may grant:

        Under our 2009 Plan, the committee may also grant performance stock and performance unit awards. Performance stock and performance units are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the committee are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. It is intended that our 2009 Plan will conform with the standards of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The committee will establish organizational or individual performance goals which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and the value of performance stock and performance units to be paid out to participants. Payment under performance stock and performance unit awards may be made in cash or in shares of our common stock with equivalent value, or in some combination, as determined by the committee.

        The amount of, the vesting and the transferability restrictions applicable to any performance stock or performance unit award will be based upon the attainment of such performance goals as the committee may determine. A performance goal will be based on one or more of the following business criteria: earnings per share, earnings per share growth, total stockholder return, economic value added, cash return on capitalization, increased revenue, revenue ratios, per employee or per customer, net income, stock price, market share, return on equity, return on assets, return on capital, return on capital compared to cost of capital, return on capital employed, return on invested capital, stockholder value, net cash flow, operating income, earnings before interest and taxes, cash flow, cash flow from operations, cost reductions, cost ratios, per employee or per customer, proceeds from dispositions, project completion time and budget goals, net cash flow before financing activities, customer growth and total market value.

        Awards may be granted under our 2009 Plan in substitution for stock options and other awards held by employees of other corporations who are about to become employees of our company or any of its subsidiaries. The terms and conditions of the substitute awards granted may vary from the terms and conditions set out in our 2009 Plan to the extent our board of directors may deem appropriate.

        The existence of outstanding awards will not affect in any way the right or power of our company to make any adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in our company's capital structure or its business. If our company shall effect a capital readjustment or any increase or reduction of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, without receiving compensation therefor in money, services or property, then the number and per share price of our common stock subject to outstanding awards under our 2009 Plan shall be appropriately adjusted.

118


        If we are not the surviving entity in any merger, consolidation or other reorganization; if we sell, lease or exchange or agree to sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of our assets; if we are to be dissolved; or if we are a party to any other corporate transaction, then the committee may:

        After a merger or consolidation involving our company each holder of a restricted stock award granted under our 2009 Plan shall be entitled to have his restricted stock appropriately adjusted based on the manner in which the shares of our common stock were adjusted under the terms of the agreement of merger or consolidation.

        Awards under our 2009 Plan shall be designed, granted and administered in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

        Our board of directors may alter, amend, or terminate our 2009 Plan and the committee may alter, amend, or terminate any award agreement in whole or in part; however, no termination, amendment, or modification shall adversely affect in any material way any award previously granted, without the written consent of the holder.

        Our 2009 Plan became effective February 27, 2009. No awards may be granted under our 2009 Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the effective date, unless our 2009 Plan is subsequently amended, with the approval of stockholders, to extend the termination date.

    2006 Stock Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, or our 2006 Plan, in January 2006. The 2006 Plan allows for the grant of options to purchase our common stock to our employees, directors, consultants and advisors and those of our affiliates. As expressly authorized by the 2006 Plan, our board of directors has delegated to the compensation committee of our board of directors the authority to make awards under our 2006 Plan and the authority to administer the plan.

119


        We will not issue any new awards under the 2006 Plan after the completion of this offering. The terms of the 2006 Plan, and the applicable stock option agreements, will continue to govern the terms and conditions of any outstanding stock options. As of December 31, 2008, options to purchase a total of 1,275,230 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding under the 2006 Plan, and a total of 249,171 shares of our common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 2006 Plan that had not been repurchased by us.

        The compensation committee has the authority to determine the terms and conditions of the awards granted under our 2006 Plan. The price at which shares of our common stock may be purchased under an option shall be determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors, but such price may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date the option is granted.

        Stock options granted under the 2006 Plan vest and become exercisable, unless otherwise specified in an award agreement, as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and thereafter vest and become exercisable as to 1 / 16 of the shares subject to the option at the end of each three-month period. An option issued under the 2006 Plan generally expires on the tenth anniversary of the date the option is granted, unless terminated earlier.

        After termination of a grantee's service to our company and its affiliates, he or she may exercise the vested portion of his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. In all cases, however, the option agreement shall provide that the grantee shall have the right to exercise the vested portion of any option held at termination for at least 30 days following termination of his or her service for any reason other than cause and that the grantee shall have the right to exercise the option for at least six months if the grantee's service terminates due to death or a qualifying disability.

        An optionee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to our common stock covered by an option until the date a stock certificate for such common stock is issued by our company.

        Our 2006 Plan provides that in the event of our acquisition or other change of control, we can make provisions for the continuation of awards outstanding at such time, or for the assumption and substitution of such awards by our successor. In lieu of the foregoing, with respect to options outstanding at the time of the acquisition, we can provide notice to participants that either they (i) must exercise their options within a period we specify in the notice and that the options will terminate upon the expiration of such period if not exercised or (ii) will receive a cash payment equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares subject to such options over the exercise price of such options and that the options will terminate upon such payment. In addition, we may, but are not required to, accelerate the vesting and exercisability of the options in connection with the change of control.

        Our 2006 Plan restricts the transfer of and, if provided in an award agreement, grants us the right to repurchase, shares of our stock acquired under an option granted under the plan. Under the 2006 Plan, those rights will terminate on completion of this offering.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

120


    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and second amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

121



RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Since January 1, 2006, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the captions "Management" and "Executive Compensation" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and the transactions described below.

Formation

        We were originally formed by ABS Capital Partners in December 2005 for the purpose of acquiring Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., which acquisition we completed in January 2006. Prior to our acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., it was a privately held company unaffiliated with us, ABS Capital Partners or Norwest.

        In connection with our initial formation, we issued the following shares to the following directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, after giving effect to the 20-for-1 stock split of our common stock completed in May 2006:

        After giving effect to the automatic conversion of each share of our preferred stock into 20 shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering, the effective per share purchase price of each of those shares was $5.

Acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.

        The aggregate price paid to the stockholders of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. was approximately $65.6 million in cash, 63,412 shares of our Class B Convertible Preferred Stock and 47,619 shares of Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, and 246,560 shares of our common stock, after adjustment for the 20-for-1 stock split in May 2006, which was originally class A convertible common stock but has since been converted into non-designated common stock.

        In addition, Tom Adams, our chief executive officer, who was then serving as the chief executive officer of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., received a cash bonus of $3.1 million pursuant to a bonus agreement he had with Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. Mr. Adams was not a stockholder of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.

122


Board of Directors

        Prior to the completion of this offering, ABS Capital Partners had the right to appoint two of our directors and Norwest had the right to appoint one of our directors and to have them serve on various committees. This right terminates upon completion of this offering. All three of these appointees will remain on our board following this offering, but we are under no contractual obligation to retain them.

Registration Rights

        ABS Capital Partners, Norwest and Tom Adams and all of the former stockholders of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. have registration rights with respect to the shares of capital stock that they hold beginning 180 days after completion of this offering. For a description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Conversion of Preferred Stock

        Effective upon the completion of this offering, each outstanding share of our preferred stock of all classes will automatically convert into 20 shares of our common stock, including those shares of our preferred stock held by ABS Capital Partners, Norwest and Tom Adams.

Stock and Stock Options Granted to and Employment Arrangements with Directors and Executive Officers

        For more information regarding the grant of stock and stock options to directors and executive officers and employment arrangements with our executive officers, please see "Management—Director Compensation for the Year Ended December 31, 2008," and "Executive Compensation."

Indemnification Agreements

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

Procedures for Related Party Transactions

        Under our code of business conduct and ethics, our employees, officers and directors are discouraged from entering into any transaction that may cause a conflict of interest for us. In addition, they must report any potential conflict of interest, including related party transactions, to their managers or our general counsel who then reviews and summarizes the proposed transaction for our audit committee. Pursuant to its charter, our audit committee must then approve any related-party transactions, including those transactions involving our directors. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee considers the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transactions, risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director's independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion. A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics and audit committee charter may be found at our corporate website www.rosettastone.com upon the completion of this offering.

123



PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2008 by:

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the shares. Common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

        Percentage of shares outstanding is based on                   shares of common stock, which comprises 1,488,971 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2008, 11,159,780 shares of common stock that will be outstanding as of the completion of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of each outstanding share of our preferred stock of all series into 20 shares of our common stock, and 119,177 restricted shares of our common stock that we expect to issue to our employees prior to the closing of this offering and               shares of our common stock that we expect to grant to our key employees prior to the closing of this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See "Capitalization" and "Executive Compensation—Stock Grants" for a description of this stock grant.

        Unless otherwise indicated to our knowledge, all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of common stock, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is c/o Rosetta Stone Inc., 1919 North Lynn Street, 7 th  Floor, Arlington, Virginia 22209.

 
  Number of Shares Beneficially Owned   Percentage of Shares Outstanding  
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Before
Offering
  Shares
Being
Offered
  Shares
Being
Offered
in Over-
Allotment
  After Offering
Assuming No
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
  After Offering
Assuming Full
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
  Before
Offering
  After Offering
Assuming No
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
  After Offering
Assuming Full
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
 

5% Stockholders

                                                 

Entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners(1)

    5,812,400                               %     %     %

Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP(2)

    3,800,000                                            

Named Executive Officers:

                                                 

Tom P. H. Adams(3)

    388,920             388,920     388,920                    

Eric Eichmann(4)

    62,912             62,912     62,912     *     *     *  

Brian D. Helman(5)

    35,949             35,949     35,949     *     *     *  

Gregory W. Long(6)

    64,687             64,687     64,687     *     *     *  

Michael C. Wu(7)

    11,205             11,205     11,205     *              

Non-Employee Directors:

                                                 

Patrick W. Gross(8)

    15,937             15,937     15,937     *              

John T. Coleman(9)

    12,499             12,499     12,499     *              

Laurence Franklin(10)

    12,499             12,499     12,499     *              

Laura L Witt(11)

    5,812,400                                            

Phillip A. Clough(12)

    5,812,400                                            

John E. Lindahl(13)

    3,800,000                                            

All of our directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)(14)

    10,216,908                                            

*
Represents less than one percent.

124


(1)
Includes:

(i)
5,143,380 shares of common stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P.;

(ii)
172,200 shares of common stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P.;

(iii)
295,400 shares of common stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore, L.P.; and

(iv)
201,420 shares of common stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV Special Offshore, L.P., or, together with ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P. and ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore, L.P., or collectively the ABS Entities.
(2)
Norwest is a limited partnership whose sole general partner is Itasca Partners VIII, LLC, or Itasca, and whose managing members are John E. Lindahl and Timothy C. DeVries and whose managing administrative member is John P. Whaley. All voting and dispositive power over these shares is held by Norwest acting by and through Itasca and its managing members. Each of the managing members, including Mr. Lindahl who serves on our board of directors, disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. The address for these entities is 80 South 8 th  Street, Suite 3600, Minneapolis, MN 55402.

(3)
Includes 74,640 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

(4)
Includes 62,812 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

(5)
Includes 35,949 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

(6)
Includes 64,687 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

(7)
Consists of 11,205 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

(8)
Consists of 15,937 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

(9)
Consists of 12,499 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

(10)
Consists of 12,499 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

(11)
Consists of an aggregate of 5,812,000 shares held by the ABS Entities. Mr. Clough is a managing member of ABS Partners LLC, the general partner of the ABS Entities, Mr. Clough disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. See footnote 1.

(12)
Consists of an aggregate of 5,812,000 shares held by the ABS Entities. Ms. Witt is a managing member of ABS Partners LLC, the general partner of the ABS Entities. Ms. Witt disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. See footnote 1.

(13)
Consists of 3,800,000 shares held by Norwest. Mr. Lindahl is a director of our company and is a managing member of Itasca, the sole general partner of Norwest. Mr. Lindahl disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. See footnote 2.

(14)
Includes shares described in footnotes 3 through 13 above.

125



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following is a summary of our capital stock and provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 190,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.00005 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of December 31, 2008, we had outstanding 12,648,751 shares of our common stock, which includes 11,159,780 shares of common stock that will be outstanding as of the completion of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of each of our outstanding shares of preferred stock of all series into 20 shares of our common stock. As of December 31, 2008, we had 65 common stockholders of record.

Common stock

    Dividend Rights

        Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to received dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine from time to time.

    Voting Rights

        Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election.

    No Preemptive, Conversion, Redemption or Sinking Fund Rights

        Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption or any sinking fund provisions.

    Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

        Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. Each outstanding share of common stock is, and all shares of common stock to be issued in this offering when they are paid for will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

        Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations imposed by Delaware law, to issue up to a total of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, without stockholder approval. Our board is authorized to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series of preferred stock, and to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of

126



the shares of each series of preferred stock and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series of preferred stock then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.

Registration Rights

        According to the terms of our Registration Rights Agreement, ABS Capital Partners, Norwest, Madison Capital, Tom Adams and the former stockholders of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., including Greg Keim, are entitled to demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights. The stockholders who are a party to the Registration Rights Agreement will hold an aggregate of            shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering and the conversion of all existing series of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock as described in "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

    Demand Registration Rights

        At any time following 180 days after the date of this prospectus, ABS Capital Partners, Norwest and Madison Capital have the right, under our Registration Rights Agreement, to require that we register all or a portion, but not less than 20%, of the aggregate number of shares of common stock held by ABS Capital, Norwest and Madison Capital. We are not required to effect more than three registrations requested by these stockholders, or effect more than one in any nine-month period. The other stockholders who are a party to the Registration Rights Agreement may also include their shares in such registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration statement filed in response to the exercise of these demand registration rights. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters' discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with these demand registration rights.

    Piggyback Registration Rights

        If we register any securities for public sale after this offering, our stockholders with piggyback registration rights under our Registration Rights Agreement have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to specified exceptions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters' discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with these piggyback registration rights.

    Form S-3 Registration Rights

        ABS Capital Partners, Norwest and Madison Capital have the right, under our Registration Rights Agreement, to require that we register all or a portion of their shares of common stock on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on that form and the expected proceeds of such offering are at least $1,000,000. The other stockholders who are a party to the Registration Rights Agreement may also include their shares in any such registration. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters' discounts and commissions, for all registrations on Form S-3.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        The provisions of Delaware law and our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of our company in a coercive manner as described below. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage and prevent coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are designed to

127



encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. They are also intended to provide our management with the flexibility to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability if our board of directors determines that a takeover is not in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders. These provisions, however, could have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire us, which could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

        We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, those provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

        Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

        In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

128


Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        Following the completion of this offering, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws will provide for:

        The provisions described above are intended to promote continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board, and to discourage some types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. We expect these provisions would reduce our vulnerability to unsolicited acquisition attempts as well as discourage some tactics that may be used in proxy fights. Such provisions, however, could discourage others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, may also inhibit increases in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions could also operate to prevent changes in our management.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Listing

        We have applied for listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol "RST."

129



MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by certain non-U.S. holders (as defined below). This discussion only applies to non-U.S. holders who purchase and hold our common stock as a capital asset for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally property held for investment). This discussion does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of its particular circumstances.

        For purposes of this discussion, a "non-U.S. holder" means a person (other than a partnership) that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

        This discussion is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. These authorities may change, perhaps retroactively, which could result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes and does not describe any foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not describe the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to a non-U.S. holder who is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including a United States expatriate, a "controlled foreign corporation," a "passive foreign investment company," a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, a pass-through entity or an investor in a pass-through entity, or a tax-exempt organization or an insurance company). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this discussion.

        If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner of that partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

        THIS DISCUSSION IS PROVIDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE LEGAL ADVICE TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF OUR COMMON STOCK. ADDITIONALLY, THIS DISCUSSION CANNOT BE USED BY ANY HOLDER FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING TAX PENALTIES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON SUCH HOLDER. IF YOU ARE CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK, YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR

130



COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF APPLICABLE STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAXING JURISDICTIONS. YOU SHOULD ALSO CONSULT WITH YOUR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING ANY POSSIBLE ENACTMENT OF LEGISLATION THAT WOULD AFFECT YOUR INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK IN YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

Distributions on Common Stock

        In general, if distributions are made with respect to our common stock, such distributions will be treated as dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code and will be subject to withholding as discussed below. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be applied to reduce the non-U.S. holder's basis in the common stock and, to the extent such portion exceeds the non-U.S. holder's basis, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of the common stock, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under "Dispositions of Common Stock." In addition, if we are a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, which we believe that we are not and do not expect to become, and any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, we will need to choose to satisfy our withholding requirements either by treating the entire distribution as a dividend, subject to the withholding rules in the following paragraph (and withhold at a minimum rate of 10% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty), or by treating only the amount of the distribution equal to our reasonable estimate of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as a dividend, with the excess portion of the distribution subject to withholding as if such excess were the result of a sale of shares in a USRPHC (discussed below under "—Disposition of Common Stock").

        Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. But dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required to (a) complete Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

        A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

131


Disposition of Common Stock

        Any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the disposition of our common stock will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless:

        A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and if it is a corporation, may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder described in the third bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates with respect to the gain recognized.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

        Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will generally be includable in the decedent's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

        A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such non-U.S. holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), and such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

132



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the possibility of such sales, could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding                 shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of each share of our outstanding preferred stock of all classes into 20 shares of our common stock, and assuming that there are no exercises of outstanding options after December 31, 2008. Of these shares, all of the                                     shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the exemption under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.

        After this offering, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option,                                     shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will be restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act. These rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Number of
shares
 
Date of availability for sale
                   180 to 214 days after the date of this prospectus

                

 

180 to 214 days after the date of this prospectus, upon the exercise of vested options

Lock-Up Agreements

        In connection with this offering, officers, directors, employees and stockholders, who together hold an aggregate of                 shares of our common stock, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and in specific circumstances, up to an additional 34 days, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated. For additional information, see "Underwriting." In addition, each of our existing stockholders and option holders is subject to a 180 day lock-up in favor of our company pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement to which our stockholders are a party or the terms of their option award agreements.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current

133



public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

        In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

        Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        Any employee, officer or director of our company, or consultant to our company who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. However, all shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.

Stock Plans

        We plan on filing a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering            shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under our 2006 Plan and 2009 Plan and shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2009 Plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, no resale of these registered shares shall occur until after the 180-day lock-up period.

Registration Rights

        At any time after 180 days following this offering, certain holders of common stock may demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act or, if we file another registration statement under the Securities Act other than a Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our stock plans, may elect to include their shares in such registration. If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. For additional information, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

        We have agreed not to file any registration statements during the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable into common stock, other than one or more registration statements on Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our stock plans, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated.

134



UNDERWRITERS

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is acting as representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

Name
 
Number of Shares
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated        
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.         
Jefferies & Company, Inc.         
Piper Jaffray & Co.         
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated        
       
  Total                       

        The underwriters and the representative are collectively referred to as the "underwriters" and the "representative," respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased, or, in the case of a default with respect to the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment described below, the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

        The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.

        The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

        The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown

135



assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an additional                shares of common stock.

 
  Total  
 
  Per Share   No Exercise   Full Exercise  

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

                   
 

Us

  $     $     $    
 

The selling stockholders

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

  $     $     $    

        The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $                        .

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

        We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol "RST."

        We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters and subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

        The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to, among other things:

136


        The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

        In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is "covered" if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A "naked" short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

        We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of these liabilities.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        While the underwriters have not performed investment banking, commercial banking or advisory services for us, the underwriters may, from time to time in the future, engage in transactions with and perform services for us or our affiliates in the ordinary course of their business.

Pricing of the Offering

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and other financial and

137



operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. We cannot assure you, however, that the prices at which the shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

Directed Share Program

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved five percent of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons of our company. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each Manager has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Member State it has not made and will not make an offer of shares of our common stock to the public in that Member State, except that it may, with effect from and including such date, make an offer of shares of our common stock to the public in that Member State:

For the purposes of the above, the expression an "offer of shares of our common stock to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in that Member State.

United Kingdom

        Each Manager has represented and agreed that it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of such Act does not apply to us and it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of such Act with respect to anything done by it in relation to any shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

138



LEGAL MATTERS

        Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., Houston, Texas, will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Cooley Godward Kronish LLP, Reston, Virginia, is representing the underwriters in this offering.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated balance sheets of Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows of the predecessor, Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and subsidiary, for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, and of Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein in the registration statement (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ). Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement or the exhibits. Statements made in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are only summaries. With respect to each contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved.

        We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a result of the offering of the shares of our common stock, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information in the files at the public reference room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

        You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of its public reference room. Our filings, including the registration statement, will also be available to you on the web site maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov .

        We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent auditors, and to make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each year containing unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.

139



INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 
F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
F-6

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-7

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
Rosetta Stone Inc.
Arlington, VA

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company" and "Successor") as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008. We have also audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and subsidiary (the "Predecessor") for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's and the Predecessor's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company and the Predecessor are not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of their internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's and the Predecessor's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and of the Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        As discussed in Notes 2 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the accounting provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ("FIN No. 48").

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia
February 23, 2009, except for Note 20, paragraph two as to which the date is February 27, 2009

F-2



ROSETTA STONE INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  As of December 31,   Pro Forma
As of
December 31,
2008
 
 
  2007   2008  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Assets:

                   

Current assets:

                   
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 21,691   $ 30,626   $ 30,626  
 

Restricted cash

    393     34     34  
 

Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $627, $1,103 and $1,103, respectively)

    11,852     26,497     26,497  
 

Inventory, net

    3,861     4,912     4,912  
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    3,872     6,598     6,598  
 

Deferred income taxes

    848     2,282     2,282  
               
   

Total current assets

    42,517     70,949     70,949  

Property and equipment, net

    13,445     15,727     15,727  

Goodwill

    34,199     34,199     34,199  

Intangible assets, net

    13,661     10,645     10,645  

Deferred income taxes

    6,085     6,828     6,828  

Other assets

    469     470     470  
               
   

Total assets

  $ 110,376   $ 138,818   $ 138,818  
               

Liabilities and stockholders' equity:

                   

Current liabilities:

                   
 

Accounts payable

  $ 4,636   $ 3,207   $ 3,207  
 

Accrued compensation

    4,940     8,570     8,570  
 

Other current liabilities

    11,421     21,353     21,353  
 

Deferred revenue

    12,045     14,382     14,382  
 

Current maturities of long-term debt—related party (Note 9)

    3,400     4,250     4,250  
               
   

Total current liabilities

    36,442     51,762     51,762  

Long-term debt—related party (Note 9)

    9,909     5,660     5,660  

Deferred revenue

    894     1,362     1,362  

Other long-term liabilities

    6     963     963  
               
   

Total liabilities

    47,251     59,747     59,747  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

                   
 

Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock $0.001 par value; 48 shares authorized; 48, zero and zero shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $4,762, zero and zero at December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008, and pro forma December 31, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    5,000          

Stockholders' equity:

                   
 

Class A, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 269 shares authorized; 269, 269 and zero shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $26,876, $26,876 and zero at December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and pro forma December 31, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    26,876     26,876      
 

Class A, Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 178 shares authorized; 178, 178, and zero shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $17,820, $17,820, and zero at December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and pro forma December 31, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    17,820     17,820      
 

Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 115,000 shares authorized; 63, 111 and zero shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $6,341, $11,341 and zero at December 31, 2007, 2008 and pro forma December 31, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    6,341     11,341      
 

Class A Convertible Common Stock, $0.001, $0.00005 and $0.00005 par value at December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and pro forma December 31, 2008 (unaudited), repectively; 900 shares authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding

             
 

Class B Convertible Common Stock, $0.001, $0.00005 and $0.00005 par value at December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and pro forma December 31, 2008 (unaudited), repectively; 20,000 shares authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding

             
 

Non-Designated Common Stock, $0.001, $0.00005 and $0.00005 par value at December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and pro forma December 31, 2008 (unaudited), respectively; 39,100 shares authorized; 1,413, 1,489 and 12,649 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and pro forma December 31, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    1     1     2  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    8,613     10,814     66,850  
 

Accumulated income (loss)

    (1,470 )   12,422     12,422  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (56 )   (203 )   (203 )
               
   

Total stockholders' equity

    58,125     79,071     79,071  
               

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 110,376   $ 138,818   $ 138,818  
               

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3



ROSETTA STONE INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands except per share amounts)

 
  Predecessor   Sucessor  
 
  Period From
January 1, through
January 4,
2006
  Period From
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Product

  $ 178   $ 80,604   $ 119,897   $ 184,182  
 

Subscription and service

    94     10,694     17,424     25,198  
                   
   

Total revenue

    272     91,298     137,321     209,380  

Cost of revenue:

                         
 

Cost of product revenue

    199     11,549     19,055     26,539  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    4     992     1,632     2,137  
                   
   

Total cost of revenue

    203     12,541     20,687     28,676  
                   

Gross profit

    69     78,757     116,634     180,704  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         
 

Sales and marketing

    695     45,854     65,437     93,384  
 

Research and development

    41     8,117     12,893     18,387  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

        12,597          
 

General and administrative

    142     16,590     29,786     39,577  
 

Lease abandonment

                1,831  
 

Transaction-related expenses

    10,315              
                   
     

Total operating expenses

    11,193     83,158     108,116     153,179  
                   

Income (loss) from operations

    (11,124 )   (4,401 )   8,518     27,525  

Other income and expense:

                         
 

Interest income

        613     673     454  
 

Interest expense

        (1,560 )   (1,331 )   (891 )
 

Other income

    3     60     154     239  
                   
     

Total other income (expense)

    3     (887 )   (504 )   (198 )
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (11,121 )   (5,288 )   8,014     27,327  

Income tax provision (benefit)

        (1,240 )   5,435     13,435  
                   

Net income (loss)

    (11,121 )   (4,048 )   2,579     13,892  

Preferred stock accretion

        (159 )   (80 )    
                   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (11,121 ) $ (4,207 ) $ 2,499   $ 13,892  
                   

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                         
 

Basic

  $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 1.91   $ 9.48  
                   
 

Diluted

  $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 0.20   $ 1.07  
                   

Common shares and equivalents outstanding:

                         
 

Basic weighted average shares

    0.299     1,230     1,310     1,465  
                   
 

Diluted weighted average shares

    0.299     1,230     12,718     13,018  
                   

Unaudited pro forma net income per common share:

                         
 

Basic

                    $ 1.10  
                         
 

Diluted

                    $ 1.07  
                         

Unaudited pro forma common shares and equivalents outstanding:

                         
 

Basic weighted average shares

                      12,625  
                         
 

Diluted weighted average shares

                      13,018  
                         

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


ROSETTA STONE INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in thousands)

 
  Class A,
Series A-1
Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Class A,
Series A-2
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Class B
Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Class A
Convertible
Common Stock
  Class B
Convertible
Common Stock
  Non-Designated
Common Stock
  Predecessor
Common Stock
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(loss)
   
 
 
   
   
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficit)
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Income
(loss)
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Predecessor
                                                                                                             

Balance—January 1, 2006

      $       $       $       $       $       $       $ 439       $ 8,543   $ 3   $ 8,985  
                                                                           
 

Stock-based compensation expense related to issuance of common stock

                                                            5,930             5,930  
 

Comprehensive loss:

                                                                                                             
   

Net loss

                                                                (11,121 )       (11,121 )
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive loss

                                                                        (11,121 )
                                                                           

Balance—January 4, 2006

      $       $       $       $       $       $       $ 439   $ 5,930   $ (2,578 ) $ 3   $ 3,794  
                                                                           
   

Successor
                                                                                                             

Balance—January 4, 2006

      $       $       $       $       $       $       $   $   $ (1 ) $   $ (1 )
 

Sale of Common and Preferred stock

    269     26,876     178     17,820             613     1     380                         4,966             49,663  
 

Stock issued for acquisition of subsidiary

                    63     6,341     247                                 1,233             7,574  
 

Conversion of Class A and B Convertible Common

                                                                                                           
   

Stock to Non-Designated Common Stock

                            (860 )   (1 )   (380 )       1,240     1                            
 

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                            561             561  
 

Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Class

                                                                                                           
     

B Preferred Stock to redemption value

                                                            (159 )           (159 )
 

Comprehensive loss:

                                                                                                           
   

Net loss

                                                                (4,048 )       (4,048 )
   

Foreign currency translation loss, net of tax of $14

                                                                    (42 )   (42 )
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive loss

                                                                        (4,090 )
                                                                           

Balance—December 31, 2006

    269     26,876     178     17,820     63     6,341                     1,240     1             6,601     (4,049 )   (42 )   53,548  
 

Stock issued upon the exercise of stock options

                                            173                 765             765  
 

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                            1,327             1,327  
 

Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Class B Preferred Stock to redemption value

                                                            (80 )           (80 )
 

Comprehensive income (loss):

                                                                                                             
   

Net income

                                                                2,579         2,579  
   

Foreign currency translation loss, net of tax of $6

                                                                    (14 )   (14 )
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive income

                                                                        2,565  
                                                                           

Balance—December 31, 2007

    269     26,876     178     17,820     63     6,341                     1,413     1             8,613     (1,470 )   (56 )   58,125  
 

Stock issued upon the exercise of stock options

                                            76                 365             365  
 

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                            1,590             1,590  
 

Tax benefit on stock options exercised

                                                            246             246  
 

Expiration of redemption rights of Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

                    48     5,000                                                 5,000  
 

Comprehensive income:

                                                                                                             
   

Net income

                                                                13,892         13,892  
   

Foreign currency translation loss, net of taxes of $52

                                                                    (147 )   (147 )
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive income

                                                                        13,745  
                                                                           

Balance—December 31, 2008

    269   $ 26,876     178   $ 17,820     111   $ 11,341       $       $     1,489   $ 1       $   $ 10,814   $ 12,422   $ (203 ) $ 79,071  
                                                                           

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5



ROSETTA STONE INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Period From
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period From
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                         
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 13,892  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                         
   

Stock-based compensation expense

    5,930     561     1,327     1,590  
   

Compensation expense related to put-options

        11     (7 )    
   

Bad debt expense

        411     828     1,611  
   

Depreciation and amortization

    10     6,515     7,769     7,075  
   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

        105     104     104  
   

(Gain) loss on embedded derivative

        28     (29 )   (4 )
   

Acquired in-process research and development

        12,597          
   

Deferred income tax benefit

        (5,634 )   (1,299 )   (2,177 )
   

Loss on disposal of equipment

        90     193     17  
   

Net change in:

                         
     

Restricted cash

        (10 )   (383 )   359  
     

Accounts receivable

    4,141     (5,190 )   (4,010 )   (16,494 )
     

Inventory

    (5 )   (520 )   (2,563 )   (1,092 )
     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    130     (2,556 )   (139 )   (1,041 )
     

Other assets

    63     (322 )   (169 )   (91 )
     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    1,214     930     2,630     (1,430 )
     

Accrued compensation

    4,439     (3,428 )   1,348     3,933  
     

Other current liabilities

        2,556     2,760     8,072  
     

Other long-term liabilities

                963  
     

Deferred revenue

    (47 )   3,044     4,830     3,051  
                   
       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    4,754     5,140     15,769     18,338  
                   

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

                         
   

Purchases of property and equipment

        (3,665 )   (9,167 )   (7,019 )
   

Proceeds from sale of securities-available-for-sale

        7          
   

Purchase of intangible assets

        (12 )        
   

Acquisition, net of cash acquired

        2,437          
   

Loans to employees and stockholders

    (2,503 )   (9 )        
   

Proceeds from employee and stockholder loans

        28     2      
                   
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,503 )   (1,214 )   (9,165 )   (7,019 )
                   

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

                         
   

Proceeds from stock issuance

        49,663          
   

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

            765     365  
   

Tax benefit of stock options exercised

                246  
   

Costs incurred for intended initial public offering

                (1,801 )
   

Proceeds from long-term debt

        17,000          
   

Debt issuance costs

        (517 )        
   

Payment of promissory note related to acquisition

        (51,924 )        
   

Payments under capital lease obligations

    (2 )   (33 )   (16 )   (12 )
   

Principal payments under long-term debt

        (1,139 )   (2,550 )   (3,402 )
   

Payment of dividends to stockholders

    (3,750 )            
                   
       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (3,752 )   13,050     (1,801 )   (4,604 )
                   

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (1,501 )   16,976     4,803     6,715  

Effect of exchange rate changes in cash and cash equivalents

        (59 )   (29 )   2,220  
                   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (1,501 )   16,917     4,774     8,935  

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    11,738         16,917     21,691  
                   

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ 10,237   $ 16,917   $ 21,691   $ 30,626  
                   

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure:

                         
 

Cash paid during the periods for:

                         
   

Interest

  $   $ 1,246   $ 1,259   $ 936  
                   
   

Income taxes, net

  $   $ 5,608   $ 4,821   $ 14,642  
                   
 

Noncash financing and investing activities:

                         
   

Accrued liability for purchase of property and equipment

  $   $ 413   $ 455   $ 1,076  
                   
   

Accrued stock dividend

  $   $   $   $  
                   
   

Issuance of stock for acquisition

  $   $ 12,336   $   $  
                   
   

Issuance of promissory note for acquisition

  $   $ 51,924   $   $  
                   
   

Settlement of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. stockholder receivables upon acquisition

  $   $ 5,940   $   $  
                   
   

Accrued liability for acquisition costs

  $   $ 1,105   $   $  
                   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS

        Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries ("Rosetta Stone," the "Company" or the "Successor") develops, markets and supports a suite of language learning software products under the Rosetta Stone brand name. The Company's software products are sold on a direct basis and through select retailers. The Company provides its software applications to customers through the sale of CD-ROM's and on line subscriptions. Rosetta Stone Inc. was incorporated on December 23, 2005 in the state of Delaware and acquired Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, on January 4, 2006, as discussed in Note 4. Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc. acquired Rosetta Stone Ltd. (formerly Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.) and Rosetta Stone (UK), Limited (formerly Fairfield & Sons UK Limited), (collectively the "Predecessor") on January 4, 2006. The acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. occurred at 4:00 PM on January 4, 2006. Rosetta Stone Inc. has five wholly owned operating subsidiaries—Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, Rosetta Stone Ltd., a Virginia corporation, Rosetta Stone International Inc., a Delaware corporation, Rosetta Stone (UK), a corporation incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, and Rosetta Stone Japan Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of Japan.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Rosetta Stone Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries subsequent to the closing on January 4, 2006 and Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and subsidiary prior to the closing on January 4, 2006. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

        The pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 and the pro forma net income per common share for the year ended December 31, 2008 reflect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company's Class A, Series A-1 and A-2, and Class B Convertible Preferred stock into an aggregate of 11,159,780 shares of common stock assuming the completion of the initial public offering had occurred.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires that management make certain estimates and assumptions. Significant estimates and assumptions have been made regarding the allowance for doubtful accounts, estimated sales returns, stock-based compensation, fair value of assets and liabilities acquired, lease abandonment accrual, fair value of intangibles and goodwill, fair value of stock issued, fair values of embedded derivatives and put options, inventory reserve, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent litigation. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

        Revenue is primarily derived from the sale of packaged software and audio practice products, online software subscriptions and professional services. Revenue is recognized for software products and related services in accordance with the Statement of Position ("SOP") No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , as amended by SOP No. 98-9, Modification of SOP No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to

F-7



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


Certain Transactions , and the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements , as amended by SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition, Corrected Copy .

        Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; the product has been delivered or services have been rendered; the fee is fixed and determinable; and collectability is probable. Revenues from packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions are recorded net of discounts.

        Revenue is recognized from the sale of packaged software and audio practice products when the product has been delivered, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. Software products include sales to end user customers and resellers. In most cases, revenue from sales to resellers is not contingent upon resale of the software to the end user and is recorded in the same manner as all other product sales. Revenue from sales of packaged software products are recognized as the products are shipped and title passes. A limited amount of packaged software products are sold to resellers on a consignment basis. Revenue is recognized for these consignment transactions once the end-user sale has occurred, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. Customers are permitted to make payments for packaged software purchases in installments over a period of time, which typically ranges between three and five months. Given that these installment payment plans are for periods less then twelve months and a successful collection history has been established, revenue is recognized at the time of sale, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. Packaged software is provided to customers with a six-month right of return. We also allow our retailers to return unsold products, subject to some limitations. In accordance with SFAS No. 48, Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists , product revenue is reduced for estimated returns, which are based on historical returns rates.

        Revenue for software license agreements sold via online software subscriptions as hosting agreements are recognized in accordance with EITF No. 00-3: Application of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to Arrangements That Include the Right to Use Software Stored on Another Entity's Hardware . Revenue for online software subscriptions is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription period, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met, which typically ranges between three and twelve months. Some online licensing arrangements include a specified number of licenses that can be activated over a period of time, which typically ranges between twelve and twenty-four months. Revenue for these arrangements is recognized on a per license basis ratably over the term of the individual license subscription period, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met, which typically ranges between three and twelve months. Revenue for set-up fees related to online licensing arrangements is recognized ratably over the term of the online licensing arrangement, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met. Accounts receivable and deferred revenue are recorded at the time a customer enters into a binding subscription agreement and the subscription services are made available to the customer. Amounts received in advance of revenue recognition are classified as deferred revenue.

        In connection with packaged software product sales and online software subscriptions, technical support is provided to customers, including customers of resellers, at no additional charge. As the fee for technical support is included in the initial licensing fee, the technical support and services are generally provided within one year, the estimated cost of providing such support is deemed insignificant and no unspecified upgrades/enhancements are offered, technical support revenues are recognized together with the software product and license revenue. Costs associated with the technical support are accrued at the time of sale.

F-8



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        In connection with packaged software product sales and online software subscriptions, accessory products, such as headsets, are provided to customers at no additional charge. In accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , and EITF 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables , the headset and software are accounted for as separate elements or units of accounting. Revenue is recognized upon the delivery of both the software and accessory products.

        Revenue from the sale of packaged software products with specific upgrade rights is recognized in accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition . Revenue recognition for these sales is deferred until the earlier of the point at which sufficient vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) exist for the specific upgrade right or all elements of the arrangement have been delivered. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had not delivered specified upgrade rights and had not yet established VSOE for these upgrade rights. As of December 31, 2008, the specific upgrade rights expired and there were no undelivered elements for these arrangements. Deferred revenue related to these arrangements as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 was $2.4 million and zero, respectively.

        In accordance with EITF No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or a Reseller of the Vendor's Product , cash sales incentives to resellers are accounted for as a reduction of revenue, unless a specific identified benefit is identified and the fair value is reasonably determinable.

        The Company and the Predecessor have been engaged to develop language learning software for certain endangered languages under fixed fee arrangements. These arrangements also include contractual periods of post-contract support ("PCS") and online hosting services ranging from one to ten years. Revenue will be recognized ratably once the PCS and online hosting periods begin, over the longer of the PCS or online hosting period. When the current estimates of total contract revenue and contract cost indicate a loss for a fixed fee arrangement, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recorded.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and demand deposits with financial institutions.

Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash is restricted for the reimbursement of funds to employees under the Company's flexible benefit plan and security for a credit card processing vendor.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to the Company from its normal business activities. The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts to reflect the expected non-collection of accounts receivable based on past collection history and specific risks identified.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in first-out basis, or market. The Company reviews inventory for excess quantities and obsolescence based on its best estimates of future demand, product lifecycle status and product development plans. The Company uses historical information along with these future estimates to reserve for obsolete and potential obsolete inventory.

F-9



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Concentrations of Credit Risk

        Accounts receivable and cash and cash equivalents subject the Company to its highest potential concentrations of credit risk. The Company reserves for credit losses and does not require collateral on its trade accounts receivable. In addition, the Company maintains cash and investment balances in accounts at various banks and brokerage firms. The Company is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for up to $100,000 at each bank. The Company's cash and cash equivalents may exceed the insured limits at times. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash and cash equivalent accounts to date and the Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash. The Company sells products to retailers, resellers, government agencies, and individual consumers and extends credit based on an evaluation of the customer's financial condition, without requiring collateral. Exposure to losses on receivables is principally dependent on each customer's financial condition. The Company monitors its exposure for credit losses and maintains allowances for anticipated losses. No customer accounted for more than 10% of Predecessor revenue during the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006. No customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 or for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008. The Company had one customer that accounted for 27% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2007 and two customers that accounted for 38% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2008.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying value of the Company's financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other accrued expenses, approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of debt approximates fair value at December 31, 2007 and 2008.

Property, Equipment and Software

        Property, equipment, and software are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation on property, leasehold improvements, equipment, and software is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

Software

  3 years

Computer equipment

  3 - 5 years

Automobiles

  5 years

Furniture and equipment

  5 - 7 years

Building

  39 years

Building improvements

  15 years

Leasehold improvements

  4 - 7 years

Assets under capital leases

  lesser of lease term or economic life

        Expenses for repairs and maintenance that do not extend the life of equipment are charged to expense as incurred. Expenses for major renewals and betterments, which significantly extend the useful lives of existing property and equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized.

F-10



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consist of acquired technology, including developed and core technology, customer related assets, trade name and trademark and other intangible assets. Those intangible assets with finite lives are recorded at cost and amortized on a straight line basis over their expected lives in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets ("SFAS No. 142"). On an annual basis, the Company reviews its indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment based on the fair value of indefinite lived intangible assets as compared to the carrying value in accordance with SFAS No. 142. In the event the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the assets, the assets are written down to their fair value. There has been no impairment of intangible assets during any of the periods presented.

Goodwill

        In accordance with SFAS No. 142, goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment annually on June 30th and whenever events and circumstances occur indicating goodwill might be impaired. As of June 30, 2006, 2007 and 2008, the Company reviewed the goodwill for impairment and determined that no impairment of goodwill was identified during any of the periods presented.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

        In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets ("SFAS No. 144"), the Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets. SFAS No. 144 requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event that the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows attributable to such assets. Impairment, if any, is recognized in the period of identification to the extent the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the fair value of such asset. Based on its analysis, the Company believes that no impairment of its long-lived assets was indicated as of December 31, 2007 and 2008.

Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity

        The Company issues financial instruments that have characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The Company accounts for these arrangements in accordance with SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity ("SFAS No. 150"), as well as related interpretations of this standard. Financial instruments falling within the scope of SFAS No. 150 consist of certain stock put options. In accordance with SFAS No. 150, these instruments are classified as liabilities, measured at fair value, and gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are recognized in current period earnings.

Derivative Instruments

        The Company enters into financing arrangements that consist of freestanding derivative instruments or are hybrid instruments that contain embedded derivative features. The Company accounts for these arrangements in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities ("SFAS No. 133") and Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") No. 00-19 Accounting for Derivative Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company's Own Stock ("EITF No. 00-19"), as well as related interpretation of these standards. In accordance with these standards, derivative instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and are measured at fair values with gains or

F-11



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


losses recognized in earnings. Embedded derivatives that are not clearly and closely related to the host contract are bifurcated and are recognized at fair value with changes in fair value recognized as either a gain or loss in earnings. The Company determines the fair value of derivative instruments and hybrid instruments based on available market data using appropriate valuation models, giving consideration to all of the rights and obligations of each instrument.

Stock Split

        On May 9, 2006, the Company completed a twenty-for-one split of its Class A Convertible Common Stock, Class B Convertible Common Stock and Non-Designated Common Stock. Shares of the Preferred Stock were not affected by the split except that their conversion ratios were adjusted accordingly. All Class A Convertible Common Stock, Class B Convertible Common Stock and Non-Designated Common Stock shares referenced throughout the consolidated financial statements are shown as affected for the split.

Guarantees

        Indemnifications are provided of varying scope and size to certain institutional customers against claims of intellectual property infringement made by third parties arising from the use of its products. Neither the Company nor the Predecessor have incurred any costs or accrued any liabilities as a result of such obligations.

Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue consists of the direct and indirect costs to produce and distribute Rosetta Stone software. Inventory related costs include materials purchasing, inbound freight, inventory receiving, production assembly of boxed products, product royalty fees, storage of inventory, inventory obsolescence and inventory shrinkage. Distribution related costs include out-bound freight, fulfillment partner fees, internal shipping labor and packaging materials. Other costs included in cost of revenue include credit card processing fees, amortization of certain intangible assets, depreciation of fixed assets used, and the cost of technical support for customers.

Research and Development

        Research and development expenses include employee compensation costs, professional services fees and overhead costs associated with product development. Software products are developed for sale to external customers. The Company considers technological feasibility to be established when all planning, designing, coding, and testing has been completed according to design specifications. The Company has determined that technological feasibility for its software products is reached shortly before the products are released to manufacturing. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established have not been material, and accordingly, the Company has expensed all research and development costs when incurred.

Transaction-Related Expenses

        Transaction-related expenses were incurred by Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. (Predecessor) during the period from January 1, 2006 to January 4, 2006 relating to the acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc. (Successor) on January 4, 2006. Included in the expense were $5.9 million in expense related to restricted common stock, $3.1 million in cash bonuses and $1.2 million in acquisition-related bank fees.

F-12



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Software Developed for Internal Use

        Product development also includes certain software products for internal use. Development costs for internal use software are expensed as incurred until the project reaches the application development stage, in accordance with SOP No. 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use . Internal-use software is defined to have the following characteristics: (a) the software is internally developed, or modified solely to meet the entity's internal needs, and (b) during the software's development or modification, no substantive plan exists or is being developed to market the software externally. Internally developed software is amortized over a three-year useful life.

        For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company capitalized $0.6 million, $1.1 million and $0.2 million in internal-use software, respectively.

        For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, the Predecessor recorded amortization expense relating to internal-use software of zero. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company recorded amortization expense relating to internal-use software of $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Income Taxes

        For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, no provision had been made for federal income taxes on the operations of the Predecessor, which was treated as S Corporation for purposes of federal and most state income taxes. Federal and most state income taxes were the responsibility of the Predecessor's stockholders, who were responsible for reporting their allocable shares of the Predecessor's income and deductions in their respective income tax returns.

F-13



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company accounted for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes ("SFAS No. 109"), which provides for an asset and liability approach to accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax consequences of the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities versus the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Under this method, deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The impact of tax rate changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the year that the change is enacted.

        In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ("FIN No. 48"), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109. FIN No. 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This Interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures, and transition. The Company adopted FIN No. 48 effective January 1, 2007. The adoption of FIN No. 48 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company accounts for its stock based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payments ("SFAS No. 123(R)"). Under SFAS No. 123(R), all stock-based awards, including employee stock option grants, are recorded at fair value as of the grant date and recognized as expenses in the statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the option's vesting period.

        As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, there were approximately $3.8 million and $4.4 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock option awards that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.61 and 2.21 years, respectively. For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, $5.9 million in stock-based compensation expense was recognized in Predecessor net income related to change of control stock agreements issued in connection with the acquisition further detailed in Note 4 of these consolidated financial statements.

        The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option pricing model. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the fair value of options granted was calculated using the following assumptions:

 
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

 
  2006   2007   2008

Expected stock price volatility

  61% - 67%   62% - 70%   57% - 62%

Expected term of options

  5 years   6 years   6 years

Expected dividend yield

     

Risk-free interest rate

  4.53% - 4.94%   3.50% - 4.96%   2.08% - 3.36%

F-14



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Since the Company's stock is not publicly quoted and the Company has a limited history of stock option activity, the Company reviewed a group of comparable industry-related companies to estimate its expected volatility over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected term of the awards. In addition to analyzing data from the peer group, the Company also considered the contractual option term and vesting period when determining the expected option life and forfeiture rate. For the risk-free interest rate, the Company uses a U.S. Treasury Bond rate consistent with the estimated expected term of the option award.

        The following table presents the stock-based compensation expense included in the related financial statement line items (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Period From
January 1,
through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2006   2006   2007   2008  

Cost of revenue

  $   $ 1   $ 2   $ 2  

Sales and marketing

        59     189     153  

Research and development

        128     360     482  

General and administrative

        373     776     953  

Transaction-related expenses

    5,930              
                   

Total

  $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 1,590  
                   

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

        Net income (loss) per share is computed under the provisions of SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share ("SFAS No. 128"). Basic income (loss) per share is computed using net income (loss) and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflect the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus any potentially dilutive shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive shares consist of shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options (using the treasury stock method) and conversion of preferred shares (using the as-converted method). Common equivalent shares are excluded from the diluted computation if their effect is anti-dilutive.

F-15



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2006   2006   2007   2008  

Numerator:

                         

Net income (loss)

  $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 13,892  
 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

        (159 )   (80 )    
                   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (11,121 ) $ (4,207 ) $ 2,499   $ 13,892  
                   

Denominator:

                         
 

Weighted average number of common shares:

                         
   

Basic

    0.299     1,230     1,310     1,465  
                   
   

Diluted

    0.299     1,230     12,718     13,018  
                   

Income (loss) per common share:

                         
   

Basic

  $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 1.91   $ 9.48  
                   
   

Diluted

  $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 0.20   $ 1.07  
                   

Unaudited Pro forma:

                         

Numerator:

                         

Net income

                    $ 13,892  
                         

Denominator:

                         
 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares:

                         
   

Basic

                      12,625  
                         
   

Diluted

                      13,018  
                         

Pro forma net income per common share:

                         
 

Basic

                    $ 1.10  
                         
 

Diluted

                    $ 1.07  
                         

        For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, there were no Predecessor common stock equivalents shares. For the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006, the 11,160 shares of Convertible Preferred stock and outstanding stock options were not included in the diluted net loss per share calculation, as they were anti-dilutive.

F-16



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the following common equivalent shares were included in the calculation of the Company's diluted net income per share (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Period from
January 1, to
January 4,

  Period from
January 4, to
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2006   2006   2007   2008  

Equity instruments:

                         
 

Convertible preferred stock

            11,160     11,160  
 

Stock options

            248     393  
                   

Total common stock equivalent shares

            11,408     11,553  
                   

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenues, expenses, gains, and losses that are not included in net income (loss), but rather are recorded directly in stockholders' equity. For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, Predecessor comprehensive income (loss) consisted of net income (loss), unrealized gains (losses) on marketable equity securities and foreign currency translation gains (losses). For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company's comprehensive income (loss) consisted of net income (loss) and foreign currency translation gains (losses).

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

        The functional currency of the Company's foreign subsidiaries and Predecessor foreign subsidiary is their local currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of the foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at average rates for the period. Translation adjustments are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders' equity.

        Cash flows of consolidated foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the local currency, are translated to U.S. dollars using average exchange rates for the period. The Company reports the effect of exchange rate changes on cash balances held in foreign currencies as a separate item in the reconciliation of the changes in cash and cash equivalents during the period.

        Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in other income and expense. Foreign currency transaction gains were $40,000, $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        In September 2006, FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements ("SFAS No. 157"). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but will potentially require additional disclosures. In

F-17



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


February 2008, FASB issued a final FASB Staff Position ("FSP") FAS No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 ("FSP 157-2"). FSP 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS 157, for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. In addition, FSP 157-2 removes certain leasing transactions from the scope of SFAS No. 157. The effective date of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities has been delayed by one year to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities did not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows as of January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities on its financial statements, but does not believe there will be a material impact.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations ("SFAS No. 141(R)"), which replaces FAS No. 141. SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any controlling interest; recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. FAS No. 141(R) is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after an entity's fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008. The Company will assess the impact of SFAS No. 141(R) if and when a future acquisition occurs.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 ("SFAS No. 160"). SFAS No. 160 establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. Specifically, this statement requires the recognition of a noncontrolling interest (minority interest) as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent's equity. The amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest will be included in consolidated net income on the face of the income statement. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that changes in a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are equity transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial interest. In addition, this statement requires that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. Such gain or loss will be measured using the fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment on the deconsolidation date. SFAS No. 160 also includes expanded disclosure requirements regarding the interests of the parent and its noncontrolling interest. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. The Company believes the adoption of SFAS No. 160 will not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 ("SFAS No. 161"). SFAS No. 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity's derivative and hedging activities. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity's financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 161 to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-18



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("SFAS No. 162"). SFAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and provides the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. SFAS No. 162 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 162 to have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2008, FASB issued Statement 163, Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts . This new standard clarifies how SFAS Statement No. 60, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises , applies to financial guarantee insurance contracts issued by insurance enterprises, including the recognition and measurement of premium revenue and claim liabilities. It also requires expanded disclosures about financial guarantee insurance contracts. The Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 163 to have any impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

        In May 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. Accounting Principles Board 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement) (FSP APB 14-1), which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. FSP APB 14-1 clarifies that convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion are not addressed by paragraph 12 of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 14, Accounting for Convertible Debt and Debt Issued with Stock Purchase Warrants . FSP APB 14-1 also specifies that issuers of such instruments should separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity's nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. The Company does not expect the adoption of FSP APB 14-1 to have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

        On October 10, 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-3, "Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset in a Market That Is Not Active." The FSP was effective upon issuance, including periods for which financial statements have not been issued. The FSP clarified the application of SFAS 157 in an inactive market and provided an illustrative example to demonstrate how the fair value of a financial asset is determined when the market for that financial asset is inactive. The adoption of this FSP did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position and the results of operations.

3. INVENTORY

        Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2007   2008  

Raw materials

  $ 1,715   $ 3,023  

Finished goods

    2,624     2,359  
           

    4,339     5,382  

Reserve for obsolete inventory

    (478 )   (470 )
           

Inventory, net

  $ 3,861   $ 4,912  
           

F-19



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. ACQUISITIONS

        On January 4, 2006, Rosetta Stone Inc., through its wholly owned subsidiary, Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., which it formed prior to the acquisition on January 4, 2006, acquired all of the outstanding stock of Rosetta Stone Ltd. (formerly Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.) along with its wholly owned subsidiary Rosetta Stone (UK) Limited (formerly Fairfield & Sons, Limited).

        Rosetta Stone Ltd. developed, marketed and supported a suite of language learning software products under the Rosetta Stone brand name. As a result of the acquisition of all outstanding stock of Rosetta Stone Ltd., Rosetta Stone Inc. acquired all of the assets and assumed all the liabilities of Rosetta Stone Ltd. The assets acquired by Rosetta Stone Inc. included intellectual property, trade receivables, inventory, contracts, equipment and other tangible personal property. The liabilities assumed by Rosetta Stone Inc. related to trade payables, accrued expenses and future customer support and services. The results of the acquired operations are included in the consolidated results of operations subsequent to the closing of the acquisition and the closing of the Predecessor's accounting records on January 4, 2006.

        This acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combination ("SFAS No. 141"). The purchase price consisted of $51.9 million funded in the form of a promissory note, $7.8 million in escrow, $5.9 million for settlement of Fairfield & Sons Ltd. stockholder receivables, 63,412 shares of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, 47,619 shares of Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, and 246,560 shares Class A Convertible Common Stock, as well as $1.1 million of transaction and direct acquisition costs. The promissory note was paid on January 5, 2006. Total interest paid on the promissory note was $3,000. The $7.8 million held in escrow was disbursed 30 days after the completion of the Company's December 31, 2006 financial statement audit, upon the delivery of joint written instructions to the escrow agent. The escrow was subject to adjustments for changes in net working capital as defined in the agreement and certain tax and other indemnifications. The Company submitted an indemnification claim for certain required tax payments made by the Company on behalf of the Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. stockholders in the amount of $1.0 million, which are included in the December 31, 2006 balance of other current assets. No other indemnification claims have been submitted. During 2007 and 2008, the Company made tax payments on behalf of the Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. stockholders in the amount of $1.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of which $1.0 million was reimbursed by the stockholders' from the escrow and $0.2 million is included in the December 31, 2008 balance of other current assets.

        Rosetta Stone Inc. paid a total purchase price of approximately $79.1 million for the net assets acquired. The fair value of the Rosetta Stone Inc. stock issued was $12.3 million, which was based on the fair value of the common and preferred stock purchased by the investors in capitalizing Rosetta Stone Inc. Components of the total purchase price are detailed below (in thousands):

Promissory note payable

  $ 51,924  

Amounts paid to escrow

    7,800  

Rosetta Stone stock issued

    12,336  

Settlement of Fairfield & Sons Ltd. stockholder receivables

    5,940  

Direct acquisition costs

    1,105  
       
 

Total purchase price

  $ 79,105  
       

        Under the purchase method of accounting, the total purchase price was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the basis of their respective estimated fair values at

F-20



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


the date of acquisition. The valuation of the identifiable intangible assets and their useful lives acquired reflects management's estimates.

        The summary of fair value assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition is as follows (in thousands):

Tangible assets:

       
 

Cash

  $ 10,237  
 

Accounts receivable

    3,874  
 

Receivable from Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. stockholders

    6,274  
 

Other current assets

    1,489  
 

Property and equipment

    4,643  
 

Other assets

    99  

Intangible assets:

       
 

Trade name/trademark

    10,607  
 

Core technology

    2,453  
 

Customer relationships

    10,739  
 

In-process research and development

    12,597  
 

Goodwill

    34,199  
       

Total assets acquired

    97,211  
       

Liabilities:

       
 

Deferred revenue

    (5,057 )
 

Accounts payable

    (1,071 )
 

Accrued expenses

    (11,917 )
 

Capital leases

    (61 )
       

Total liabilities assumed

    (18,106 )
       

Net assets acquired

  $ 79,105  
       

        A total of $36.4 million was allocated to amortizable intangible assets consisting of existing trade names and trademarks, core technology and customer relationships. A total of $34.2 million was allocated to goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and amortizable intangible assets acquired.

        Of the total purchase price, $12.6 million was allocated to in-process research and development ("IPR&D") and was expensed during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. Projects that qualify as IPR&D represent those that have not yet reached technological feasibility and which have no alternative future use. The value of IPR&D was determined based upon the stage of completion and risk associated with the project, additional cost estimates to develop the purchased IPR&D into commercially viable products, estimates of net cash flows attributable to the projects when completed, and the discount rate.

F-21



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

        Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2007   2008  

Land

  $ 390   $ 390  

Buildings and improvements

    4,933     5,437  

Leashold improvements

    1,108     1,166  

Computer equipment

    4,658     6,134  

Software

    4,716     8,251  

Furniture and equipment

    1,663     2,060  
           

    17,468     23,438  

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (4,023 )   (7,711 )
           

Property and equipment, net

  $ 13,445   $ 15,727  
           

        The Company leases certain computer equipment, software and machinery under capital lease agreements, with bargain purchase options at the end of the lease term. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, leased computer equipment and software included in property and equipment above was $44,000 and $44,000, respectively.

        Depreciation expense for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 was $10,000 for the Predecessor. The Company recorded depreciation expense for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 in the amount of $1.2 million, $2.6 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

        Amortization of capital leases for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 included in Predecessor depreciation expense was $1,000. The Company recorded amortization of capital leases for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 included in depreciation expense in the amount of $31,000, $9,000 and $2,000, respectively.

6. GOODWILL

        The Company acquired Rosetta Stone Ltd. (formerly Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.) and subsidiary on January 4, 2006, as detailed in Note 4. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill in the amount of $34.2 million. The Company had no acquisition activity during 2007 or 2008.

        The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually on June 30 of each year at the reporting unit level using a fair value approach, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142. If an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value, goodwill will be evaluated for impairment between annual tests. The Company's annual testing resulted in no impairments of goodwill during the period January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008. For tax purposes, the goodwill balance of $34.2 million will be amortized over a period of 15 years.

F-22



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        Intangible assets consisted of the following items as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31, 2007   As of December 31, 2008  
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Trade name / trademark

  $ 10,607   $   $ 10,607   $ 10,607   $   $ 10,607  

Core technology

    2,453     (2,439 )   14     2,453     (2,453 )    

Customer relationships

    10,739     (7,706 )   3,033     10,739     (10,706 )   33  

Website

    12     (5 )   7     12     (7 )   5  
                           

Total

  $ 23,811   $ (10,150 ) $ 13,661   $ 23,811   $ (13,166 ) $ 10,645  
                           

        During 2006, the Company recorded additions to intangible assets of $23.8 million, which was associated with the acquisition of Rosetta Stone Ltd. and subsidiary, as detailed in Note 4, and website rights purchased for $12,000. The estimated lives of the acquired core technology and customer relationships are between 18 to 36 months. The intangible asset associated with the trade name and trademark has an indefinite useful life. The estimated life of the website rights is 60 months. The Company did not record any additions to intangible assets during 2005, 2007 or 2008. The Company computes amortization of intangible assets on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life. Below are the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets acquired:

 
  Weighted-Average Life

Trade name / trademark

  Indefinite

Core technology

  24 months

Customer relationships

  33 months

Website

  60 months

        Amortization of intangible assets for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 totaled $5.3 million, $4.8 million and $3.0 million, respectively. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, $1.2 million, $1.2 million and $13,000 of amortization expense was included in cost of revenue, and $4.1 million, $3.6 million and $3.0 million was included in sales and marketing, respectively.

        The following table summarizes the estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2008
 

2009

  $ 35  

2010

    3  
       

Total

  $ 38  
       

F-23



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

        The following table summarizes other current liabilities (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2007   2008  

Marketing expenses

  $ 2,711   $ 4,803  

Professional and consulting fees

    2,018     2,249  

Sales return reserve

    1,688     3,229  

Taxes payable

    1,472     2,859  

Other

    3,532     8,213  
           

  $ 11,421   $ 21,353  
           

9. BORROWING AGREEMENT

        On January 4, 2006, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement that provides the Company a $4.0 million revolving credit facility ("Revolver") and a $17.0 million term loan ("Term Loan"). The Credit Agreement was amended on August 2, 2007 and April 23, 2008 to amend certain covenants, terms, and definitions. Under the credit agreement, all amounts outstanding under the Revolver and the Term Loan accrue interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin or the LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin, as specified by the Company. The Company has the ability to convert the loans or a portion of the loans from one interest rate method to the other without penalty. The Base Rate is defined as the greater of the published prime rate or the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%. The Applicable Margin for any period is indexed to the Company's debt-to-Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization ("EBITDA") ratio as follows:

    Debt-to-EBITDA ratio greater than or equal to 1.5-to-1:

      Base Rate Applicable Margin is equal to 2%
      LIBOR Rate Applicable Margin is equal to 3%

    Debt-to-EBITDA ratio less than 1.5-to-1:

      Base Rate Applicable Margin is equal to 1.75%
      LIBOR Rate Applicable Margin is equal to 2.75%

        The Applicable Margin increases by two percentage points per annum at any time that an event of default exists under the terms of the Credit Agreement. Events of default include, among other things, the failure to deliver audited financial statements to the lender within 120 days after the Company's year-end. The Company has determined that the increase in interest rate due to the failure to deliver audited financial statements to the lender within 120 days after the Company's year-end is a feature that has risks and characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic risks and characteristics of the debt-host contract. Therefore, this feature is an embedded derivative that must be bifurcated from the Credit Agreement and accounted for separately as an asset or liability at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized as either gain or loss. Upon issuance, the fair value of the embedded derivative feature was $3,000. During the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company recorded a gain (loss) on derivative totaling $(28,000), $29,000

F-24



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

and $2,000 in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations, respectively, resulting in a derivative liability of $2,000 and zero as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, which is included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet in other long-term liabilities.

        Upon inception of the Credit Agreement, the Company allocated the proceeds of the $17.0 million Term Loan received to the Term Loan and the embedded derivative feature based on the fair value of the derivative. As a result of such allocation, the Company determined the initial carrying value of the Term Loan was $17.0 million. The debt discount in the amount of $3,000 resulting from the allocation of proceeds is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the Term Loan. The Company recognized amortization of $1,000 for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, which is included in interest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

        Long-term borrowings consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2007   2008  

Term Loan, quarterly payments through December 2010

  $ 13,311   $ 9,910  

Revolver, quarterly payments through December 2010

   
   
 
           

    13,311     9,910  

Less current portion

    (3,400 )   (4,250 )
           

    9,911     5,660  

Less debt discount

    (2 )    
           

Total

  $ 9,909   $ 5,660  
           

        As of December 31, 2008, the interest rate on the term loan was 4.65%. The Company had no borrowings under the Revolver as of December 31, 2007 or 2008.

        The Term Loan allows for voluntary prepayments without penalties or premium. The Term Loan has escalating installment payments. Mandatory prepayments are required under certain conditions, including the receipt of proceeds from a disposition, the issuance of equity securities and excess cash flows as defined in the agreement. Future payments under the Term Loan are subject to change due to the possible effects of the mandatory prepayment provisions.

        The following table summarizes the expected future payments under the Term Loan as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31, 2008  
Periods Ending December 31,
  Installment
Payments
  Mandatory
Prepayments
  Total
Payments
 

2009

  $ 4,250   $   $ 4,250  

2010

    5,660         5,660  
               

Total

  $ 9,910   $   $ 9,910  
               

        Substantially all the Company's assets are pledged as collateral under the Credit Agreement. The Term Loan contains financial covenants tested on a quarterly basis which started March 31, 2006 and are

F-25



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


applicable for the term of the loan. The primary covenants in the Term Loan are limitations on liens and encumbrances, restrictions on investments, restrictions on capital expenditures, limitations on the sale of certain assets, minimum EBITDA thresholds and compliance with financial ratios (e.g, Debt to EBITDA ratio, Interest Expense to EBITDA ratio and fixed charge coverage ratio). In addition, the Company is required to provide an audited annual report to the lender within 120 days following the close of the fiscal year. Non-compliance with debt covenants can potentially result in a two percentage point increase in the Applicable Margin in the Term Loan and Revolver or possibly the Term Loan becoming immediately due and the termination of the Revolver.

        Interest expense for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 was zero. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company incurred interest expense related to the Term Loan of $1.5 million, $1.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

        The Company did not incur any interest expense related to the Revolver during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company recorded fees associated with the unused portion of the Revolver of $20,000, $25,000 and $20,000, respectively. The lender is also a stockholder, holding approximately 1.6% of the Company's common stock on an as converted basis as of December 31, 2007 and 2008. See Note 20, Subsequent Events.

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

        On January 4, 2006, the Company established the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Stock Plan") under which the Company's Board of Directors, at its discretion, can grant stock options to employees and certain directors of the Company and affiliated entities. The Stock Plan initially authorized the grant of stock options for up to 1,494,000 shares of common stock. On May 28, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized the grant of additional stock options for up to 150,000 shares of common stock under the Stock Plan, resulting in total stock options available for grant under the Stock Plan of 1,644,000 as of December 31, 2008. The stock options granted under the Stock Plan generally expire at the earlier of a specified period after termination of service or the date specified by the Board or its designated Committee at the date of grant, but not more than ten years from such grant date. Stock issued as a result of exercises of stock options will be issued from the Company's authorized available stock.

        In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), the fair value of stock-based awards to employees is calculated as of the date of grant. Compensation expense is then recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. The Company uses the Black-Scholes pricing model, which requires the use of estimates, including future stock price volatility, expected term and forfeitures. Stock-based compensation expense recognized is based on the estimated portion of the awards that are expected to vest. Estimated forfeiture rates were applied in the expense calculation.

F-26



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The following table summarized the Company's stock option activity from January 4, 2006 (plan inception) to December 31, 2008:

 
  Shares
Available
for Grant
  Options
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life (years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance at January 4, 2006

    1,494,000                   $  
 

Options granted

    (1,327,210 )   1,327,210   $ 5.00              
 

Options exercised

                         
 

Options cancelled

    149,340     (149,340 )   5.00              
                             

Balance at December 31, 2006

    316,130     1,177,870     5.00     9.46     3,415,823  
 

Options granted

    (319,673 )   319,673     9.46              
 

Options exercised

        (183,642 )   5.00              
 

Options cancelled

    164,898     (164,898 )   5.89              
                             

Balance at December 31, 2007

    161,355     1,149,003     6.11     8.70     9,695,391  
 

Options granted

    (309,850 )   309,850     16.76              
 

Options exercised

        (79,620 )   5.15              
 

Options cancelled

    104,003     (104,003 )   10.36              
 

Additional option grants authorized

    150,000                      
                             

Balance at December 31, 2008

    105,508     1,275,230     8.41     8.05     18,268,386  
                             

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2007

          1,054,839     6.01     8.52     9,013,247  
                               

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2008

          1,209,759     8.09     7.99     17,722,546  
                               

F-27



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The following tables summarize the status of options outstanding under the Company's stock option plan as of December 31, 2008 and option grants made during the period from October 1, 2007 through December 31, 2008:

 
  Outstanding   Exercisable  
Range of Exercise Prices
  Number
Outstanding
as of
12/31/08
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
Exercisable
as of
12/31/08
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$5.00 - $5.00

    763,240     7.49   $ 5.00     406,271   $ 5.00  

$7.90 - $7.90

    163,000     8.22     7.90     69,329     7.90  

$9.50 - $9.50

    29,487     7.09     9.50     13,637     9.50  

$13.47 - $14.55

    139,950     9.08     13.99     18,349     14.26  

$14.56 - $15.13

    76,083     9.32     15.13     711     15.13  

$15.14 - $18.49

    27,300     9.63     18.49          

$18.50 - $22.74

    76,170     9.88     22.74          
                             

$5.00 - $22.74

    1,275,230     8.05     8.41     508,297     5.86  
                             

 

Grant Date
  Number of
Options Granted
  Exercise Price   Common Stock
Fair Market Value
Per Share
at Grant
Date
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Per Share
at Grant Date
 

November 28, 2007

    26,330   $ 14.55   $ 14.55   $  

December 17, 2007

    17,060     13.78     14.69     0.91  

February 8, 2008

    44,190     14.55     15.13     0.58  

April 29, 2008

    76,420     15.13     13.47      

May 28, 2008

    85,320     13.47     13.47      

August 19, 2008

    27,750     18.49     18.49      

November 19, 2008

    76,170     22.74     22.74      

        The weighted average remaining contractual term and the aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding at December 31, 2008 was 8.05 years and $18.3 million, respectively. The weighted average remaining contractual term and the aggregate intrinsic value for options exercisable at December 31, 2008 was 7.58 years and $8.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, options were vested and exercisable as to a total of 508,000 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price per share of $5.86.

        The weighted average grant-date fair value per share of all stock options granted was $3.94, $6.55 and $9.35 for the period January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. The Company did not grant stock options prior to January 4, 2006.

        The aggregate intrinsic value disclosed above represents the total intrinsic value (the difference between the fair market value of the Company's common stock as of December 31, 2008, and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2008. This amount is subject to change based on changes to the fair market value of the Company's common stock.

F-28



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Liquidity Performance Award Plan

        In May 2006, the Company adopted the Rosetta Stone Inc. Liquidity Performance Award Plan. The Company amended this plan by resolution dated December 31, 2008. This plan provides a bonus to its key employees in the event of an acquisition of the Company, an acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Company, a liquidation of the Company or any other transaction resulting in liquidating distributions to any holders of its preferred stock. This plan terminates upon completion of an initial public offering.

11. COMMON STOCK

        In 2005, the Predecessor issued 23.6657 shares of restricted Common Stock in connection with Change of Control Agreements. The restrictions on these shares were to lapse only upon the event of a change in control, and the shares were to expire if a change in control did not occur prior to June 2006. These issuances resulted in no compensation expense for 2005 as the change in control was not considered probable until it occurred on January 4, 2006, at which time a compensation charge of $5.9 million was recorded as a transaction-related expense equal to the estimated fair market value of the common stock issued on such date, which was determined based upon the selling price of the shares sold to Rosetta Stone Inc. on that same date.

        On January 4, 2006, the Company issued 613,240 shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock, par value $0.001, for proceeds of $3.1 million and 380,000 shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock, par value $0.001, for proceeds of $1.9 million. In connection with the acquisition of Rosetta Stone Ltd. on January 4, 2006, the Company issued 246,560 shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock, par value $0.001, to stockholders of Rosetta Stone Ltd. and 20,000 shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock to Madison Capital Funding LLC, its lender.

        On May 9, 2006, the Company completed a twenty-for-one split of its Class A Convertible Common Stock, Class B Convertible Common Stock and Non-Designated Common Stock. All shares referenced throughout the consolidated financial statements are shown as affected for the split. Additionally, on May 9, 2006, each share of Class A Common Stock was automatically converted, upon the declaration of the stock split, into an equal number of shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock and each share of Class B Convertible Common Stock was automatically converted into an equal number of shares of Non-Designated Common Stock, upon the completion of the Class A conversion. As of December 31, 2007 2008, all shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock and Class B Convertible Common Stock had been converted into an equal number of Non-Designated shares of Common Stock.

        At December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008, the Company had the authority to issue 60,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 900,000 shares were designated as Class A Convertible Common Stock, 20,000,000 shares are designated Class B Convertible Common Stock and 39,100,000 are non-designated, collectively referred to as "Common Stock." On February 28, 2008, the Company changed the par value of its Class A Convertible Common Stock, Class B Convertible Common Stock and Non-Designated Common Stock from $0.001 to $0.00005 per share. At December 31, 2007 and 2008, 1,412,503 and 1,488,971 shares of Non-Designated Common Stock were issued and outstanding, respectively.

Dividends

        Holders of each class of Common Stock are entitled to dividends, in cash or stock in the same form and per share amount as declared by the Board of Directors.

F-29



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Liquidation

        In the event of any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to participate in the distribution of assets of the Company remaining after the provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company and after the Company has paid or set aside for payment on behalf of any class of stock having preference over the common stock in the event of dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

Voting Rights

        Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to cast one vote for each outstanding share of common stock on any matter properly considered and acted upon by the stockholders, except in a vote for the election or removal of one or more directors of the Company for which the Common Stock may be voted, at which each holder of one share of Common Stock is entitled to cast 0.653775 votes, and one vote for each outstanding share of Class B Convertible Common Stock.

Class A Convertible Common Stock

        Each share of Class A Convertible Common Stock is automatically converted into an equal number of shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock upon involuntary conversion of any of the shares of the Company's Preferred Stock, issuance of shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock in connection with the exercise of stock options or warrants, the declaration or payment of dividends upon Class B Convertible Common Stock, an offer by the Company to Class B Convertible Common Stock holders for additional shares of stock or other rights, a capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, merger or sale of the Company, a liquidation event, or closing of an initial underwritten public offering.

Class B Convertible Common Stock

        Each share of Class B Convertible Common Stock is automatically converted into an equal number of Non-designated Common Stock upon the conversion of all shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock.

12. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

        At December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company had outstanding shares of Class A, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, Class A Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, collectively referred to as "Preferred Stock". As of January 1, 2008, the holders of the Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock did not elect to redeem such shares; consequently the redemption right expired. At December 31, 2008, the Company had outstanding shares of Class A, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, Class A Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock and Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Class A—Convertible Preferred Stock

        On January 4, 2006, Rosetta Stone Inc. issued 446,958 shares of Class A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which 268,758 shares were designated as Series A-1 and 178,200 as Series A-2 (the "Class A Preferred Stock"), in a private, unregistered offering to "qualified institutional

F-30



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


buyers" pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933. The Class A Preferred Stock was sold for $100 per share for proceeds of $44.7 million.

        The Class A Preferred Stock is not redeemable under any circumstances, and is convertible only into Class B Common Stock either at the option of the holders or mandatorily as described below.

Class B—Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock

        On January 4, 2006, Rosetta Stone Inc. issued 63,412 shares of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, and 47,619 shares of Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively "Class B Convertible Preferred Stock") $0.001 par value per share, in addition to the Class A Convertible, Common Stock discussed in Note 11, for the acquisition of Rosetta Stone Ltd. and subsidiary. The Class B Preferred Stock was redeemable at the option of the holders up to a maximum aggregate redemption price of $5.0 million. Since the redemption price was based on 105% of stated value, $4.8 million of stated value, or 47,619 shares, was subject to redemption, thus 63,412 shares with a stated value of $6.3 million were not subject to potential redemption.

Dividends

        Holders of each class of Preferred Stock are entitled to dividends, on a pari passu basis, in cash or stock in the same form and per share amount as the common stockholders or holder of any other junior stock, except for participating dividends when declared by the Board.

        Participating dividends payable in common stock or a class of stock convertible into common stock are to equal the dividends per share payable on the number of shares of common stock into which each share of preferred stock would be convertible on the record date for determining eligibility to receive such dividends, when declared by the Board of Directors.

        Participating dividends payable in common stock or a class of stock not convertible into common stock are calculated at a rate per share of preferred stock determined by dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of junior stock by the original issue price of such stock and multiplying such fraction by the Stated Value of the Preferred Stock, which for purposes of this calculation is equal to $100.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, stock distribution, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting the Preferred Stock. No dividends were declared or paid during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008.

Liquidation Preference

        Upon any liquidation of the Company, holders of each class of Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, are entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company or proceeds available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock or other junior stock, an amount per share in cash, or in the case of a merger or consolidation or share exchange in which the consideration to be received by all other holders of the Company's capital stock is other than cash, at the Company's election, publicly-traded securities in lieu of cash, equal to the greater of the stated value of $100 per share plus any dividends accrued and unpaid, or the amount per share holders of Preferred Stock would receive if they all had converted their shares of each class of Preferred Stock into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

F-31



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Voting Rights

        Each issued and outstanding share of Preferred Stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Preferred Stock is convertible, other than with respect to the removal of the Series A-1 Directors and Series A-2 Director, as detailed below.

        The holders of a majority of Class A, Series A-1 Preferred Stock have the exclusive right, voting separately, to elect two directors to the Board of Directors. The Company will not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote of seventy-five percent of the outstanding shares of Class A, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, amend, alter or repeal the rights of the holders of a majority of the Class A, Series A-1 Preferred Stock to elect, remove and replace a Series A-1 Director.

        The holders of a majority of the Class A, Series A-2 Preferred Stock have the exclusive right, voting separately, to elect one director to the Board of Directors. The Company will not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote of seventy-five percent of the outstanding shares of Class A, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, amend, alter or repeal the rights of the holders of a majority of the Class A, Series A-2 Preferred Stock to elect, remove and replace a Class A, Series A-2 Director.

Conversion

        Each share of Preferred Stock may be converted at any time by the holder into shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock at a rate equal to the stated value of $100 per share divided by the conversion price which is initially set at $100 per share and is adjustable for dilution, splits, and combinations. Each share of Class B Convertible Common Stock was automatically converted into an equal number of shares of non-designated Common Stock upon the conversion of all shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock into an equal number of shares of non-designated Common Stock, which occurred in connection with the May 2006 stock split. As of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, each share of Preferred Stock was convertible into twenty shares of common stock.

        The outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will automatically convert into non-designated Common Stock (i) upon the consummation of a qualified underwritten public offering, defined as a pre-money equity value to the Company of at least $200 million and in which the aggregate proceeds to the Company are not less than $30 million; (ii) upon the vote of at least 75% of the shares of the applicable class then outstanding; or (iii) once 75% of the shares of the applicable class have been converted. Additionally, each series of convertible Preferred Stock has an anti-dilution clause that allows for the number of shares to be issued upon conversion to be adjusted in the event that the Company sells Common Stock at a price that is less than the original issue price of the respective series of Preferred Stock. Cumulative declared and unpaid dividends from the date of issuance are paid on conversion in cash or common stock at the Company's option.

Redemption

        The Class B Convertible Preferred Stock was redeemable at the option of the holders, subject to certain conditions, up to a maximum aggregate redemption price of $5.0 million. Since the redemption price was based on 105% of stated value, $4.8 million of stated value, or 48 shares, were subject to redemption.

        On June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007, the holders of the Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock had the right to vote to redeem such shares at 105% of the Stated Value of $100 per share,

F-32



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


subject to an aggregate redemption amount of $5.0 million, but only if, and to the extent that (i) such redemption did not violate any applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, (ii) such redemption did not conflict with or cause the Corporation to be in default or non-compliance under any financing agreement or arrangement, (iii) the Board of Directors, by unanimous vote, determined that such redemption could be accomplished through access to reasonably priced capital or adequate internal liquidity, (iv) the Board of Directors determined in good faith such redemption would not interfere with or delay a Qualified Public Offering for which a registration statement either had been filed with the SEC or, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, would be filed within six months of the Redemption Date, and (v) the maximum aggregate Class B Redemption Price did not exceed $5.0 million. The Stated Value was the initial purchase price of $100 per share. During 2007, the holders of the Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock did not elect to redeem such shares; consequently the redemption right expired on January 1, 2008.

13. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

        On January 4, 2006, the Company assumed the Rosetta Stone Ltd. defined contribution 401(k) Plan (the "Plan") in conjunction with the acquisition of Rosetta Stone Ltd., as detailed in Note 4. The Company matches employee contributions to the Plan up to 4% of their compensation that vest immediately. The Company recorded expenses for the Plan totaling $0.6 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

14. PUT OPTIONS

        On May 22, 2006, the Company issued put options to three officers that give such officers the right to put shares of Class A Preferred Stock to the Company at the initial issuance price of the shares of $100 up to a maximum amount of $250,000 for each officer. Each put option is exercisable only upon termination, as defined, of such officer's employment with the Company. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 150, the put options must be classified as liabilities and measured at fair value with gains and losses arising from changes in fair value recognized in earnings. Upon issuance, the put options had an aggregate fair value of $45,000 which was recorded as a liability and recognized as compensation expense. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the aggregate fair value of the put options was $4,000 and zero, respectively. During the period from issuance through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company recognized a reduction in compensation expense of $34,000, $7,000 and $4,000 arising from the change in fair value, respectively.

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

        The Company leases many kiosks, copiers, parking spaces, buildings, a warehouse and office space under operating lease and site license arrangements, some of which contain renewal options. The rental payments under some kiosk site licenses are based on a minimum rental plus a percentage of the kiosk's sales in excess of stipulated amounts. Kiosk site licenses range from a period of one month to five years. Building, warehouse and office space leases range from three months to 85 months. Certain leases also include lease renewal options.

F-33



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The following table summarizes future minimum operating lease payments as of December 31, 2008 and the years thereafter (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2008
 

Periods Ending December 31,

       

2009

  $ 4,659  

2010

    2,918  

2011

    2,351  

2012

    1,728  

2013

    1,744  

2014 and thereafter

    139  
       

  $ 13,539  
       

        Total expenses under operating leases were $3.7 million, $5.5 million and $9.8 million during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

        The Company accounts for its leases under the provisions of SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases , and subsequent amendments, which require that leases be evaluated and classified as operating leases or capital leases for financial reporting purposes. Certain operating leases contain rent escalation clauses, which are recorded on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease with the difference between the rent paid and the straight-line rent recorded as either a deferred rent asset or liability depending on the calculation. Lease incentives received from landlords are recorded as deferred rent liabilities and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term as a reduction to rent expense. The deferred rent liability was $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. The deferred rent asset was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. The deferred rent asset is classified in prepaid and other assets as all associated leases have less than one year remaining on their term.

        On October 6, 2008, the Company entered into an operating sublease agreement (the "Lease") for additional office space in Arlington, Virginia. The Lease is for a five year period terminating on December 31, 2013 with total rental payments of $7.5 million. Rents range from $117,000 per month for the first year of the Lease term to $132,000 per month in the final year of the Lease term. The Company provided the landlord a security deposit of $352,000 in the form of a letter of credit. The Company has the option to renew this Lease for an additional three-year period.

        The Company exited its facility at 1101 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia in December 2008 as a result of a relocation of its headquarters to 1919 North Lynn, Arlington, Virginia. The Company estimated its liability under operating lease agreements and accrued exit costs in accordance with SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities , as the leases associated with this facility do not terminate until December 31, 2009 and August 31, 2013, respectively. Accrued exit costs associated with the headquarters relocation were charged to lease abandonment expense in December 2008.

F-34



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the accrued exit costs for the 1101 Wilson Boulevard facility (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2008
 

Accrued exit costs, beginning of period

  $  

Costs incurred and charged to expense

    1,676  

Principal reductions

     
       

Accrued exit costs, end of period

  $ 1,676  
       

Accrued exit cost liability

       
 

Short-term

  $ 713  
 

Long-term

    963  
       
   

Total

  $ 1,676  
       

Capital Leases

        The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under capital leases together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2008 and the years thereafter (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2008
 

2009 minimum lease payments

  $ 2  
 

Less: amount representing interest

     
       

Present value of net minimum lease payments

    2  
 

Less: current portion

    (2 )
       

Long-term portion of the present value of net minimum payments under capital leases

  $  
       

Royalty Agreement

        On December 28, 2006 the Company entered into an agreement to license software from a vendor for incorporation in software products that the Company is developing. The agreement required a one-time, non-refundable payment of $0.3 million, which was expensed in full as research and development costs during the period January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 because the products in which the licensed software were to be incorporated into had not yet reached technological feasibility. In addition, the agreement specifies that, in the event the software is incorporated into specified Company software products, royalties will be due at a rate of 20% of sales for those products up to an additional amount totaling $0.4 million. There were no additional royalty payments made under this agreement in 2007 or 2008.

F-35



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Employment Agreements

        The Company has agreements with certain of its executives and key employees which provide guaranteed severance payments upon termination of their employment without cause. The severance payments range from six to fifteen months of base salary.

Litigation

        The Company is involved in various litigation matters arising out of the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the amount of liability, if any, resulting from the final resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

16. INCOME TAXES

        The following table summarizes the significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2007   2008  

Deferred tax assets:

             
 

Inventory

  $ 204   $ 183  
 

Amortization and depreciation

    5,408     5,068  
 

Net operating loss carryforwards

    2,747     5,112  
 

Deferred revenue

    349     528  
 

Accrued liabilities

    1,348     3,118  
 

Stock-based compensation

    385     965  
 

Bad debt reserve

    208     338  
           

    10,649     15,312  
 

Valuation allowance

    (2,980 )   (5,263 )
           

    7,669     10,049  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             
 

Prepaid expenses

    713     876  
 

Foreign currency translation loss

    20     58  
 

Other

    3     5  
           

    736     939  
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 6,933   $ 9,110  
           

Net deferred tax assets as of December 31 are classified as follows:

             
 

Current

  $ 848   $ 2,282  
 

Non-current

    6,085     6,828  
           
 

Total

  $ 6,933   $ 9,110  
           

        At December 31, 2008, the Company had $9.1 million of net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards for United Kingdom income tax purposes that do not expire, with a tax value of $2.5 million. The Company

F-36



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


also had $6.1 million of NOL carryforwards for Japanese income tax purposes which expire in 2013 through 2015, with a tax value of $2.6 million. SFAS No. 109 requires that a valuation allowance be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The foreign pretax losses incurred in the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, provide sufficient negative evidence under the provisions of SFAS No. 109 for the Company to determine that a valuation allowance of $5.3 million against the deferred tax assets associated with its foreign operations is appropriate. The increase of $2.3 million in the valuation allowance is attributable to additional net deferred tax assets, primarily operating losses, in the United Kingdom and Japan generated in the year ended December 31, 2008 and changes year over year in the value of deferred tax assets when translated from local currency to U.S. dollars. The valuation allowance will offset assets associated with future foreign tax deductions as well as carryforward items. Although management believes that these assets could ultimately be fully utilized, future performance cannot be assured. Future reversal of the valuation allowance associated with NOLs acquired on January 4, 2006 in the amount of $144,000, would adjust goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition. See Note 4—Acquisitions.

        The components of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Period from
January 1, through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

United States

  $ (11,121 ) $ (2,666 ) $ 14,825   $ 36,109  

Foreign

        (2,622 )   (6,811 )   (8,782 )
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

  $ (11,121 ) $ (5,288 ) $ 8,014   $ 27,327  
                   

        The provision (benefit) for taxes on income (loss) consists of the following (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Period from
January 1, through
January 4,
2006
  Period From
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Current:

                         
 

Federal

  $   $ 3,902   $ 5,311   $ 12,842  
 

State

        506     1,429     2,788  
 

Foreign

                34  
                   
   

Total current

  $   $ 4,408   $ 6,740   $ 15,664  
                   

Deferred:

                         
 

Federal

  $   $ (5,230 ) $ (944 ) $ (1,946 )
 

State

        (418 )   (361 )   (283 )
 

Foreign

                 
                   
   

Total deferred

        (5,648 )   (1,305 )   (2,229 )
                   
   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

  $   $ (1,240 ) $ 5,435   $ 13,435  
                   

F-37



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate to income tax expense (benefit) is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Period from
January 1, through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory federal rate

  $   $ (1,857 ) $ 2,805   $ 9,565  

State income tax expense (benefit), net of federal income tax effect

        (83 )   568     1,529  

Domestic production activities deduction

        (126 )   (348 )   (811 )

Extraterritorial income exclusion

        (39 )        

Nondeductible intercompany interest

            122     174  

Other nondeductible expenses

        47     92     101  

Tax rate differential on foreign taxable losses

        384     (53 )   90  

Increase in valuation allowance

        540     2,293     2,791  

Other

        (106 )   (44 )   (4 )
                   

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $   $ (1,240 ) $ 5,435   $ 13,435  
                   

        The Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ("FIN 48") on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

        At the adoption date and as of December 31, 2008, the Company had no material unrecognized tax benefits and no adjustments to liabilities or operations were required under FIN 48. The Company's practice is to recognize interest and penalty expense related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense, which were zero at the adoption date and for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states and foreign jurisdictions. The Company's tax years 2005, 2006 and 2007 are subject to examination by the tax authorities. There were no income tax examinations in process as of December 31, 2008. While the ultimate results cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company's management believes that examinations, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition or results of operations, and that the accrued tax liabilities are adequate for all years.

        The Company made income tax payments of $5.6 million, $4.8 million and $14.6 million in 2006, 2007, 2008, respectively.

F-38



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. SEGMENT INFORMATION

        The Company operates, and the Predecessor operated, as one operating segment as the principal business activity relates to selling language learning software. The chief operating decision maker, the Chief Executive Officer, evaluates the performance of the Company, and evaluated the performance of the Predecessor, based upon software revenues.

        Products and services are sold primarily in the United States, but are also sold through direct and indirect sales channels in other countries, primarily in Japan and Europe. Less than 5% of the Company and Predecessor's revenues were generated from sales outside of the United States for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company had $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of long-lived assets held outside of the United States.

        No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008.

18. RELATED PARTIES

        During the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the Company incurred $40,000 in architectural professional fees from a minority stockholder. The Predecessor did not have any related party transactions for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006. As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company had outstanding receivables from stockholders of $87,000 and $0.2 million, and outstanding receivables from employees in the amount of zero and zero, respectively.

        In connection with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons Ltd. on January 4, 2006, the Company paid approximately $37,000 in transaction-related fees on behalf of its two largest stockholders.

F-39



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

19. VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

        The following table includes the Company's valuation and qualifying accounts for the respective periods (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Period from
January 1, through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2006   2006   2007   2008  

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

                         
 

Beginning balance

  $ 227   $   $ 267   $ 627  
 

Charged to costs and expenses

        411     828     1,611  
 

Deductions—accounts written off

        (144 )   (468 )   (1,135 )
                   
 

Ending balance

    227     267     627     1,103  
                   

Sales return reserve:

                         
 

Beginning balance

    525     525     858     1,688  
 

Charged to costs and expenses

    13     5,447     10,413     14,337  
 

Deductions—reserves utilized

    (13 )   (5,114 )   (9,583 )   (12,796 )
                   
 

Ending balance

    525     858     1,688     3,229  
                   

Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory:

                         
 

Beginning balance

    13         190     478  
 

Charged to costs and expenses

        471     1,677     2,093  
 

Deductions—reserves utilized

        (281 )   (1,389 )   (2,101 )
                   
 

Ending balance

    13     190     478     470  
                   

Deferred income tax asset valuation allowance:

                         
 

Beginning balance

    147     147     687     2,980  
 

Charged to costs and expenses

        540     2,293     2,283  
 

Deductions

                 
                   
 

Ending balance

  $ 147   $ 687   $ 2,980   $ 5,263  
                   

20. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        On January 16, 2009, the Company entered into a new credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. ("Wells Fargo") that provides the Company with a $12.5 million revolving line of credit. This revolving credit facility has a two-year term and the applicable interest rate is 2.5% above one month LIBOR, or approximately 2.9% as of January 16, 2009. On January 16, 2009, the Company borrowed approximately $9.9 million under this revolving credit facility and used these funds to repay the entire outstanding principal and interest of the term loan the Company had with Madison Capital. As a result, the Company has no borrowings owed to Madison Capital under either their term loan or revolving credit facility, and the Company has terminated these credit agreements. The remaining balance of approximately $2.6 million under the Wells Fargo revolving credit facility is available to the Company for borrowing.

F-40



ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        On February 27, 2009, the Company approved the 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which provides for the issuance of a number of shares of common stock up to the greater of (i) 12% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February 27, 2009 on a fully diluted basis or (ii) 12% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding as the completion of this offering on a fully diluted basis.

F-41


LOGO



LOGO



PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table sets forth the expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which are payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the shares of common stock being registered hereby, including the shares being offered for sale by the selling stockholders. All amounts shown are estimates, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, FINRA filing fee and the initial NYSE listing fee.

 
  Amount
to be paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 4,520  

FINRA filing fee

    12,000  

Initial NYSE listing fee

    157,500  

Legal fees and expenses

    700,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

    2,000,000  

Printing expenses

    250,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

    10,000  

Miscellaneous expenses

    350,000  
       

Total

  $ 3,484,020  
       

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation's board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under some circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

    for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regarding unlawful dividends, stock purchases and redemptions; or

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

II-1


        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's second amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that:

    the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions where indemnification is not permitted by applicable law;

    the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

    the rights conferred in the second amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

        In addition, the Registrant has entered into indemnity agreements with each of its current directors and officers. These agreements provide for the indemnification of the Registrant's officers and directors for all expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were agents of the Registrant. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer or employee of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the Registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

        The Registrant intends to obtain directors' and officers' insurance to cover its directors and officers for specific liabilities, including coverage for public securities matters.

        The indemnification provisions in the Registrant's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws and the indemnity agreements entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant's directors and officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

        Reference is also made to section 10 of the underwriting agreement in Exhibit 1.1 hereto, which provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its executive officers, directors and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in connection with matters specifically provided for in writing by the underwriters for inclusion in this Registration Statement.

        See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 of this Registration Statement.

        Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:

Exhibit document
  Number

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  1.1

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the closing of the offering

  3.2

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of the offering

  3.4

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into among Registrant and its directors and executive officers

  10.7

II-2


Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

        In January 2006, in connection with our formation, we issued the following shares of our capital stock:

    Funds associated with ABS Partners IV, L.L.C. invested $29,062,000 and received 261,558 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and 581,240 shares of our common stock.

    Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP invested $19,000,000 and received 171,000 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and 380,000 shares of our common stock.

    Tom Adams, our chief executive officer, invested $600,000 and received 2,700 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, 2,700 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and 12,000 shares of our common stock.

        The share totals above give effect to the conversion of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock into our undesignated common stock and the twenty-for-one stock split of common stock in May 2006.

        After giving affect to the conversion of each share of our preferred stock into 20 shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering, the effective per share price of each of those shares was $5.

        In January 2006, in connection with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., we issued to its stockholders 12,328 shares of our Class A Common Stock, which has been converted into 246,560 shares of our common stock and 111,031 shares of our Class B Preferred Stock.

        The sales and issuances of securities above were determined to be exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The purchasers in such transactions were all accredited investors and represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for resale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and other instruments issued in such transactions. The sales of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising, and there were no underwriters used in connection with the sale of these securities. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

        From time to time we have granted common stock, restricted common stock, stock options and shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options to employees, directors and consultants in compliance with Rule 701. These grants are as follows:

    From May 22, 2006 to February 2, 2007, we issued options to purchase 1,327,210 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $5.00 per share.

    From March 21, 2007 to April 20, 2007, we issued options to purchase 194,530 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $7.90 per share.

II-3


    From June 5, 2007 to August 3, 2007, we issued options to purchase 60,480 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $9.50 per share.

    On August 22, 2007, we issued options to purchase 21,470 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $13.78 per share.

    On November 28, 2007, we issued options to purchase 26,330 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $14.55 per share.

    On December 17, 2007, we issued options to purchase 17,060 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $13.78 per share.

    On February 8, 2008, we issued options to purchase 44,190 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $14.55 per share.

    On April 29, 2008, we issued options to purchase 76,420 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $15.13 per share.

    On May 28, 2008, we issued options to purchase 85,320 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $13.47 per share.

    On August 19, 2008, we issued options to purchase 27,750 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $18.49 per share.

    On November 19, 2008, we issued options to purchase 76,170 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $22.74 per share.

    On                  , 2009, we issued options to purchase 263,246 shares of our common stock to our employees under our 2009 omnibus incentive plan with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share in this offering.

    On                  , 2009, we issued 119,177 shares of restricted common stock to our employees and directors under our 2009 omnibus incentive plan.

        Since our inception in December 2005 through December 31, 2008, options have been exercised to acquire 249,171 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.04 per share.

        The sales and issuances of securities listed above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensation benefits plans and contracts relating to compensation. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

        On                  , 2009, we issued            shares of our common stock to 10 of our key employees under the exemption from registration under Section 4.2 of the Securities Act. These securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

II-4


Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(A)  Exhibits

 
   
  Index to exhibits
 

1.1

     

Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

2.1

 

**

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006, by and among Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., Rosetta Stone Inc., Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., the Shareholders of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., Tom Adams, and Eugene Stoltzfus

 

3.1

 

**

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect

 

3.2

 

**

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of the offering

 

3.3

 

**

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant dated as of January 4, 2006, as currently in effect

 

3.4

 

**

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of the offering

 

4.1

 

**

 

Specimen certificate evidencing shares of common stock

 

4.2

 

**

 

Subscription Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006, by and among Rosetta Stone Inc., ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV A, L.P., ABS Capital Partners Offshore, L.P., ABS Capital Partners Special Offshore, L.P., Norwest Equity Partners VIII, L.P., Madison Capital Funding LLC, and Tom Adams

 

4.3

 

**

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 among Rosetta Stone Inc. and the Investor Shareholders and other Shareholders listed on Exhibit A Thereto

 

5.1

 

*

 

Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P.

 

10.1+

 

**

 

2006 Incentive Option Plan

 

10.2+

     

2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

10.3+

 

**

 

Director Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.4+

 

**

 

Executive Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.5+

 

**

 

Standard Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.6+

     

Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2009 Plan

 

10.7

 

**

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each director and executive officer

 

10.8+

 

**

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Tom Adams dated February 20, 2009

 

10.9

     

[Intentionally deleted]

 

10.10

 

**

 

Lease Agreement dated as of February 26, 2006, by and between Premier Flex Condos, LLC and Fairfield Language Technologies,  Inc., as amended

 

10.11

 

**

 

Sublease Agreement dated as of October 6, 2008, by and between The Corporate Executive Board Company and Rosetta Stone Ltd.

 

10.12

 

***

 

Software License Agreement by and between The Regents of the University of Colorado and Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. dated as of December 22, 2006

 

10.13+

     

Form of Restricted Stock Award under the 2009 Plan

 

10.14

 

**

 

Credit Agreement dated as of January 16, 2009 between Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Wells Fargo Bank N.A.

 

10.15+

 

**

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Brian Helman dated February 20, 2009

 

10.16+

 

**

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Eric Eichmann dated February 20, 2009

 

10.17+

 

**

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Gregory Long dated February 20, 2009

 

10.18+

 

**

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Michael Wu dated February 20, 2009

 

21.1

 

**

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

     

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

 

23.2

 

*

 

Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

 

**

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 23, 2008)

II-5


 
   
  Index to exhibits
 

99.1

 

**

 

Consent of The Nielsen Company dated September 18, 2008

 

99.2

 

**

 

Consent of Global Market Insite Inc. dated September 17, 2008

 

99.3

 

**

 

Consent of Euromonitor International Inc. dated September 22, 2008

 

99.4

 

**

 

Consent of Global Industry Analysts, Inc. dated September 17, 2008

 

99.5

 

**

 

Consent of Roumen Vesselinov Ph.D. dated February 20, 2009


*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

***
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

(B)  Financial Statement Schedule

        All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them are not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or related notes.

Item 17.    Undertakings

        The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws, the underwriting agreement or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers, or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        We hereby undertake that:

    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Arlington, Commonwealth of Virginia, on March 16, 2009.

  Rosetta Stone Inc.

 

By:

 

/s/ TOM P. H. ADAMS

Tom P. H. Adams
Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ TOM P. H. ADAMS

Tom P. H. Adams
  Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer) and Director
  March 16, 2009

/s/ BRIAN D. HELMAN

Brian D. Helman

 

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

March 16, 2009

*

Laura L. Witt

 

Director

 

March 16, 2009

*

Phillip A. Clough

 

Director

 

March 16, 2009

*

John T. Coleman

 

Director

 

March 16, 2009

*

Laurence Franklin

 

Director

 

March 16, 2009

*

Patrick W. Gross

 

Director

 

March 16, 2009

*

John E. Lindahl

 

Director

 

March 16, 2009
*By:   /s/ MICHAEL C. WU

Michael C. Wu
Attorney- in- Fact

II-7



Index to Exhibits

 
   
   
 

1.1

     

Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

2.1

 

**

 

Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006, by and among Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., Rosetta Stone Inc., Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., the Shareholders of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., Tom Adams, and Eugene Stoltzfus

 

3.1

 

**

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect

 

3.2

 

**

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of the offering

 

3.3

 

**

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant dated as of January 4, 2006, as currently in effect

 

3.4

 

**

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of the offering

 

4.1

 

**

 

Specimen certificate evidencing shares of common stock

 

4.2

 

**

 

Subscription Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006, by and among Rosetta Stone Inc., ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV A, L.P., ABS Capital Partners Offshore, L.P., ABS Capital Partners Special Offshore, L.P., Norwest Equity Partners VIII, L.P., Madison Capital Funding LLC, and Tom Adams

 

4.3

 

**

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 among Rosetta Stone Inc. and the Investor Shareholders and other Shareholders listed on Exhibit A Thereto

 

5.1

 

*

 

Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P.

 

10.1+

 

**

 

2006 Incentive Option Plan

 

10.2+

     

2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

10.3+

 

**

 

Director Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.4+

 

**

 

Executive Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.5+

 

**

 

Standard Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.6+

     

Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2009 Plan

 

10.7

 

**

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each director and executive officer

 

10.8+

 

**

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Tom Adams dated February 20, 2009

 

10.9

     

[Intentionally deleted]

 

10.10

 

**

 

Lease Agreement dated as of February 26, 2006, by and between Premier Flex Condos, LLC and Fairfield Language Technologies,  Inc., as amended

 

10.11

 

**

 

Sublease Agreement dated as of October 6, 2008, by and between The Corporate Executive Board Company and Rosetta Stone Ltd.

 

10.12

 

***

 

Software License Agreement by and between The Regents of the University of Colorado and Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. dated as of December 22, 2006

 

10.13+

     

Form of Restricted Stock Award under the 2009 Plan

 

10.14

 

**

 

Credit Agreement dated as of January 16, 2009 between Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Wells Fargo Bank N.A.

 

10.15+

 

**

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Brian Helman dated February 20, 2009

 

10.16+

 

**

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Eric Eichmann dated February 20, 2009

 

10.17+

 

**

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Gregory Long dated February 20, 2009

 

10.18+

 

**

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Michael Wu dated February 20, 2009

 

21.1

 

**

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

     

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

II-8


 
   
   
 

23.2

 

*

 

Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

 

**

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 23, 2008)

 

99.1

 

**

 

Consent of The Nielsen Company dated September 18, 2008

 

99.2

 

**

 

Consent of Global Market Insite Inc. dated September 17, 2008

 

99.3

 

**

 

Consent of Euromonitor International Inc. dated September 22, 2008

 

99.4

 

**

 

Consent of Global Industry Analysts, Inc. dated September 17, 2008

 

99.5

 

**

 

Consent of Roumen Vesselinov Ph.D. dated February 20, 2009


*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

***
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

II-9




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
2008 Company Level Financial Target Achievement
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
UNDERWRITERS
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
ROSETTA STONE INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except per share amounts)
ROSETTA STONE INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands except per share amounts)
ROSETTA STONE INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (in thousands)
ROSETTA STONE INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)
ROSETTA STONE INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
Index to Exhibits

Exhibit 1.1

 

                Shares

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

COMMON STOCK, $0.00005 PAR VALUE PER SHARE

 

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

 

              , 2009

 



 

             , 2009

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

Jeffries & Company, L.L.C.

Piper Jaffray & Co.

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

c/o     Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), and certain stockholders of the Company (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) named in Schedule I hereto severally propose, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of                 shares of the Common Stock of the Company, $0.00005 par value per share, (the “ Firm Shares ”), of which               shares are to be issued and sold by the Company and               shares are to be sold by the Selling Stockholders, each Selling Stockholder selling the amount set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder’s name in Schedule I hereto under the column “Number Of Firm Shares To Be Sold.”

 

The Selling Stockholders also propose to sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional                shares of Common Stock of the Company, $0.00005 par value per share, (the “ Additional Shares ”), each Selling Stockholder selling the amount set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder’s name in  Schedule I hereto under the column “Number Of Additional Shares To Be Sold,” if and to the extent that you, as managers of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 3 hereof.  The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The shares of Common Stock of the Company, $0.00005 par value per share, to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Stock .” The Company and the Selling Stockholders are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Sellers .”

 

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares.  The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), is hereinafter referred to as the

 



 

Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus .”  If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the preliminary prospectus together with the free writing prospectuses, if any, each identified in Schedule III hereto, and “ broadly available road show ” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person.

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“ Morgan Stanley ”) has agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and business associates and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “ Participants ”), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriters” (the “ Directed Share Program ”).  The Shares to be sold by Morgan Stanley and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program are referred to hereinafter as the “ Directed Shares .”  Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

1.                                        Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

 

(a)                                   The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission.

 

(b)                                  (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the

 

2



 

Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to the Underwriters furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the Underwriters through you expressly for use therein.

 

(c)                                   The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act.  Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.  Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.  Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule III hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

 

(d)                                  The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(e)                                   Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so

 

3



 

qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  All of the issued equity interests of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.

 

(f)                                     This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(g)                                  The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters in all material respects to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

(h)                                  The shares of Common Stock (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(i)                                      The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

 

(j)                                      The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company, (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, except in the case of clause (iii) for any contravention that would not affect the validity of the Shares or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(k)                                   There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

(l)                                      There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all

 

4



 

material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and proceedings that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.

 

(m)                                Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

(n)                                  The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(o)                                  The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”); have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except (i) where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

(p)                                  There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) except (i) which would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

(q)                                  There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any

 

5



 

securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 

(r)                                     Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, nor any director, officer, or employee, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.

 

(s)                                   The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(t)                                     (i)  The Company represents that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Entity ”) or any director or officer of the Entity, or, to its knowledge after reasonable inquiry, any employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Entity, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is:

 

(A)  the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union (“ EU ”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor

 

6



 

(B)  located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

 

(ii)  The Entity represents and covenants that it will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

 

(A)  to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

 

(B)  in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

(iii)  The Entity represents and covenants that, for the past 5 years, it has not knowingly engaged in, is not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

 

(u)                                  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

 

(v)                                  The Company or a subsidiary has good and valid title to all property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

7



 

(w)                                Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names currently employed by them in connection with the business now operated by them, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(x)                                    No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened; and the Company is not aware of any existing or threatened labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that could have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(y)                                  The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; to the knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

(z)                                    The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

(aa)                             The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles

 

8



 

as applied in the United States and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no “material weakness” (as defined in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Standard No. 2)  in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f)) (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

(bb)                           Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

 

(cc)                             The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus comply, and any amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program.

 

(dd)                           No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency, other than those obtained, is required in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares in any jurisdiction where the Directed Shares are being offered.

 

(ee)                             The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

 

2.                                        Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders .  Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters and the Company that:

 

(a)                                   This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.

 

9


 

(b)                                  The execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of, and the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under, this Agreement and the Custody Agreement signed by such Selling Stockholder and the Company as Custodian, relating to the deposit of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder (the “ Custody Agreement ”) will not contravene (i) any provision of applicable law, or (ii) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of such Selling Stockholder (if such Selling Stockholder is a corporation), or (iii) any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Selling Stockholder or (iv) any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder, except in the case of clause (iii) where such contravention would not impair in any material respects the consummation of such Selling Stockholder’s obligations under this Agreement or such Selling Stockholders’ Custody Agreement and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement or the Custody Agreement of such Selling Stockholder, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of any relevant jurisdictions in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(c)                                   Such Selling Stockholder has (or, if the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder will be issued upon conversion of convertible securities, will have prior to the time for delivery of Shares hereunder), and on the Closing Date will have, valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (the “ UCC ”) in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder free and clear of all security interests, claims, liens, equities or other encumbrances and such Selling Stockholder has, and on the Closing Date will have, the legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder or a security entitlement in respect of such Shares.

 

(d)                                  The Custody Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and is a valid and binding agreements of such Selling Stockholder.

 

(e)                                   Upon payment for the Shares to be sold by such Selling  Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“ Cede ”) or such other nominee as may be designated by the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC) to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such

 

10



 

Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation, such Selling Stockholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.

 

(f)                                     Such Selling Stockholder has reviewed the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and (i) the Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (iv) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph 2(f) apply only to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, a broadly available road show or the Prospectus that related to such Selling Stockholder and are based upon information furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein.

 

(g)                                  Such Selling Stockholder is not prompted by any information concerning the Company or its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

 

3.                                        Agreements to Sell and Purchase . Upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, each Seller, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from such Seller at $         a share (the “ Purchase Price ”) the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Seller as the number of Firm Shares set forth in

 

11



 

Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

 

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees to sell to the Underwriters the portion of the Additional Shares shown on Schedule II hereto, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, the Additional Shares at the Purchase Price. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such Shares are to be purchased. Without the consent of the Selling Stockholders, each purchase date must be at least two business days after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 5 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

 

The Company agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (other than on Form S-8 or a successor form).

 

The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a)the Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof that is disclosed in the Prospectus, or (c) the issuance of any options pursuant to any stock or option plan described in the

 

12



 

Prospectus or the issuance of any Common Stock upon the exercise of such options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed by the preceding paragraph shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The Company shall promptly notify Morgan Stanley of any earnings release, news or event that may give rise to an extension of the initial 180-day restricted period.

 

4.                          Terms of Public Offering . The Sellers are advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Sellers are further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $       a share (the “ Public Offering Price ”) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $       a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

 

5.                          Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Firm Shares to be sold by each Seller shall be made to such Seller in Federal (same day) or other funds immediately available in New York City to the account specified by such Seller against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on                         , 2009, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than                   , 2009, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

 

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to each Selling Stockholder selling Additional Shares in Federal (same day) or other funds immediately available in New York City to the account specified by such Selling Stockholder against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than               , 2009, as shall be designated in writing by you.

 

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than two full business days prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, with any transfer taxes payable in

 

13



 

connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid, against payment of the Purchase Price therefor.

 

6.                                        Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Sellers to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [                    ] (New York City time) on the date hereof.

 

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

 

(a)                                   Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

 

(i)                                      there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act; and

 

(ii)                                   there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus as of the date of this Agreement that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

(b)                                  The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 6(a)(i) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied, in all material respects, with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

 

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

 

(c)                                   The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

14



 

(d)                                  The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date opinions of Hogan & Hartson LLP and Maples and Calder, counsel for the Selling Stockholders, dated the Closing Date, in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 and Exhibit B-2 .

 

(e)                                   The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Cooley Godward Kronish LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, in the form and substance to be agreed upon by Morgan Stanley and Cooley Godward Kronish LLP.

 

(f)                                     The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from  Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial and statistical information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

 

(g)                                  The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, between you and the Selling Stockholders and certain other stockholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

 

The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of such documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

 

7.                                        Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(a)                                   To furnish to you, without charge, six signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 7(e) or 7(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

 

15



 

(b)                                  Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

 

(c)                                   To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object.

 

(d)                                  Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

 

(e)                                   If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

 

(f)                                     If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare,

 

16



 

file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

 

(g)                                  To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request, provided that, in connection therewith, the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it would not otherwise be subject.

 

(h)                                  To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder  (it being understood that the Company shall have until at least 410 days or, if the fourth quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes the Effective Date is the last fiscal quarter of the Company’s fiscal year, 455 days after the end of the Company’s current fiscal quarter), to make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to deliver to Morgan Stanley an earnings statement of the Company and the subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the regulations thereunder.

 

(i)                                      To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

 

8.                                        Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees with the Underwriters to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel, the Company’s accountants and counsel for the Selling Stockholders in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and

 

17



 

delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or legal investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 7(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or legal investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by the  Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”), (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and one-half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, (x) all incurred fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program, such counsel to be subject to the prior approval of the Company, and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 10 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution,” Section 11 entitled “Directed Share Program Indemnification” and the next to last paragraph of Section 13 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

 

The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Sellers may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.

 

18



 

9.                                        Covenants of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

 

10.                                  Indemnity and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to the Underwriters furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the Underwriters through you expressly for use therein.

 

(b)                                  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Stockholder, each person, if any, who controls any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to the Selling Stockholders

 

19


 

or the Underwriters furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters expressly for use therein.

 

(c)                                   Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, the Company, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter or the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter or the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to such Selling Stockholder furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholder specifically for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.  The liability of each Selling Stockholder under the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting other expenses) received by the Selling Stockholder from the sale of the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Selling Stockholders, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any

 

20



 

omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

(e)                                   In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Sections 10(a), 10(b), 10(c) or 10(d), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding.  In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (p) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (q) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them.  It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section and (iii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Selling Stockholders and all persons, if any, who control any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley.  In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company.  In the case of any such separate firm for the Selling Stockholders and such control persons of any Selling Stockholders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Selling Stockholders.  The indemnifying party shall

 

21



 

not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

(f)                                     To the extent the indemnification provided for in Sections 10(a), 10(b), 10(c) or 10(d) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 10(f)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 10(f)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Sellers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by each Seller and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares.  The relative fault of the Sellers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Sellers or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such

 

22



 

statement or omission.  The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 10 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.  The liability of each Selling Stockholder under the contribution agreement contained in this paragraph shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting other expenses) received by the Selling Stockholder from the sale of the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement

 

(g)                                  The Sellers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 10(f).  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 10(f) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The remedies provided for in this Section 10 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

(g)                                  The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 10 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter, any Selling Stockholder or any person controlling any Selling Stockholder, or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

 

11.                                Directed Share Program Indemnification.   (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley, each person, if any, who controls Morgan Stanley within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each affiliate of Morgan Stanley within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act (“ Morgan Stanley Entities ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in

 

23



 

connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of Morgan Stanley Entities.

 

(b)                                  In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Morgan Stanley Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 11(a), the Morgan Stanley Entity seeking indemnity, shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company, upon request of the Morgan Stanley Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Morgan Stanley Entity to represent the Morgan Stanley Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding.  In any such proceeding, any Morgan Stanley Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Morgan Stanley Entity unless (i) the Company shall have agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Morgan Stanley Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them.  The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Morgan Stanley Entities.  Any such separate firm for the Morgan Stanley Entities shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley.  The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company agrees to indemnify the Morgan Stanley Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time a Morgan Stanley Entity shall have requested the Company to reimburse it for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Company agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Company of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Company shall not have reimbursed the Morgan Stanley Entity in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any

 

24



 

Morgan Stanley Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Morgan Stanley Entity, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Morgan Stanley Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

(c)                                   To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 11(a) is unavailable to a Morgan Stanley Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company in lieu of indemnifying the Morgan Stanley Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 11(c)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 11(c)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Morgan Stanley Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Directed Shares.  If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Morgan Stanley Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(d)                                  The Company and the Morgan Stanley Entities agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 11 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Morgan Stanley Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 11(c).  The amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11, no Morgan Stanley Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the

 

25



 

public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Morgan Stanley Entity has otherwise been required to pay.  The remedies provided for in this Section 11 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

(e)                                   The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 11 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Morgan Stanley Entity or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.

 

12.                                Termination .  The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if  after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by, as the case may be, the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market at a time when trading generally shall not have been suspended or materially limited on or by, as the case may be, the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to clauses 12(i), (iii), (iv) or (v) of this Section 12, then the obligation of the Company to reimburse the expenses of the Underwriters set forth in clauses (iii), (iv) and (x) of Section 8 are also terminated and of no further effect.

 

13.                                Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

 

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters,

 

26



 

or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 13 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter.  If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you, the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders.  In any such case either you or the relevant Sellers shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected.  If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default.  Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

 

The Company agrees with the Underwriters that if this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of any Seller to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason any Seller shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder. The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise affect any agreement that the Sellers may otherwise have for the allocation of such expenses among themselves.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 13 for any reason other than a failure, refusal or inability of any Seller described in the immediately preceding paragraph, then any obligations of the Company to reimburse the expenses of the

 

27



 

Underwriters set forth in clauses (iii), (iv) and (x) of Section 8 are also terminated and of no further effect.

 

14.                                Entire Agreement .  (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

 

(b)                                  The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares:  (i) the Underwriters have acted at arms length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company.  The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

 

11.                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

12.                                  Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

13.                                  Headings .  The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

 

28



 

14.                                  Notices.  All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to you in care of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department and to Cooley Godward Kronish LLP, 11951 Freedom Dr., Reston, VA 20190, Attention: Brent Siler; if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to 1919 North Lynn Street, 7 th  Floor, Arlington, VA 22209, Attention: Michael Wu, with a copy to Fulbright & Jaworski LLP, Fulbright Tower, 1301 McKinney, Suite 5100, Houston, TX 77010-3095, Attention: Brian Fenske, and if to the Selling Stockholders shall be delivered, mailed or sent to Hogan & Hartson LLP, 111 South Calvert Street, Suite 1600, Baltimore, MD 21202, Attention: William Intner.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

29


 

The Selling Stockholders named in Schedule I hereto, acting severally

 

 

By:

Norwest Equity Partners VIII, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

By:

ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

By:

ABS Capital Partners IV A, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

By:

ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

By:

ABS Capital Partners IV Special Offshore, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Accepted as of the date hereof

 

30



 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

Jeffries & Company, L.L.C.

Piper Jaffray & Co.

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

 

 

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule II hereto

 

By:

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

By:

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

By:

Jeffries & Company, L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

By:

Piper Jaffray & Co.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

By:

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

 

 

31



 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

32



 

SCHEDULE I

 

Selling Stockholder

 

Number of Firm Shares
To Be Sold

 

Number of Additional
Shares To Be Sold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAMES OF SELLING STOCKHOLDERS]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

I-1



 

SCHEDULE II

 

Underwriter

 

Number of Firm Shares
To Be Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

 

 

 

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

 

 

 

Jeffries & Company, L.L.C.

 

 

 

Piper Jaffray & Co.

 

 

 

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

II-1



 

SCHEDULE III

 

Time of Sale Prospectus

 

1.

Preliminary Prospectus issued [date]

 

 

2.

[identify all free writing prospectuses filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act]

 

 

3.

[free writing prospectus containing a description of terms that does not reflect final terms, if the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include a final term sheet]

 

 

4.

[orally communicated pricing information to be included on Schedule II if a final term sheet is not used] [to be discussed]

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.
2009 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 



 

ARTICLE I

ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND DURATION

 

1

 

 

 

 

1.1

Establishment

 

1

1.2

Purpose of the Plan

 

1

1.3

Duration of Plan

 

1

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

 

 

 

2.1

“Affiliate”

 

1

2.2

“Annual Cash Incentive Award”

 

1

2.3

“Authorized Shares”

 

1

2.4

“Award”

 

1

2.5

“Award Agreement”

 

2

2.6

“Board”

 

2

2.7

“Cash-Based Award”

 

2

2.8

“Code”

 

2

2.9

“Committee”

 

2

2.10

“Company”

 

2

2.11

“Corporate Change”

 

2

2.12

“Covered Employee”

 

2

2.13

“Director”

 

2

2.14

“Disability”

 

2

2.15

“Dividend Equivalent”

 

3

2.16

Effective Date

 

3

2.17

“Employee”

 

3

2.18

“Exchange Act”

 

3

2.19

“Fair Market Value”

 

3

2.20

“Fiscal Year”

 

3

2.21

“Freestanding SAR”

 

3

2.22

“Full Value Award”

 

3

2.23

“Holder”

 

3

2.24

“Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO”

 

4

2.25

“Insider”

 

4

2.26

“Minimum Statutory Tax Withholding Obligation”

 

4

2.27

“Nonqualified Stock Option” or “NQSO”

 

4

2.28

“Option”

 

4

2.29

“Option Price”

 

4

2.30

“Other Stock-Based Award”

 

4

2.31

“Parent Corporation”

 

4

2.32

“Performance-Based Compensation”

 

4

2.33

“Performance Goals”

 

4

2.34

“Performance Stock Award”

 

4

2.35

“Performance Unit Award”

 

4

2.36

“Period of Restriction”

 

4

2.37

“Permissible under Section 409A”

 

4

2.38

“Plan”

 

4

2.39

“Restricted Stock”

 

5

2.40

“Restricted Stock Award”

 

5

2.41

“RSU”

 

5

2.42

“RSU Award”

 

5

2.43

“SAR”

 

5

2.44

“Section 409A”

 

5

2.45

“Separation from Service”

 

5

 

i



 

2.46

“Stock”

 

5

2.47

“Subsidiary Corporation”

 

5

2.48

“Substantial Risk of Forfeiture”

 

5

2.49

“Tandem SAR”

 

5

2.50

“Ten Percent Stockholder”

 

5

2.51

“Third Party Service Provider”

 

5

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY

 

6

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO AWARDS

 

6

 

 

 

 

4.1

Authority to Grant Awards

 

6

4.2

Shares That Count Against Limit

 

7

4.3

Non-Transferability

 

7

4.4

Requirements of Law

 

7

4.5

Changes in the Company’s Capital Structure

 

8

4.6

Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code

 

10

4.7

Forfeiture for Cause

 

10

4.8

Forfeiture Events

 

11

4.9

Award Agreements

 

11

4.10

Amendments of Award Agreements

 

11

4.11

Rights as Stockholder

 

11

4.12

Issuance of Shares of Stock

 

11

4.13

Restrictions on Stock Received

 

11

4.14

Compliance With Section 409A

 

11

4.15

Date of Grant

 

12

4.16

Source of Shares Deliverable Under Awards

 

12

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

OPTIONS

 

12

 

 

 

 

5.1

Authority to Grant Options

 

12

5.2

Type of Options Available

 

12

5.3

Option Agreement

 

12

5.4

Option Price

 

12

5.5

Duration of Option

 

12

5.6

Amount Exercisable

 

12

5.7

Exercise of Option

 

13

5.8

Transferability—Incentive Stock Options

 

13

5.9

Notification of Disqualifying Disposition

 

13

5.10

No Rights as Stockholder

 

13

5.11

$100,000 Limitation on ISOs

 

13

5.12

Separation from Service

 

13

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

14

 

 

 

 

6.1

Authority to Grant SAR Awards

 

14

6.2

Type of Stock Appreciation Rights Available

 

14

6.3

General Terms

 

14

6.4

SAR Agreement

 

14

6.5

Term of SAR

 

14

6.6

Exercise of Freestanding SARs

 

14

6.7

Exercise of Tandem SARs

 

14

6.8

Payment of SAR Amount

 

15

6.9

Separation from Service

 

15

 

ii



 

6.10

Nontransferability of SARs

 

15

6.11

No Rights as Stockholder

 

15

6.12

Restrictions on Stock Received

 

15

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

 

15

 

 

 

 

7.1

Restricted Stock Awards

 

15

7.2

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

 

16

7.3

Holder’s Rights as Stockholder

 

16

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS

 

16

 

 

 

 

8.1

Authority to Grant RSU Awards

 

16

8.2

RSU Award

 

16

8.3

RSU Award Agreement

 

16

8.4

Dividend Equivalents

 

16

8.5

Form of Payment Under RSU Award

 

16

8.6

Time of Payment Under RSU Award

 

16

8.7

Holder’s Rights as Stockholder

 

17

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

PERFORMANCE STOCK AWARDS AND PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS

 

17

 

 

 

 

9.1

Authority to Grant Performance Stock Awards and Performance Unit Awards

 

17

9.2

Performance Goals

 

17

9.3

Time of Establishment of Performance Goals

 

18

9.4

Written Agreement

 

18

9.5

Form of Payment Under Performance Unit Award

 

18

9.6

Time of Payment Under Performance Unit Award

 

18

9.7

Holder’s Rights as Stockholder With Respect to a Performance Stock Award

 

18

9.8

Increases Prohibited

 

18

9.9

Stockholder Approval

 

18

9.10

Dividend Equivalents

 

18

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

DIRECTOR AWARDS

 

18

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

ANNUAL CASH INCENTIVE AWARDS

 

18

 

 

 

 

11.1

Authority to Grant Annual Cash Incentive Awards

 

18

11.2

Covered Employees

 

19

11.3

Written Agreement

 

19

11.4

Form of Payment Under Annual Cash Incentive Award

 

19

11.5

Time of Payment Under Annual Cash Incentive Award

 

19

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS

 

19

 

 

 

 

12.1

Authority to Grant Other Stock-Based Awards

 

19

12.2

Value of Other Stock-Based Award

 

19

12.3

Payment of Other Stock-Based Award

 

19

12.4

Separation from Service

 

19

12.5

Time of Payment of Other Stock-Based Award

 

20

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

CASH-BASED AWARDS

 

20

 

 

 

 

13.1

Authority to Grant Cash-Based Awards

 

20

13.2

Value of Cash-Based Award

 

20

13.3

Payment of Cash-Based Award

 

20

 

iii



 

13.4

Time of Payment of Cash-Based Award

 

20

13.5

Separation from Service

 

20

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIV

SUBSTITUTION AWARDS

 

20

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XV

ADMINISTRATION

 

21

 

 

 

 

15.1

Awards

 

21

15.2

Authority of the Committee

 

21

15.3

Decisions Binding

 

22

15.4

No Liability

 

22

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XVI

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

22

 

 

 

 

16.1

Amendment, Modification, Suspension, and Termination

 

22

16.2

Awards Previously Granted

 

22

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XVII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

22

 

 

 

 

17.1

Unfunded Plan/No Establishment of a Trust Fund

 

22

17.2

No Employment Obligation

 

23

17.3

Tax Withholding

 

23

17.4

Indemnification of the Committee

 

23

17.5

Gender and Number

 

24

17.6

Severability

 

24

17.7

Headings

 

24

17.8

Other Compensation Plans

 

24

17.9

Retirement and Welfare Plans

 

24

17.10

Other Awards

 

24

17.11

Successors

 

24

17.12

Law Limitations/Governmental Approvals

 

24

17.13

Delivery of Title

 

24

17.14

Inability to Obtain Authority

 

25

17.15

Investment Representations

 

25

17.16

Persons Residing Outside of the United States

 

25

17.17

Arbitration of Disputes

 

25

17.18

No Fractional Shares

 

25

17.19

Governing Law

 

25

 

iv



 

ROSETTA STONE INC.
2009 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

ARTICLE I

ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND DURATION

 

1.1           Establishment.   The Company hereby establishes an incentive compensation plan, to be known as the “ Rosetta Stone Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan ,” as set forth in this document.  The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, RSUs, Performance Stock Awards, Performance Unit Awards, Annual Cash Incentive Awards, Other Stock-Based Awards and Cash-Based Awards.  T he Plan is effective as of February 27, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”), provided that the Company’s shareholders approve the adoption of the Plan within one year after the Effective Date.

 

1.2           Purpose of the Plan.  The Plan is intended to advance the best interests of the Company, its Affiliates and its stockholders by providing those persons who have substantial responsibility for the management and growth of the Company and its Affiliates with additional performance incentives and an opportunity to obtain or increase their proprietary interest in the Company, thereby encouraging them to continue in their employment or affiliation with the Company or its Affiliates.

 

1.3           Duration of Plan.   The Plan shall continue indefinitely until it is terminated pursuant to Section 16.1.  No Awards may be granted under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.  The applicable provisions of the Plan will continue in effect with respect to an Award granted under the Plan for as long as such Award remains outstanding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incentive Stock Options may be granted more than ten years after the earlier of (a) adoption of the Plan by the Board, and (b) the Effective Date.

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

 

The words and phrases defined in this Article shall have the meaning set out below throughout the Plan, unless the context in which any such word or phrase appears reasonably requires a broader, narrower or different meaning.

 

2.1           “ Affiliate ” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or association, trust or other entity or organization which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any entity or organization, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (a) to vote more than fifty percent (50%) of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of the controlled entity or organization, or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the controlled entity or organization, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

 

2.2           “ Annual Cash Incentive Award ” means an Award granted to a key executive Employee pursuant to Article XI.

 

2.3           “ Authorized Shares ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 4.1(a).

 

2.4           “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, RSUs, Performance Stock Awards, Performance Unit

 

1



 

Awards, Annual Cash Incentive Awards, Other Stock-Based Awards and Cash-Based Awards, in each case subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan.

 

2.5           Award Agreement means an agreement that sets forth the terms and conditions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan.

 

2.6           “ Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

2.7           “ Cash-Based Award ” means an Award granted pursuant to Article XIII.

 

2.8           “ Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

2.9           “ Committee ” means (a) in the case of an Award granted to a Director, the Board, and (b) in the case of any other Award granted under the Plan, the Compensation Committee of the Board or, if the Compensation Committee of the Board chooses to delegate it duties, a committee of at least two persons who are members of the Compensation Committee of the Board and are appointed by the Compensation Committee of the Board to administer the Plan.  Each member of the Committee in respect of his or her participation in any decision with respect to an Award that is intended to satisfy the requirements of section 162(m) of the Code must satisfy the requirements of “outside director” status within the meaning of section 162(m) of the Code; provided, however, that the failure to satisfy such requirement shall not affect the validity of the action of any committee otherwise duly authorized and acting in the matter.  As to Awards, grants or other transactions that are authorized by the  Committee and that are intended to be exempt under Rule 16b-3, the requirements of Rule 16b-3(d)(1) with respect to committee action must also be satisfied.

 

2.10         “ Company ” means Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor (by reincorporation, merger or otherwise).

 

2.11         “ Corporate Change ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 4.5(c).

 

2.12         “ Covered Employee ” means an Employee who is a “covered employee,” as defined in section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations or other guidance promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service under section 162(m) of the Code, or any successor statute.

 

2.13         Director means a director of the Company who is not an Employee.

 

2.14         “ Disability ” means as determined by the Committee in its discretion exercised in good faith, (a) in the case of an Award that is exempt from the application of the requirements of Section 409A, a physical or mental condition of the Holder that would entitle him to payment of disability income payments under the Company’s long-term disability insurance policy or plan for employees as then in effect; or in the event that the Holder is a Director or is not covered, for whatever reason, under the Company’s long-term disability insurance policy or plan for employees or in the event the Company does not maintain such a long-term disability insurance policy, “Disability” means a permanent and total disability as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code and (b) in the case of an Award that is not exempt from the application of the requirements of Section 409A, (i) the Holder is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) the Holder is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company.  A determination of Disability may be made by a physician selected or approved by the Committee and, in this respect, the Holder shall submit to an examination by such physician upon request by the Committee.

 

2



 

2.15         Dividend Equivalent means a payment equivalent in amount to dividends paid to the Company’s stockholders.

 

2.16         “ Effective Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 1.1.

 

2.17         “ Employee ” means (a) a person employed by the Company or any Affiliate as a common law employee or (b) a person who has agreed to become a common law employee of the Company or any Affiliate and is expected to become such within six (6) months from the date of a determination made for purposes of the Plan.

 

2.18         “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor act.

 

2.19         “ Fair Market Value ” of the Stock as of any particular date means,

 

(a)           if the Stock is traded on a stock exchange,

 

(i)            and if the Stock is traded on that date, the closing sale price of the Stock on that date; or

 

(ii)           and if the Stock is not traded on that date, the closing sale price of the Stock on the last trading date immediately preceding that date;

 

as reported on the principal securities exchange on which the Stock is traded; or

 

(b)           if the Stock is traded in the over-the-counter market,

 

(i)            and if the Stock is traded on that date, the average between the high bid and low asked price on that date; or

 

(ii)           and if the Stock is not traded on that date, the average between the high bid and low asked price on the last trading date immediately preceding that date;

 

as reported in such over-the-counter market; provided, however, that (x) if the Stock is not so traded, or (y) if, in the discretion of the Committee, another means of determining the fair market value of a share of Stock at such date shall be necessary or advisable, the Committee may provide for another method or means for determining such fair market value, which method or means shall comply with the requirements of a reasonable valuation method as described under Section 409A.

 

2.20         “ Fiscal Year ” means the calendar year.

 

2.21         “ Freestanding SAR ” means a SAR that is granted independently of any Options, as described in Article VI.

 

2.22         “ Full Value Award means an Award other than in the form of an ISO , NQSO, or SAR, and which is settled by the issuance of shares of Stock.

 

2.23         “ Holder ” means a person who has been granted an Award or any person who is entitled to receive shares of Stock or cash under an Award.

 

3



 

2.24         “ Incentive Stock Option ” or “ ISO ” means an option to purchase Stock granted pursuant to Article V that is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and that is intended to satisfy the requirements of section 422 of the Code.

 

2.25         “ Insider ” shall mean an individual who is, on the relevant date, an officer, a Director, or more than ten percent (10%) Beneficial Owner of any class of the Company’s equity securities that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as determined by the Board in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

2.26         “ Minimum Statutory Tax Withholding Obligation” means, with respect to an Award, the amount the Company or an Affiliate is required to withhold for federal, state, local and foreign taxes based upon the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates required by the relevant tax authorities.

 

2.27         “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” or “ NQSO ” means a “nonqualified stock option” to purchase Stock granted pursuant to Article V that does not satisfy the requirements of section 422 of the Code.

 

2.28         “ Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

2.29         “ Option Price ” shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 5.4.

 

2.30         “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means an equity-based or equity-related Award not otherwise described by the terms and provisions of the Plan that is granted pursuant to Article XII.

 

2.31         Parent Corporation ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the action or transaction, each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.

 

2.32         “ Performance-Based Compensation ” means compensation under an Award that satisfies the requirements of section 162(m) of the Code for deductibility of remuneration paid to Covered Employees.

 

2.33         “ Performance Goals ” means one or more of the criteria described in Section 9.2 on which the performance goals applicable to an Award are based.

 

2.34         “ Performance Stock Award ” means an Award designated as a performance stock award granted to a Holder pursuant to Article IX.

 

2.35         “ Performance Unit Award ” means an Award designated as a performance unit award granted to a Holder pursuant to Article IX.

 

2.36         “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which Restricted Stock is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (based on the passage of time, the achievement of Performance Goals, or upon the occurrence of other events as determined by the Committee, in its discretion), as provided in Article VII.

 

2.37         “ Permissible under Section 409A ” means with respect to a particular action (such as, the grant, payment, vesting, settlement or deferral of an amount or award under the Plan) that such action shall not subject the compensation at issue to be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Section 409A.

 

2.38         “ Plan ” means the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as set forth in this document as it may be amended from time to time.

 

4



 

2.39         “ Restricted Stock ” means shares of restricted Stock issued or granted under the Plan pursuant to Article VII.

 

2.40         “ Restricted Stock Award ” means an authorization by the Committee to issue or transfer Restricted Stock to a Holder.

 

2.41         “ RSU ” means a restricted stock unit credited to a Holder’s ledger account maintained by the Company pursuant to Article VIII.

 

2.42         “ RSU Award ” means an Award granted pursuant to Article VIII.

 

2.43         SAR means a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan pursuant to Article VI.

 

2.44         Section 409A means section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury rules and regulations issued thereunder.

 

2.45         “ Separation from Service ” means the termination of the Award recipient’s employment or service relationship with the Company and all Affiliates as determined under Section 409A.  “ Separation from Service ” means, in the case of an ISO, the termination of the Employee’s employment relationship with all of the Company, any Parent Corporation, any Subsidiary Corporation and any parent or subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of section 422(a)(2) of the Code) of any such corporation that issues or assumes an ISO in a transaction to which section 424(a) of the Code applies.

 

2.46         “ Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, $0.00005 par value per share (or such other par value as may be designated by act of the Company’s stockholders).

 

2.47         “ Subsidiary Corporation ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the action or transaction, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in an unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.

 

2.48         Substantial Risk of Forfeiture shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 409A.

 

2.49         “ Tandem SAR ” means a SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option pursuant to Article VI herein, the exercise of which shall require forfeiture of the right to purchase a share of Stock under the related Option (and when a share of Stock is purchased under the Option, the Tandem SAR shall similarly be canceled).

 

2.50         “ Ten Percent Stockholder means an individual, who, at the time the applicable Option is granted, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.  An individual shall be considered as owning the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for his brothers and sisters (whether by the whole or half blood), spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants; and stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate, or trust, shall be considered as being owned proportionately by or for its stockholders, partners, or beneficiaries.

 

2.51         “ Third Party Service Provider means any consultant, agent, representative, advisor, or independent contractor who renders services to the Company or an Affiliate that (a) are not in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s securities in a capital raising transaction, and (b) do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

 

5


 

ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY

 

Except as otherwise specified in this Article III, the persons who are eligible to receive Awards under the Plan are Employees, Directors and Third Party Service Providers, provided, however, that (a) only those persons who are, on the dates of grant, key employees of the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation are eligible for grants of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan, (b) the only persons who are eligible to receive Annual Cash Incentive Awards under the Plan are key executive Employees who, by the nature and scope of their positions, regularly directly make or influence policy decisions which significantly impact the overall results or success of the Company and (c) Directors and Third Party Service Providers are only eligible to receive NQSO, SAR and Full Value Awards.  Awards other than ISOs, Performance Stock Awards, Performance Units Awards or Annual Cash Incentive Awards may also be granted to a person who is expected to become a key Employee within six months.

 

ARTICLE IV

GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO AWARDS

 

4.1           Authority to Grant Awards .  The Committee may grant Awards to those Employees, Directors and Third Party Service Providers as the Committee shall from time to time determine, under the terms and conditions of the Plan.  Subject only to any applicable limitations set out in the Plan, the number of shares of Stock or other value to be covered by any Award to be granted under the Plan shall be as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

(a)           The aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan is equal to the greater of (i) twelve percent (12%) of the number of shares of Stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of the Effective Date or (ii) twelve percent (12%) of the number of shares of Stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of its Stock (the “ Authorized Shares ”).

 

(b)           The aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which ISOs may be granted under the Plan is equal to the Authorized Shares.

 

(c)           The maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to which ISOs may be granted to an Employee during a Fiscal Year is equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Authorized Shares.  The maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to which NQSOs may be granted to an Employee during a Fiscal Year is equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Authorized Shares.  The maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to which SARs may be granted to an Employee during a Fiscal Year is equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Authorized Shares.  The maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to which Performance Stock Awards may be granted to an Employee during a Fiscal Year is equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Authorized Shares.  The maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to which Performance Unit Awards payable in shares of Stock may be granted to an Employee during a Fiscal Year is equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Authorized Shares .  The maximum value of cash with respect to which Performance Unit Awards payable in cash may be granted to an Employee during a Fiscal Year, determined as of the dates of grants of the Performance Unit Awards, is $5,000,000.  The maximum amount that may be paid to a key executive Employee under Annual Cash Incentive Award(s) granted to an Employee during a Fiscal Year is $5,000,000.

 

(d)           Each of the foregoing numerical limits stated in this Section 4.2 shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5.

 

6



 

4.2           Shares That Count Against Limit.

 

(a)           If shares of Stock are withheld from payment of an Award to satisfy tax obligations with respect to the Award, such shares of Stock will count against the aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan.

 

(b)           If shares of Stock are tendered in payment of an Option Price of an Option, such shares of Stock will not be added to the aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan.

 

(c)           To the extent that any outstanding Award is forfeited or cancelled for any reason or is settled in cash in lieu of shares of Stock, the shares of Stock allocable to such portion of the Award may again be subject to an Award granted under the Plan.

 

(d)           When a SAR is settled in shares of Stock, the number of shares of Stock subject to the SAR under the SAR Award Agreement will be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan as one share for every share subject to the SAR, regardless of the number of shares used to settle the SAR upon exercise.

 

(e)           The maximum number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall not be reduced to reflect any dividends or Dividend Equivalents that are reinvested into additional shares of Stock or credited as additional Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, or other Stock-Based Awards.

 

4.3           Non-Transferability .  Except as specified in the applicable Award Agreements or in domestic relations court orders, an Award shall not be transferable by the Holder other than by will or under the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable, during the Holder’s lifetime, only by him or her.  Any attempted assignment of an Award in violation of this Section shall be null and void.  In the discretion of the Committee, any attempt to transfer an Award other than under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement may terminate the Award.

 

4.4           Requirements of Law.  The Company shall not be required to sell or issue any shares of Stock under any Award if issuing those shares of Stock would constitute or result in a violation by the Holder or the Company of any provision of any law, statute or regulation of any governmental authority.  Specifically, in connection with any applicable statute or regulation relating to the registration of securities, upon exercise of any Option or pursuant to any other Award, the Company shall not be required to issue any shares of Stock unless the Committee has received evidence satisfactory to it to the effect that the Holder will not transfer the shares of Stock except in accordance with applicable law, including receipt of an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company to the effect that any proposed transfer complies with applicable law.  The determination by the Committee on this matter shall be final, binding and conclusive. The Company may, but shall in no event be obligated to, register any shares of Stock covered by the Plan pursuant to applicable securities laws of any country or any political subdivision.  In the event the shares of Stock issuable on exercise of an Option or pursuant to any other Award are not registered, the Company may imprint on the certificate evidencing the shares of Stock any legend that counsel for the Company considers necessary or advisable to comply with applicable law, or, should the shares of Stock be represented by book or electronic entry rather than a certificate, the Company may take such steps to restrict transfer of the shares of Stock as counsel for the Company considers necessary or advisable to comply with applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any other affirmative action in order to cause or enable the exercise of an Option or any other Award, or the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant thereto, to comply with any law or regulation of any governmental authority.

 

7



 

4.5           Changes in the Company’s Capital Structure.

 

(a)           The existence of outstanding Awards shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference shares ahead of or affecting the Stock or Stock rights, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

(b)           If the Company shall effect a subdivision or consolidation of Stock or other capital readjustment, the payment of a Stock dividend, or other increase or reduction of the number of shares of Stock outstanding, without receiving compensation therefor in money, services or property, then (1) the number, class or series and per share price of Stock subject to outstanding Awards under the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted in such a manner as to entitle a Holder to receive upon exercise of an Award, for the same aggregate cash consideration, the equivalent total number and class or series of Stock the Holder would have received had the Holder exercised his or her Award in full immediately prior to the event requiring the adjustment, and (2) the number and class or series of Stock then reserved to be issued under the Plan shall be adjusted by substituting for the total number and class or series of Stock then reserved, that number and class or series of Stock that would have been received by the owner of an equal number of outstanding shares of Stock of each class or series of Stock as the result of the event requiring the adjustment.

 

(c)           If while unexercised Awards remain outstanding under the Plan (1) the Company shall not be the surviving entity in any merger, consolidation or other reorganization (or survives only as a subsidiary of an entity other than an entity that was wholly-owned by the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization), (2) the Company sells, leases or exchanges or agrees to sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its assets to any other person or entity (other than an entity wholly-owned by the Company), (3) the Company is to be dissolved or (4) the Company is a party to any other corporate transaction (as defined under section 424(a) of the Code and applicable Department of Treasury regulations) that is not described in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this sentence (each such event is referred to herein as a “ Corporate Change ”), then, except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or another agreement between the Holder and the Company (provided that such exceptions shall not apply in the case of a reincorporation merger), or as a result of the Committee’s effectuation of one or more of the alternatives described below, there shall be no acceleration of the time at which any Award then outstanding may be exercised, and no later than ten days after the approval by the stockholders of the Company of such Corporate Change, the Committee, acting in its sole and absolute discretion without the consent or approval of any Holder, shall act to effect one or more of the following alternatives, which may vary among individual Holders and which may vary among Awards held by any individual Holder (provided that, with respect to a reincorporation merger in which Holders of the Company’s ordinary shares will receive one ordinary share of the successor corporation for each ordinary share of the Company, none of such alternatives shall apply and, without Committee action, each Award shall automatically convert into a similar award of the successor corporation exercisable for the same number of ordinary shares of the successor as the Award was exercisable for ordinary shares of Stock of the Company):

 

(1)           accelerate the time at which some or all of the Awards then outstanding may be exercised so that such Awards may be exercised in full for a limited period of time on or before a specified date (before or after such Corporate Change) fixed by the Committee, after which specified date all such Awards that remain unexercised and all rights of Holders thereunder shall terminate;

 

8



 

(2)           require the mandatory surrender to the Company by all or selected Holders of some or all of the then outstanding Awards held by such Holders (irrespective of whether such Awards are then exercisable under the provisions of the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement evidencing such Award) as of a date, before or after such Corporate Change, specified by the Committee, in which event the Committee shall thereupon cancel such Award and the Company shall pay to each such Holder an amount of cash per share equal to the excess, if any, of the per share price offered to stockholders of the Company in connection with such Corporate Change over the exercise prices under such Award for such shares;

 

(3)           with respect to all or selected Holders, have some or all of their then outstanding Awards (whether vested or unvested) assumed or have a new award of a similar nature substituted for some or all of their then outstanding Awards under the Plan (whether vested or unvested) by an entity which is a party to the transaction resulting in such Corporate Change and which is then employing such Holder or which is affiliated or associated with such Holder in the same or a substantially similar manner as the Company prior to the Corporate Change, or a parent or subsidiary of such entity, provided that (A) such assumption or substitution is on a basis where the excess of the aggregate fair market value of the Stock subject to the Award immediately after the assumption or substitution over the aggregate exercise price of such Stock is equal to the excess of the aggregate fair market value of all Stock subject to the Award immediately before such assumption or substitution over the aggregate exercise price of such Stock, and (B) the assumed rights under such existing Award or the substituted rights under such new Award, as the case may be, will have the same terms and conditions as the rights under the existing Award assumed or substituted for, as the case may be;

 

(4)           provide that the number and class or series of Stock covered by an Award (whether vested or unvested) theretofore granted shall be adjusted so that such Award when exercised shall thereafter cover the number and class or series of Stock or other securities or property (including, without limitation, cash) to which the Holder would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the agreement or plan relating to such Corporate Change if, immediately prior to such Corporate Change, the Holder had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Stock then covered by such Award; or

 

(5)           make such adjustments to Awards then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Corporate Change (provided, however, that the Committee may determine in its sole and absolute discretion that no such adjustment is necessary to reflect such Corporate Change).

 

Any adjustment effected by the Committee under Section 4.5 shall be designed to provide the Holder with the intrinsic value of his or her Award, as determined prior to the Corporate Change, or, if applicable, equalize the Fair Market Value of the Award before and after the Corporate Change.

 

In effecting one or more of the alternatives set out in paragraphs (3), (4) or (5) immediately above, and except as otherwise may be provided in an Award Agreement, the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent or approval of any Holder, may accelerate the time at which some or all Awards then outstanding may be exercised.

 

(d)           In the event of changes in the outstanding Stock by reason of recapitalizations, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, exchanges or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the date of the grant of any Award and not otherwise provided for by this

 

9



 

Section 4.5, any outstanding Award and any Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall be subject to adjustment by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion as to the number and price of Stock or other consideration subject to such Award.  In the event of any such change in the outstanding Stock, the aggregate number of shares of Stock available under the Plan may be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive.

 

(e)           After a merger of one or more corporations into the Company or after a consolidation of the Company and one or more corporations in which the Company shall be the surviving corporation, each Holder shall be entitled to have his Restricted Stock appropriately adjusted based on the manner in which the shares of Stock were adjusted under the terms of the agreement of merger or consolidation.

 

(f)            The issuance by the Company of stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, stock of any class or series, for cash or property, or for labor or services either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe for them, or upon conversion or exchange of stock or obligations of the Company convertible into, or exchangeable for, stock or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason of such issuance shall be made with respect to, the number, class or series, or price of shares of Stock then subject to outstanding Awards.

 

4.6           Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code.  No Holder shall exercise the election permitted under section 83(b) of the Code with respect to any Award without the prior written approval of the General Counsel of the Company.  Any Holder who makes an election under section 83(b) of the Code with respect to any Award without the prior written approval of the General Counsel of the Company may, in the discretion of the Committee, forfeit any or all Awards granted to him or her under the Plan.

 

4.7           Forfeiture for Cause.   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement, if the Committee finds by a majority vote that a Holder, before or after his Separation from Service (a) committed a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or committed any other act or omission involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of dishonesty in the course of his employment by the Company or an Affiliate which conduct damaged the Company or an Affiliate; (b) substantially and repeatedly failed to perform duties of the office held by the Holder as reasonably directed by the Company or an Affiliate, (c) committed gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or an Affiliate; (d) committed a material breach of any employment agreement between the Holder and the Company or an Affiliate that is not cured within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice thereof from the Company or the Affiliate, as applicable; (e) failed, within ten (10) days after receipt by the Holder of written notice thereof from the Company or an Affiliate, to correct, cease or otherwise alter any failure to comply with instructions or other action or omission which the Board reasonably believes does or may materially or adversely affect the Company’s or an Affiliate’s business or operations, (f) committed misconduct which is of such a serious or substantial nature that a reasonable likelihood exists that such misconduct will materially injure the reputation of the Company or an Affiliate, (g) harassed or discriminated against the Company’s or an Affiliate’s employees, customers or vendors in violation of the Company’s policies with respect to such matters, (h) misappropriated funds or assets of the Company or an Affiliate for personal use or willfully violated the Company policies or standards of business conduct as determined in good faith by the Board, (i) failed, due to some action or inaction on the part of the Holder, to have immigration status that permits the Holder to maintain full-time employment with the Company or an Affiliate in the United States in compliance with all applicable immigration law, (j) disclosed trade secrets of the Company or an Affiliate, then as of the date the Committee makes its finding, any Awards awarded to the Holder that have not been exercised by the Holder (including all Awards that have not yet vested) will be forfeited to the Company.  The findings and decision of the Committee or the Board, if applicable, with respect to such matter, including those regarding the acts of the Holder and the damage done to the Company, will be final for all purposes.  No decision of the Committee, however, will affect the finality of the discharge of the individual by the Company or an Affiliate.

 

10



 

4.8           Forfeiture Events.  The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Holder’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award.  Such events may include, but shall not be limited to, Separation from Service for cause, Separation from Service for any other reason, violation of material policies of the Company and its Affiliates, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the Holder, or other conduct by the Holder that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company and its Affiliates.

 

4.9           Award Agreements .  Each Award shall be embodied in a written Award Agreement that shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.  The Award Agreement shall be signed by  an executive officer of the Company, other than the Holder, on behalf of the Company, and may be signed by the Holder to the extent required by the Committee.  The Award Agreement may specify the effect of a change in control of the Company on the Award.  The Award Agreement may contain any other provisions that the Committee in its discretion shall deem advisable which are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Plan.

 

4.10         Amendments of Award Agreements.  The terms of any outstanding Award under the Plan may be amended from time to time by the Committee in its discretion in any manner that it deems appropriate and that is consistent with the terms of the Plan.  However, no such amendment shall adversely affect in a material manner any right of a Holder without his or her written consent.  Except as specified in Section 4.5(b), the Committee may not directly or indirectly lower the exercise price of a previously granted Option or the grant price of a previously granted SAR.

 

4.11         Rights as Stockholder.  A Holder shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to Stock covered by an Option, a SAR, an RSU, a Performance Unit, or an Other Stock-Based Award payable in Stock until the date, if any, such Stock is issued by the Company; and, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.5, no adjustment for dividends, or otherwise, shall be made if the record date therefor is prior to the date of issuance of such Stock.

 

4.12         Issuance of Shares of Stock.   Shares of Stock, when issued, may be represented by a certificate or by book or electronic entry.

 

4.13         Restrictions on Stock Received.   The Committee may impose such conditions and/or restrictions on any shares of Stock issued pursuant to an Award as it may deem advisable or desirable.  These restrictions may include, but shall not be limited to, a requirement that the Holder hold the shares of Stock for a specified period of time.

 

4.14         Compliance With Section 409A.   Awards shall be designed, granted and administered in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A.  The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan that is intended to comply the requirements of Section 409A shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent.  If the Committee determines that an Award, Award Agreement, payment, distribution, deferral election, transaction, or any other action or arrangement contemplated by the provisions of the Plan would, if undertaken, cause a Holder to become subject to additional taxes under Section 409A, then unless the Committee specifically provides otherwise, such Award, Award Agreement, payment, distribution, deferral election, transaction or other action or arrangement shall not be given effect to the extent it causes such result and the related provisions of the Plan and/or Award Agreement will be deemed modified, or, if necessary, suspended in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent determined appropriate by the Committee, in each case without the consent of or notice to the Holder.  The exercisability of an Option or a SAR shall not be extended to the extent that such extension would subject the Holder to additional taxes under Section 409A.

 

11



 

4.15         Date of Grant .  The date on which an option or SAR is granted shall be the date the Company completes the corporate action constituting an offer of stock for sale to a Holder under the terms and conditions of the Option or SAR; provided that such corporate action shall not be considered complete until the date on which the maximum number of shares that can be purchased under the Option and the minimum Option price are fixed or determinable.  If the corporate action contemplates an immediate offer of stock for sale to a class of individuals, then the date of the granting of an Option is the time or date of that corporate action, if the offer is to be made immediately.  If the corporate action contemplates a particular date on which the offer is to be made, then the date of grant is the contemplated date of the offer.

 

4.16         Source of Shares Deliverable Under Awards.  Any shares of Stock delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares of Stock or of treasury shares of Stock.

 

ARTICLE V

OPTIONS

 

5.1           Authority to Grant Options.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time, and from time to time, may grant Options under the Plan to eligible persons in such number and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine; provided that ISOs may be granted only to eligible Employees of the Company or of any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation (as permitted by section 422 of the Code and the regulations thereunder).

 

5.2           Type of Options Available.   Options granted under the Plan may be NQSOs or ISOs.

 

5.3           Option Agreement.  Each Option grant under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify (a) whether the Option is intended to be an ISO or an NQSO, (b) the Option Price, (c) the duration of the Option, (d) the number of shares of Stock to which the Option pertains, (e) the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option and (f) such other provisions as the Committee shall determine that are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Plan.  Notwithstanding the designation of an Option as an ISO in the applicable Award Agreement for such Option, to the extent the limitations of Section 5.11 of the Plan are exceeded with respect to the Option, the portion of the Option in excess of the limitation shall be treated as a NQSO.  An Option granted under the Plan may not be granted with any Dividend Equivalents rights.

 

5.4           Option Price.  The price at which shares of Stock may be purchased under an Option (the “ Option Price ”) shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock on the date the Option is granted; provided, however , if the Option is an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, the Option Price must not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock on the date the ISO is granted.  Subject to the limitations set forth in the preceding sentences of this Section 5.4, the Committee shall determine the Option Price for each grant of an Option under the Plan.

 

5.5           Duration of Option.  An Option shall not be exercisable after the earlier of (i) the general term of the Option specified in the applicable Award Agreement (which shall not exceed ten years, or, in the case of a Ten Percent Stockholder, no ISO shall be exercisable later than the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date of its grant) or (ii) the period of time specified in the applicable Award Agreement that follows the Holder’s Separation from Service.

 

5.6           Amount Exercisable.  Each Option may be exercised at the time, in the manner and subject to the conditions the Committee specifies in the Award Agreement in its sole discretion.

 

12



 

5.7           Exercise of Option.

 

(a)           General Method of Exercise . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, Options may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time by the delivery of written notice in the manner designated by the Committee stating (1) that the Holder wishes to exercise such Option on the date such notice is so delivered, (2) the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is to be exercised and (3) the address to which a stock certificate, if any, representing such shares of Stock should be mailed or delivered.  Except in the case of exercise by a third party broker as provided below, in order for the notice to be effective the notice must be accompanied by payment of the Option Price by any combination of the following: (a) cash, certified check, bank draft or postal or express money order for an amount equal to the Option Price under the Option, (b) an election to make a cashless exercise through a registered broker-dealer (if approved in advance by the Committee or an executive officer of the Company) or (c) any other form of payment which is acceptable to the Committee.

 

(b)           Exercise Through Third-Party Broker .  The Committee may permit a Holder to elect to pay the Option Price and any applicable tax withholding resulting from such exercise by authorizing a third-party broker to sell all or a portion of the shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option and remit to the Company a sufficient portion of the sale proceeds to pay the Option Price and any applicable tax withholding resulting from such exercise.

 

5.8           Transferability —Incentive Stock Options . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, no ISO granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all ISOs granted to an Employee under this Article V shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Employee.

 

5.9           Notification of Disqualifying Disposition . If any Employee shall make any disposition of shares of Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of an ISO under the circumstances described in section 421(b) of the Code (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions), such Employee shall notify the Company of such disposition within ten (10) days thereof.

 

5.10         No Rights as Stockholder .  A Holder of an Option shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to Stock covered by an Option until the date a stock certificate for such Stock is issued by the Company; and, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.5, no adjustment for dividends, or otherwise, shall be made if the record date therefor is prior to the date of issuance of such certificate.

 

5.11         $100,000 Limitation on ISOs .  To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of Stock with respect to which ISOs first become exercisable by a Holder in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, taking into account both shares of Stock subject to ISOs under the Plan and Stock subject to ISOs under all other plans of the Company, such Options shall be treated as NQSOs.  For this purpose, the “Fair Market Value” of the shares of Stock subject to Options shall be determined as of the date the Options were awarded.  In reducing the number of Options treated as ISOs to meet the $100,000 limit, the most recently granted Options shall be reduced first.  To the extent a reduction of simultaneously granted Options is necessary to meet the $100,000 limit, the Committee may, in the manner and to the extent permitted by law, designate which shares of Stock are to be treated as shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO.

 

5.12         Separation from Service.   Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Holder of an Option shall have the right to exercise the Option following the Holder’s Separation from Service.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Options

 

13



 

issued pursuant to the Award Agreement or the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.

 

ARTICLE VI

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

6.1           Authority to Grant SAR Awards.  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time, and from time to time, may grant SARs under the Plan to eligible persons in such number and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of SARs granted to each Holder and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such SARs.

 

6.2           Type of Stock Appreciation Rights Available .  The Committee may grant Freestanding SARs, Tandem SARs, or any combination of these forms of SARs.

 

6.3           General Terms.   Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a SAR granted under the Plan shall confer on the recipient a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, an amount equal to the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of one share of the Stock on the date of exercise over (b) the grant price of the SAR, which shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of one share of the Stock on the date of grant of the SAR.  The grant price of Tandem SARs shall be equal to the Option Price of the related Option.  A SAR granted under the Plan may not be granted with any Dividend Equivalents rights.

 

6.4           SAR Agreement.   Each Award of SARs granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify (a) the grant price of the SAR, (b) the term of the SAR, (c) the vesting and termination provisions of the SAR and (d) such other provisions as the Committee shall determine that are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Plan.  The Committee may impose such additional conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any SAR as it may deem appropriate.

 

6.5           Term of SAR.   The term of a SAR granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion; provided that no SAR shall be exercisable on or after the tenth anniversary date of its grant.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, with respect to a Tandem SAR granted in connection with an ISO: (a) the Tandem SAR will expire no later than the expiration of the underlying ISO; (b) the value of the payout with respect to the Tandem SAR may be for no more than one hundred percent (100%) of the excess of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock subject to the underlying ISO at the time the Tandem SAR is exercised over the Option Price of the underlying ISO; and (c) the Tandem SAR may be exercised only when the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock subject to the ISO exceeds the Option Price of the ISO.

 

6.6           Exercise of Freestanding SARs .  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, Freestanding SARs may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time by the delivery of written notice in the manner designated by the Committee stating (a) that the Holder wishes to exercise such SAR on the date such notice is so delivered, (b) the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the SAR is to be exercised and (c) the address to which the payment due under such SAR should be mailed.  In accordance with applicable law, a Freestanding SAR may be exercised upon whatever additional terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, imposes.

 

6.7           Exercise of Tandem SARs .  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, Tandem SARs may be exercised for all or part of the shares of Stock subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option and by the delivery of written notice in the manner designated by the Committee stating (a) that the Holder wishes to exercise such SAR on the date such notice is so delivered, (b) the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the SAR is to

 

14



 

be exercised and (c) the address to which the payment due under such SAR should be mailed.  A Tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the shares of Stock for which its related Option is then exercisable.  In accordance with applicable law, a Tandem SAR may be exercised upon whatever additional terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, imposes.

 

6.8           Payment of SAR Amount.   Upon the exercise of a SAR, a Holder shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the SAR is exercised.  At the discretion of the Committee, the payment upon SAR exercise may be in cash, in Stock of equivalent value, in some combination thereof or in any other manner approved by the Committee in its sole discretion.  The Committee’s determination regarding the form of SAR payout shall be set forth in the Award Agreement pertaining to the grant of the SAR.

 

6.9           Separation from Service .  Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Holder of a SAR shall have the right to exercise the SAR following the Holder’s Separation from Service.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, may be included in the Award Agreement entered into with the Holder, need not be uniform among all SARs issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination or severance.

 

6.10         Nontransferability of SARs.   Except as otherwise provided in a Holder’s Award Agreement, no SAR granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  Further, except as otherwise provided in a Holder’s Award Agreement, all SARs granted to a Holder under the Plan shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by the Holder, and after that time, by the Holder’s heirs or estate.  Any attempted assignment of a SAR in violation of this Section 6.10 shall be null and void.

 

6.11         No Rights as Stockholder.  A grantee of a SAR award, as such, shall have no rights as a stockholder.

 

6.12         Restrictions on Stock Received.   The Committee may impose such conditions and/or restrictions on any shares of Stock received upon exercise of a SAR granted pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable or desirable.  These restrictions may include, but shall not be limited to, a requirement that the Holder hold the shares of Stock received upon exercise of a SAR for a specified period of time.

 

ARTICLE VII

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

 

7.1           Restricted Stock Awards .   Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time, and from time to time, may make Awards of Restricted Stock under the Plan to eligible persons in such number and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.  The amount of, the vesting and the transferability restrictions applicable to any Restricted Stock Award shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  If the Committee imposes vesting or transferability restrictions on a Holder’s rights with respect to Restricted Stock, the Committee may issue such instructions to the Company’s share transfer agent in connection therewith as it deems appropriate.  The Committee may also cause the certificate for shares of Stock issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award to be imprinted with any legend which counsel for the Company considers advisable with respect to the restrictions or, should the shares of Stock be represented by book or electronic entry rather than a certificate, the Company may take such steps to restrict transfer of the shares of Stock as counsel for the Company considers necessary or advisable to comply with applicable law.

 

15


 

7.2           Restricted Stock Award Agreement.   Each Restricted Stock Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that contains any vesting, transferability restrictions and other provisions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee may specify.

 

7.3           Holder’s Rights as Stockholder.   Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, each recipient of a Restricted Stock Award shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock included in the Restricted Stock Award during the Period of Restriction established for the Restricted Stock Award.  Dividends paid with respect to Restricted Stock in cash or property other than shares of Stock or rights to acquire shares of Stock shall be paid to the recipient of the Restricted Stock Award currently.  Dividends paid in shares of Stock or rights to acquire shares of Stock shall be added to and become a part of the Restricted Stock.  During the Period of Restriction, certificates representing the Restricted Stock shall be registered in the Holder’s name and bear a restrictive legend to the effect that ownership of such Restricted Stock, and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto, are subject to the restrictions, terms, and conditions provided in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.  Such certificates shall be deposited by the recipient with the Secretary of the Company or such other officer of the Company as may be designated by the Committee, together with all stock powers or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank, which will permit transfer to the Company of all or any portion of the Restricted Stock which shall be forfeited in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS

 

8.1           Authority to Grant RSU Awards.   Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time, and from time to time, may grant RSU Awards under the Plan to eligible persons in such amounts and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.  The amount of, the vesting and the transferability restrictions applicable to any RSU Award shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  The Committee shall maintain a bookkeeping ledger account which reflects the number of RSUs credited under the Plan for the benefit of a Holder.

 

8.2           RSU Award.   An RSU Award shall be similar in nature to a Restricted Stock Award except that no shares of Stock are actually transferred to the Holder until a later date specified in the applicable Award Agreement.  Each RSU shall have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock.

 

8.3           RSU Award Agreement.  Each RSU Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that contains any Substantial Risk of Forfeiture, transferability restrictions, form and time of payment provisions and other provisions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee may specify.

 

8.4           Dividend Equivalents.  An Award Agreement for an RSU Award may specify that the Holder shall be entitled to the payment of Dividend Equivalents under the Award.

 

8.5           Form of Payment Under RSU Award.   Payment under an RSU Award shall be made in either cash or shares of Stock as specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

8.6           Time of Payment Under RSU Award.  A Holder’s payment under an RSU Award shall be made at such time as is specified in the applicable Award Agreement.  The Award Agreement shall specify that the payment will be made (1) by a date that is no later than the date that is two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the end of the Fiscal Year in which the RSU Award payment is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture or (2) at a time that is Permissible under Section 409A.

 

16



 

8.7           Holder’s Rights as Stockholder.   Each recipient of an RSU Award shall have no rights of a stockholder with respect to the Holder’s an RSUs.  A Holder shall have no voting rights with respect to any RSU Awards.

 

ARTICLE IX

PERFORMANCE STOCK AWARDS AND PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS

 

9.1           Authority to Grant Performance Stock Awards and Performance Unit Awards.   Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time, and from time to time, may grant Performance Stock Awards and Performance Unit Awards under the Plan to eligible persons in such amounts and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.  The amount of, the vesting and the transferability restrictions applicable to any Performance Stock Award or Performance Unit Award shall be based upon the attainment of such Performance Goals as the Committee may determine; provided, however, that the performance period for any Performance Stock Award or Performance Unit Award shall not be less than one year.  If the Committee imposes vesting or transferability restrictions on a Holder’s rights with respect to Performance Stock Award or Performance Unit Awards, the Committee may issue such instructions to the Company’s share transfer agent in connection therewith as it deems appropriate.  The Committee may also cause the certificate for shares of Stock issued pursuant to a Performance Stock Award or Performance Unit Award to be imprinted with any legend which counsel for the Company considers advisable with respect to the restrictions or, should the shares of Stock be represented by book or electronic entry rather than a certificate, the Company may take such steps to restrict transfer of the shares of Stock as counsel for the Company considers necessary or advisable to comply with applicable law.

 

9.2           Performance Goals.  A Performance Goal must be objective such that a third party having knowledge of the relevant facts could determine whether the goal is met.  Unless and until the Committee proposes for shareholder vote and the shareholders approve a change in the general Performance Goals set forth in this Article IX, the Performance Goals upon which the payment or vesting of an Award to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be limited to one or more of the following Performance Goals, which may be based on one or more business criteria that apply to the Holder, one or more business units or subsidiaries of the Company, or the Company as a whole:  earnings per share, earnings per share growth, total shareholder return, economic value added, cash return on capitalization, increased revenue, revenue ratios (per employee or per customer), net income, stock price, market share, return on equity, return on assets, return on capital, return on capital compared to cost of capital, return on capital employed, return on invested capital, shareholder value, net cash flow, operating income, earnings before interest and taxes, cash flow, cash flow from operations, cost reductions, cost ratios (per employee or per customer), proceeds from dispositions, project completion time and budget goals, net cash flow before financing activities, customer growth, total market value and customer satisfaction scores.  Goals may also be based on performance relative to a peer group of companies.  Unless otherwise stated, such a Performance Goal need not be based upon an increase or positive result under a particular business criterion and could include, for example, maintaining the status quo or limiting economic losses (measured, in each case, by reference to specific business criteria).  In interpreting Plan provisions applicable to Performance Goals and Performance Stock or Performance Unit Awards, it is intended that the Plan will conform with the standards of section 162(m) of the Code and Treasury Regulations § 1.162-27(e)(2)(i), and the Committee in establishing such goals and interpreting the Plan shall be guided by such provisions.  Prior to the payment of any compensation based on the achievement of Performance Goals, the Committee must certify in writing that applicable Performance Goals and any of the material terms thereof were, in fact, satisfied.  Subject to the foregoing provisions, the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to any Performance Stock or Performance Unit Awards made pursuant to the Plan shall be determined by the Committee.

 

17



 

9.3           Time of Establishment of Performance Goals.  With respect to a Covered Employee, a Performance Goal for a particular Performance Stock Award or Performance Unit Award must be established by the Committee prior to the earlier to occur of (a) 90 days after the commencement of the period of service to which the Performance Goal relates or (b) the lapse of 25 percent of the period of service, and in any event while the outcome is substantially uncertain.

 

9.4           Written Agreement.   Each Performance Stock Award or Performance Unit Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that contains any vesting, transferability restrictions and other provisions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee may specify.

 

9.5           Form of Payment Under Performance Unit Award.   Payment under a Performance Unit Award shall be made in cash and/or shares of Stock as specified in the Holder’s Award Agreement.

 

9.6           Time of Payment Under Performance Unit Award.  A Holder’s payment under a Performance Unit Award shall be made at such time as is specified in the applicable Award Agreement.  The Award Agreement shall specify that the payment will be made (1) by a date that is no later than the date that is two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the end of the calendar year in which the Performance Unit Award payment is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture or (2) at a time that is Permissible under Section 409A.

 

9.7           Holder’s Rights as Stockholder With Respect to a Performance Stock Award .   Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, each Holder of a Performance Stock Award shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Stock issued to the Holder pursuant to the Award during any period in which such issued shares of Stock are subject to forfeiture and restrictions on transfer, including without limitation, the right to vote such shares of Stock.

 

9.8           Increases Prohibited.   None of the Committee or the Board may increase the amount of compensation payable under a Performance Stock or Performance Unit Award.  If the time at which a Performance Stock Award or Performance Unit Award will vest or be paid is accelerated for any reason, the number of shares of Stock subject to, or the amount payable under, the Performance Stock or Performance Unit Award shall be reduced pursuant to Department of Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(2)(iii) to reasonably reflect the time value of money.

 

9.9           Stockholder Approval.   No payments of Stock or cash will be made to a Covered Employee pursuant to this Article IX unless the stockholder approval requirements of Department of Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(4) are satisfied.

 

9.10         Dividend Equivalents .  An Award Agreement for a Performance Unit Award may specify that the Holder shall be entitled to the payment of Dividend Equivalents under the Award.

 

ARTICLE X

DIRECTOR AWARDS

 

All Awards to Directors shall be determined by the Board.

 

ARTICLE XI

ANNUAL CASH INCENTIVE AWARDS

 

11.1         Authority to Grant Annual Cash Incentive Awards.   Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time, and from time to time, may grant Annual Cash Incentive Awards under the Plan

 

18



 

to key executive Employees who, by the nature and scope of their positions, regularly directly make or influence policy decisions which significantly impact the overall results or success of the Company in such amounts and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.  Subject to the following provisions in this Article XI, the amount of any Annual Cash Incentive Awards shall be based on the attainment of such Performance Goals as the Committee may determine and the term, conditions and limitations applicable to any Annual Cash Incentive Awards made pursuant to the Plan shall be determined by the Committee.

 

11.2         Covered Employees .  The Performance Goals upon which the payment or vesting of an Annual Cash Incentive Award to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation must meet the requirements of Sections 9.2, 9.3, 9.8 and 9.9 as applied to such Annual Cash Incentive Award.

 

11.3         Written Agreement.   Each Annual Cash Incentive Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that contains any vesting, transferability restrictions and other provisions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee may specify.

 

11.4         Form of Payment Under Annual Cash Incentive Award.   Payment under an Annual Cash Incentive Award shall be made in cash.

 

11.5         Time of Payment Under Annual Cash Incentive Award.  A Holder’s payment under an Annual Cash Incentive Award shall be made at such time as is specified in the applicable Award Agreement.  The Award Agreement shall specify that the payment will be made (1) by a date that is no later than the date that is two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the end of the calendar year in which the Annual Cash Incentive Award payment is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture or (2) at a time that is Permissible under Section 409A.

 

ARTICLE XII

OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS

 

12.1         Authority to Grant Other Stock-Based Awards .  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time, and from time to time, may grant other types of equity-based or equity-related Awards not otherwise described by the terms and provisions of the Plan (including the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted shares of Stock) under the Plan to eligible persons in such number and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.  Such Awards may involve the transfer of actual shares of Stock to Holders, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of shares of Stock and may include, without limitation, Awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than the United States.

 

12.2         Value of Other Stock-Based Award .  Each Other Stock-Based Award shall be expressed in terms of shares of Stock or units based on shares of Stock, as determined by the Committee.

 

12.3         Payment of Other Stock-Based Award .  Payment, if any, with respect to an Other Stock-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award, in cash or shares of Stock as the Committee determines.

 

12.4         Separation from Service .  The Committee shall determine the extent to which a Holder’s rights with respect to Other Stock-Based Awards shall be affected by the Holder’s Separation from Service.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and need not be uniform among all Other Stock-Based Awards issued pursuant to the Plan.

 

19



 

12.5         Time of Payment of Other Stock-Based Award.  A Holder’s payment under an Other Stock-Based Award shall be made at such time as is specified in the applicable Award Agreement.  If a payment under the Award Agreement is subject to Section 409A, the Award Agreement shall specify that the payment will be made (1) by a date that is no later than the date that is two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the end of the calendar year in which the Other Stock-Based Award payment is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture or (2) at a time that is Permissible under Section 409A.

 

ARTICLE XIII

CASH-BASED AWARDS

 

13.1         Authority to Grant Cash-Based Awards .  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time, and from time to time, may grant Cash-Based Awards under the Plan to eligible persons in such amounts and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.

 

13.2         Value of Cash-Based Award .  Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a payment amount or payment range as determined by the Committee.

 

13.3         Payment of Cash-Based Award .  Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award, in cash.

 

13.4         Time of Payment of Cash-Based Award.  Payment under a Cash-Based Award shall be made at such time as is specified in the applicable Award Agreement.  If a payment under the Award Agreement is subject to Section 409A, the Award Agreement shall specify that the payment will be made (1) by a date that is no later than the date that is two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the end of the calendar year in which the Cash-Based Award payment is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture or (2) at a time that is Permissible under Section 409A.

 

13.5         Separation from Service .  The Committee shall determine the extent to which a Holder’s rights with respect to Cash-Based Awards shall be affected by the Holder’s Separation from Service.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and need not be uniform among all Cash-Based Awards issued pursuant to the Plan.

 

ARTICLE XIV

SUBSTITUTION AWARDS

 

Awards may be granted under the Plan from time to time in substitution for stock options and other awards held by employees of other entities who are about to become Employees, or whose employer is about to become an Affiliate as the result of a merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation, or the acquisition by the Company of substantially all the assets of another corporation, or the acquisition by the Company of at least fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding stock of another corporation as the result of which such other corporation will become a subsidiary of the Company.  The terms and conditions of the substitute Awards so granted may vary from the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan to such extent as the Board at the time of grant may deem appropriate to conform, in whole or in part, to the provisions of the Award in substitution for which they are granted.  If shares of Stock are issued under the Plan with respect to an Award granted under this Article such shares of Stock will not count against the aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan.

 

20



 

ARTICLE XV

ADMINISTRATION

 

15.1         Awards.   The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or, in the absence of the Committee or in the case of awards issued to Directors, the Plan shall be administered by the Board.  The members of the Committee (that is not itself the Board) shall serve at the discretion of the Board.  The Committee shall have full and exclusive power and authority to administer the Plan and to take all actions that the Plan expressly contemplates or are necessary or appropriate in connection with the administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted under the Plan.

 

15.2         Authority of the Committee.   The Committee shall have full and exclusive power to interpret and apply the terms and provisions of the Plan and Awards made under the Plan, and to adopt such rules, regulations and guidelines for implementing the Plan as the Committee may deem necessary or proper, all of which powers shall be exercised in the best interests of the Company and in keeping with the objectives of the Plan.  A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business relating to the Plan or Awards made under the Plan, and the vote of a majority of those members present at any meeting shall decide any question brought before that meeting.  Any decision or determination reduced to writing and signed by a majority of the members shall be as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting properly called and held.  All questions of interpretation and application of the Plan, or as to Awards granted under the Plan, shall be subject to the determination, which shall be final and binding, of a majority of the whole Committee.  No member of the Committee shall be liable for any act or omission of any other member of the Committee or for any act or omission on his own part, including but not limited to the exercise of any power or discretion given to him under the Plan, except those resulting from his own willful misconduct.  In carrying out its authority under the Plan, the Committee shall have full and final authority and discretion, including but not limited to the following rights, powers and authorities to (a) determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which Awards will be made; (b) determine the number and exercise price of shares of Stock covered in each Award subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan; (c) determine the terms, provisions and conditions of each Award, which need not be identical and need not match the default terms set forth in the Plan; (d) accelerate the time at which any outstanding Award will vest; (e) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to administration of the Plan; and (f) make all other determinations and take all other actions deemed necessary, appropriate or advisable for the proper administration of the Plan.

 

The Committee may make an Award to an individual who the Company expects to become an Employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates within six (6) months after the date of grant of the Award, with the Award being subject to and conditioned on the individual actually becoming an Employee within that time period and subject to other terms and conditions as the Committee may establish.

 

The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award to a Holder in the manner and to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable to further the Plan’s objectives. Further, the Committee shall make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  As permitted by law and the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee may delegate to one or more of its members or to one or more officers of the Company, and/or its Affiliates or to one or more agents or advisors such administrative duties or powers as it may deem advisable, and the Committee or any person to whom it has delegated duties or powers as aforesaid may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan.  The Committee may, by resolution, authorize one or more officers of the Company to do one or more of the following on the same basis as can the Committee: (a) designate Employees to be recipients of Awards; (b) designate Third Party Service Providers to be recipients of Awards; and (c) determine the size of any such Awards; provided, however , (i) the Committee shall not delegate such responsibilities to any such officer for Awards granted to an Employee that is considered an Insider; (ii) the resolution providing such authorization sets

 

21



 

forth the total number of Awards such officer(s) may grant; and (iii) the officer(s) shall report periodically to the Committee regarding the nature and scope of the Awards granted pursuant to the authority delegated.  The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, agents, and other persons, any of whom may be an Employee, and the Committee, the Company, and its officers and Board shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions, or valuations of any such persons.

 

15.3         Decisions Binding.  All determinations and decisions made by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders and resolutions of the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Affiliates, its stockholders, Holders and the estates and beneficiaries of Holders.

 

15.4         No Liability.   Under no circumstances shall the Company, its Affiliates, the Board or the Committee incur liability for any indirect, incidental, consequential or special damages (including lost profits) of any form incurred by any person, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the form of the act in which such a claim may be brought, with respect to the Plan or the Company’s, its Affiliates’, the Committee’s or the Board’s roles in connection with the Plan.

 

ARTICLE XVI

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

16.1         Amendment, Modification, Suspension, and Termination .  Subject to Section 16.2, the Board may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, modify, suspend, or terminate the Plan and the Committee may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, modify, suspend, or terminate any Award Agreement in whole or in part; provided, however, that, without the prior approval of the Company’s stockholders and except as provided in Section 4.5, the Committee shall not directly or indirectly lower the Option Price of a previously granted Option or the grant price of a previously granted SAR, cancel a previously granted Option or previously granted SAR for a payment of cash or other property if the aggregate fair market value of such Award is less than the aggregate Option Price of such Award in the case of an Option or the aggregate grant price of such Award in the case of a SAR, and no amendment of the Plan shall be made without stockholder approval if stockholder approval is required by applicable law or stock exchange rules.

 

16.2         Awards Previously Granted .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no termination, amendment, suspension, or modification of the Plan or an Award Agreement shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Holder holding such Award.

 

ARTICLE XVII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

17.1         Unfunded Plan/No Establishment of a Trust Fund.  Holders shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments that the Company or any of its Affiliates may make to aid in meeting obligations under the Plan.  Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Holder, beneficiary, legal representative, or any other person.  To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.  All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts, except as expressly set forth in the Plan.  No property shall be set aside nor shall a trust

 

22



 

fund of any kind be established to secure the rights of any Holder under the Plan.  The Plan is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

17.2         No Employment Obligation.   The granting of any Award shall not constitute an employment contract, express or implied, nor impose upon the Company or any Affiliate any obligation to employ or continue to employ, or utilize the services of, any Holder.  The right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the employment of any person shall not be diminished or affected by reason of the fact that an Award has been granted to him, and nothing in the Plan or an Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or its Affiliates to terminate any Holder’s employment at any time or for any reason not prohibited by law.

 

17.3         Tax Withholding.   The Company or any Affiliate shall be entitled to deduct from other compensation payable to each Holder any sums required by federal, state, local or foreign tax law to be withheld with respect to the vesting or exercise of an Award or lapse of restrictions on an Award.  In the alternative, the Company may require the Holder (or other person validly exercising the Award) to pay such sums for taxes directly to the Company or any Affiliate in cash or by check within one day after the date of vesting, exercise or lapse of restrictions. In the discretion of the Committee, and with the consent of the Holder, the Company may reduce the number of shares of Stock issued to the Holder upon such Holder’s exercise of an Award or the vesting of an Award to satisfy the tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate; provided that the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock held back shall not exceed the Company’s or the Affiliate’s Minimum Statutory Tax Withholding Obligation.

 

The Committee may, in its discretion, permit a Holder to satisfy any Minimum Statutory Tax Withholding Obligation arising upon the vesting of or payment under an Award by delivering to the Holder a reduced number of shares of Stock in the manner specified herein.  If permitted by the Committee and acceptable to the Holder, at the time of vesting of shares under the Award, the Company shall (a) calculate the amount of the Company’s or an Affiliate’s Minimum Statutory Tax Withholding Obligation on the assumption that all such shares of Stock vested under the Award are made available for delivery, (b) reduce the number of such shares of Stock made available for delivery so that the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock withheld on the vesting date approximates the Company’s or an Affiliate’s Minimum Statutory Tax Withholding Obligation and (c) in lieu of the withheld shares of Stock, remit cash to the United States Treasury and/or other applicable governmental authorities, on behalf of the Holder, in the amount of the Minimum Statutory Tax Withholding Obligation.  The Company shall withhold only whole shares of Stock to satisfy its Minimum Statutory Tax Withholding Obligation.  Where the Fair Market Value of the withheld shares of Stock does not equal the amount of the Minimum Statutory Tax Withholding Obligation, the Company shall withhold shares of Stock with a Fair Market Value slightly less than the amount of the Minimum Statutory Tax Withholding Obligation and the Holder must satisfy the remaining minimum withholding obligation in some other manner permitted under this Section 17.3.  The withheld shares of Stock not made available for delivery by the Company shall be retained as treasury shares or will be cancelled and the Holder’s right, title and interest in such shares of Stock shall terminate.

 

The Company shall have no obligation upon vesting or exercise of any Award or lapse of restrictions on an Award until the Company or an Affiliate has received payment sufficient to cover the Minimum Statutory Tax Withholding Obligation with respect to that vesting, exercise or lapse of restrictions.  Neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall be obligated to advise a Holder of the existence of the tax or the amount which it will be required to withhold.

 

17.4         Indemnification of the Committee.  The Company shall indemnify each present and future member of the Committee against, and each member of the Committee shall be entitled without further action on his or her part to indemnity from the Company for, all expenses (including attorney’s fees, the amount of judgments and the amount of approved settlements made with a view to the curtailment of costs of litigation,

 

23



 

other than amounts paid to the Company itself) reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which such member may be involved by reason of such member being or having been a member of the Committee, whether or not he or she continues to be a member of the Committee at the time of incurring the expenses, including, without limitation, matters as to which such member shall be finally adjudged in any action, suit or proceeding to have been negligent in the performance of such member’s duty as a member of the Committee.  However, this indemnity shall not include any expenses incurred by any member of the Committee in respect of matters as to which such member shall be finally adjudged in any action, suit or proceeding to have been guilty of willful misconduct in the performance of his duty as a member of the Committee.  In addition, no right of indemnification under the Plan shall be available to or enforceable by any member of the Committee unless, within 60 days after institution of any action, suit or proceeding, such member shall have offered the Company, in writing, the opportunity to handle and defend same at its own expense.  This right of indemnification shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors or administrators of each member of the Committee and shall be in addition to all other rights to which a member of the Committee may be entitled as a matter of law, contract or otherwise.

 

17.5         Gender and Number.   If the context requires, words of one gender when used in the Plan shall include the other and words used in the singular or plural shall include the other.

 

17.6         Severability .   In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

 

17.7         Headings.   Headings of Articles and Sections are included for convenience of reference only and do not constitute part of the Plan and shall not be used in construing the terms and provisions of the Plan.

 

17.8         Other Compensation Plans.   The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other option, incentive or other compensation or benefit plans in effect for the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall the Plan preclude the Company from establishing any other forms of incentive compensation arrangements for Employees, Directors or Third Party Service Providers.

 

17.9         Retirement and Welfare Plans . Neither Awards made under the Plan nor shares of Stock or cash paid pursuant to such Awards, may be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any person under the Company’s or any Affiliate’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing a participant’s benefit.

 

17.10       Other Awards.  The grant of an Award shall not confer upon the Holder the right to receive any future or other Awards under the Plan, whether or not Awards may be granted to similarly situated Holders, or the right to receive future Awards upon the same terms or conditions as previously granted.

 

17.11       Successors.  All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

 

17.12       Law Limitations/Governmental Approvals .   The granting of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

17.13       Delivery of Title .   The Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver evidence of title for shares of Stock issued under the Plan prior to (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the

 

24



 

Company determines are necessary or advisable; and (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of the Stock under any applicable national or foreign law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable.

 

17.14       Inability to Obtain Authority .   The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares of Stock hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares of Stock as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

17.15       Investment Representations .   The Committee may require any person receiving Stock pursuant to an Award under the Plan to represent and warrant in writing that the person is acquiring the shares of Stock for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Stock.

 

17.16       Persons Residing Outside of the United States.   Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company or any of its Affiliates operates or has Employees, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to (a) determine which Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which persons employed outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) amend or vary the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of any Award granted to persons who reside outside the United States; (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable — any subplans and modifications to Plan terms and procedures established under this Section 17.16 by the Committee shall be attached to the Plan document as Appendices; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain or comply with any necessary local government regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the above, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act, the Code, any securities law or governing statute or any other applicable law.

 

17.17       Arbitration of Disputes.   Any controversy arising out of or relating to the Plan or an Award Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration conducted in the greater District of Columbia metropolitan area pursuant to the arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association.  The arbitration shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

17.18       No Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award.  The Committee shall determine whether cash, additional Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional shares of Stock or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

17.19       Governing Law.  The provisions of the Plan and the rights of all persons claiming thereunder shall be construed, administered and governed under the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of the Plan to the substantive law of another jurisdiction. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, recipients of an Award under the Plan are deemed to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal or state courts of the Commonwealth of Virginia, to resolve any and all issues that may arise out of or relate to the Plan or any related Award Agreement.

 

25




Exhibit 10.6

 

OPTION NO.:                

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.
2009 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

COVER SHEET TO
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), has granted an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, $.00005 par value (the “ Stock ”), to the individual whose name is set forth below on the “Name of Optionee” line (“ Optionee ”).  The terms and conditions of the Option are set forth in this Cover Sheet, in the attached Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement and in the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

Grant Date:                                            , 20    

 

Name of Optionee:                                            

 

Optionee’s Employee Identification Number:                  -                  -                 

 

Number of Shares of the Stock Covered by the Option:                           

 

Option Price per Share of Stock:  $                 .                 

 

Vesting Start Date:                                 , 20                

 

By signing this Cover Sheet, you agree to, and agree to be bound by, all of the terms and conditions described in this Cover Sheet, the attached Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement and in the Plan, a copy of which has been previously made available to you.  You acknowledge that you have had an opportunity to carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the terms of the Plan will control in the event any provision of this Cover Sheet or the attached Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

Optionee:

 

 

(Optionee Signature)

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Attachment

 

THIS AGREEMENT IS NOT A STOCK CERTIFICATE OR A NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT

 



 

ROSETTA STONE INC.
2009 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

 

This NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) and the Cover Sheet to which this Agreement is attached (the “ Cover Sheet ”) are entered into between Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Optionee (as that term is defined in the Covered Sheet).  The Board of Directors of the Company has adopted, and the stockholders of the Company have approved, the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the terms of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.  Any term used in this Agreement that is not specifically defined herein shall have the meaning specified in the Plan.

 

IT IS AGREED:

 

1.             Grant of Option . Subject to the terms of the Plan, this Agreement and the Cover Sheet, on the Grant Date set forth on the Cover Sheet (the “ Grant Date ”), the Company granted to Optionee an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase that number of shares of the Company’s common stock, $.00005 par value (the “ Stock ”), at the Option Price per Share of Stock set forth on the Cover Sheet (the “ Option Price ”), subject to adjustment as provided in the Plan.

 

2.             Type of Option .  The Option is a nonqualified stock option which is not intended to be governed by section 422 of the Code and will be interpreted accordingly.

 

3.             Optionee’s Agreement .  In accepting the Option, Optionee accepts and agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan which pertain to nonqualified stock options granted under the Plan.

 

4.             Vesting of Option .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the provision of this Agreement (including the requirement in Section 6 that Optionee continue to be employed by the Company on the dates set forth below), the Option will be exercisable in accordance with the following schedule:

 

(a)           on the first anniversary of the Vesting Start Date (as set forth on the Cover Sheet) the Option will vest with respect to, and may be exercised for up to, [one-fourth (1/4 th )] [                 ] of the total number of shares of the Stock subject to the Option as set forth on the Cover Sheet (the “ Option Shares ”);

 

[Note: subparagraphs (b) and (c) are alternative paragraphs]

 

(b)           [on each succeeding anniversary of the Vesting Start Date the Option will vest with respect to, and may be exercised for up to, an additional [one-fourth (1/4 th )] [                 ] of the Option Shares so that on the [fourth] [                ] anniversary of the Vesting Start Date the Option shall be exercisable in full; and]

 



 

(c)           [on the last day of each succeeding three-month period beginning on the first anniversary of the Vesting Start Date the Option will vest with respect to, and may be exercised for up to, an additional one-sixteenth (1/16th) of the Option Shares (and as of the last day of each such quarter the resulting aggregate number of vested Option Shares will be rounded [down] to the nearest whole number of Option Shares) so that on the day before the fifth anniversary of the Vesting Start Date the Option shall be exercisable in full; and]

 

(d)           to the extent not exercised, installments shall be cumulative and may be exercised in whole or in part.

 

5.             Manner of Exercise .

 

(a)           To the extent that the Option is vested and exercisable in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement, the Option may be exercised by Optionee at any time, or from time to time, in whole or in part, on or prior to the termination of the Option (as set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement) upon payment of the Option Price for the Option Shares to be acquired in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

(b)           If Optionee is entitled to exercise the vested and exercisable portion of the Option, and wishes to do so, in whole or part, Optionee shall (i) deliver to the Company a fully completed and executed notice of exercise, in such form as may be designated by the Company in its sole discretion, specifying the exercise date and the number of Option Shares to be purchased pursuant to such exercise and (ii) remit to the Company in a form satisfactory to the Company, in its sole discretion, the Option Price for the Option Shares to be acquired on exercise of the Option, plus an amount sufficient to satisfy any withholding tax obligations of the Company that arise in connection with such exercise (as determined by the Company) in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

(c)           The Company’s obligation to deliver shares of the Stock to Optionee under this Agreement is subject to and conditioned upon Optionee satisfying all tax obligations associated with Optionee’s receipt, holding and exercise of the Option.  Unless otherwise approved by the Committee, all such tax obligations shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

(d)           The Company and its Affiliates and subsidiaries, as applicable, shall be entitled to deduct from any compensation otherwise due to Optionee the amount necessary to satisfy all such taxes.

 

(e)           Upon full payment of the Option Price and satisfaction of all applicable tax obligations, and subject to the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall cause certificates for the shares purchased hereunder to be delivered to Optionee or cause an uncertificated book-entry representing such shares to be made.

 

6.             Termination of Option .  Unless the Option terminates earlier as provided in this Section 6 the Option shall terminate and become null and void at the close of business at the Company’s principal business office on the day before the date of the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Option General Expiration Date ”).  If Optionee ceases to be an employee of the

 

2



 

Company for any reason the Option shall not continue to vest after such cessation of service as an employee of the Company.

 

(a)           If Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company and any Subsidiary Corporation due to death or Disability, (i) the portion of the Option that was exercisable on the date of such cessation shall remain exercisable for, and shall otherwise terminate and become null and void at the close of business at the Company’s principal business office on the day that is six (6) months after the date of such death or Disability, but in no event after the Option General Expiration Date; and (ii) the portion of the Option that was not exercisable on the date of such cessation shall be forfeited and become null and void immediately upon such cessation.

 

(b)           If Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary Corporation due to Cause, all of the Option shall be forfeited and become null and void immediately upon such cessation, whether or not then exercisable.  For purposes of this Section 6(b) the term “ Cause ” means the occurrence of one of the following events:  (i) commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act or omission involving dishonesty in the performance of his duties to the Company, an Affiliate or Subsidiary Corporation or fraud; (ii) substantial and repeated failure to perform duties of the office held by Optionee as reasonably directed by the Company; (iii) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary Corporations; (iv) material breach of any employment agreement between Optionee and the Company that is not cured within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice thereof from the Company; (v) failure, within ten (10) days after receipt by Optionee of written notice thereof from the Company, to correct, cease or otherwise alter any failure to comply with instructions or other action or omission which the Board reasonably believes does or may materially or adversely affect its business or operations; (vi) misconduct which is of such a serious or substantial nature that a reasonable likelihood exists that such misconduct will materially injure the reputation of the Company or its Subsidiary Corporations if Optionee was to remain employed by the Company; (vii) harassing or discriminating against the Company’s employees, customers or vendors in violation of the Company’s policies with respect to such matters; and/or (viii) misappropriation of funds or assets of the Company for personal use or willful violation of Company policies or standards of business conduct as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

(c)           If Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary Corporation for any reason other than death, Disability, or Cause, (i) the portion of the Option that was exercisable on the date of such cessation shall remain exercisable for, and shall otherwise terminate and become null and void at the close of business at the Company’s principal business office on the day that is 30-days after the date of such cessation, but in no event after the Option General Expiration Date, and (ii) the portion of the Option that was not exercisable on the date of such cessation shall be forfeited and become null and void immediately upon such cessation.

 

(d)           Upon the death of Optionee prior to the expiration of the Option, Optionee’s executors, administrators or any person or persons to whom the Option may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, shall have the right, at any time prior to the termination of the Option to exercise the Option with respect to the number of shares that Optionee would have been entitled to exercise if he were still alive.

 

3



 

7.             Tax Withholding.   To the extent that the receipt of the Option, this Agreement or the Cover Sheet, the vesting of the Option or the exercise of the Option results in income to Optionee for federal, state, local or foreign income, employment or other tax purposes with respect to which the Company or its subsidiaries or any Affiliate has a withholding obligation, Optionee shall deliver to the Company at the time of such receipt, vesting or exercise, as the case may be, such amount of money as the Company or its subsidiaries or any Affiliate may require to meet its obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations, and, if Optionee fails to do so, the Company or its subsidiaries or any Affiliate is authorized to withhold from the shares subject to the Option (based on the Fair Market Value of such shares as of the date the amount of tax to be withheld is determined) or from any cash or stock remuneration then or thereafter payable to Optionee any tax required to be withheld by reason of such taxable income, sufficient to satisfy the withholding obligation.

 

8.             Capital Adjustments and Reorganizations . The existence of the Option shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or any company the stock of which is awarded pursuant to this Agreement to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in its capital structure or its business, engage in any merger or consolidation, issue any debt or equity securities, dissolve or liquidate, or sell, lease, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its assets or business, or engage in any other corporate act or proceeding.

 

9.             Employment Relationship . For purposes of this Agreement, Optionee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company and its Affiliates as long as Optionee has an employment relationship with the Company and its Affiliates.  The Committee shall determine any questions as to whether and when there has been a termination of such employment relationship, and the cause of such termination, under the Plan and the Committee’s determination shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

10.           Not an Employment Agreement .  This Agreement is not an employment or service agreement, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted to create an employment or other service relationship between Optionee and the Company, its subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates or guarantee the right to remain employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates, for any specified term or require the Company or any Affiliate to employ Employee for any period of time.

 

11.           No Rights As Stockholder .  Optionee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Option Shares until the date of the issuance of such shares following Optionee’s exercise of the Option pursuant to its terms and conditions and payment of all amounts for and with respect to the shares.  No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date a certificate or certificates are issued for such shares or an uncertificated book-entry representing such shares is made.

 

12.           Legend .  Optionee consents to the placing on the certificate for any Option Shares of an appropriate legend restricting resale or other transfer of such shares except in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933 and all applicable rules thereunder.

 

4



 

13.           Notices .  Any notice, instruction, authorization, request, demand or other communications required hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be delivered either by personal delivery, by telegram, telex, telecopy or similar facsimile means, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by courier or delivery service, addressed to the Company at the Company’s principal business office address to the attention of the Company’s General Counsel and to Optionee at Optionee’s residential address as it appears on the books and records of the Company, or at such other address and number as a party shall have previously designated by written notice given to the other party in the manner hereinabove set forth.  Notices shall be deemed given when received, if sent by facsimile means (confirmation of such receipt by confirmed facsimile transmission being deemed receipt of communications sent by facsimile means); and when delivered (or upon the date of attempted delivery where delivery is refused), if hand-delivered, sent by express courier or delivery service, or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

14.           Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Plan or as necessary to implement the provisions of the Plan, this Agreement may be amended, modified or superseded only by written instrument executed by the Company and Optionee.  Only a written instrument executed and delivered by the party waiving compliance hereof shall waive any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement.  Any waiver granted by the Company shall be effective only if executed and delivered by a duly authorized director or officer of the Company other than Optionee.  The failure of any party at any time or times to require performance of any provisions hereof shall in no manner effect the right to enforce the same.  No waiver by any party of any term or condition, or the breach of any term or condition contained in this Agreement, in one or more instances, shall be construed as a continuing waiver of any such condition or breach, a waiver of any other condition, or the breach of any other term or condition.

 

15.           Dispute Resolution .  In the event of any difference of opinion concerning the meaning or effect of the Plan or this Agreement, such difference shall be resolved by the Committee.

 

16.           Governing Law and Severability . The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.  The invalidity of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

17.           Transfer Restrictions . The Option Shares may not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws.  Optionee also agrees (a) that the Company may refuse to cause the transfer of Option Shares to be registered on the applicable stock transfer records if such proposed transfer would in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company constitute a violation of any applicable securities law and (b) that the Company may give related instructions to the transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of the Option Shares.

 

5



 

18.           Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall, except as herein stated to the contrary, inure to the benefit of and bind the legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

19.           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original for all purposes but all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

20.           Option Transfer Prohibitions .  The Option granted to Optionee under this Agreement shall not be transferable or assignable by Optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during Optionee’s lifetime only by him.

 

6




Exhibit 10.13

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.
2009 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

COVER SHEET TO
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), has granted to the individual whose name is set forth below on the “Name of Employee” line (“ Employee ”) the shares of the Company’s common stock, $.00005 par value, specified herein, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Cover Sheet, in the attached Restricted Stock Award Agreement and in the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

Grant Date:                           , 20                  

 

Name of Employee:                                     

 

Employee’s Employee Identification Number:              -              -             

 

Number of Shares of Restricted Stock Granted:                                     

 

Vesting Start Date:                                    , 20            

 

By signing this Cover Sheet, you agree to, and agree to be bound by, all of the terms and conditions described in this Cover Sheet, the attached Restricted Stock Award Agreement and in the Plan, a copy of which has been previously made available to you.  You acknowledge that you have had an opportunity to carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the terms of the Plan will control in the event any provision of this Cover Sheet or the attached Restricted Stock Award Agreement is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

Employee:

 

 

(Employee Signature)

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Attachment

 

THIS AGREEMENT IS NOT A STOCK CERTIFICATE OR A NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT

 



 

ROSETTA STONE INC.
2009 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

 

This RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) and the Cover Sheet to which this Agreement is attached (the “ Cover Sheet ”) is made by and between Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Employee (as that term is defined in the Covered Sheet), effective as of the Grant Date set forth on the Cover Sheet (the “ Grant Date ”), pursuant to the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2009 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), a copy of which previously has been made available to Employee and the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein.

 

WHEREAS , the Company desires to grant to Employee the shares of the Company’s common stock, $.00005 par value, set forth on the “Number of Shares of Restricted Stock Granted” line on the Cover Sheet (the “ Shares ”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , Employee desires to have the opportunity to hold the Shares subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises, mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

1.             Definitions .   For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

 

(a)           “ Forfeiture Restrictions ” shall mean the prohibitions and restrictions set forth herein with respect to the sale or other disposition of the Shares issued to Employee hereunder and the obligation to forfeit and surrender such Shares to the Company.

 

(b)           “ Period of Restriction ” shall mean the period during which Restricted Shares are subject to Forfeiture Restrictions and during which Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered.

 

(c)           “ Restricted Shares ” shall mean the Shares that are subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions under this Agreement.

 

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan.

 

2.             Grant of Restricted Shares .   Effective as of the Grant Date, the Company shall cause to be issued in Employee’s name the Shares as Restricted Shares.  The Company shall cause certificates evidencing the Restricted Shares, and any shares of the Stock or rights to acquire shares of the Stock distributed by the Company in respect of Restricted Shares during any Period of Restriction (the “ Retained Stock Distributions ”), to be issued in Employee’s name.  During the Period of Restriction such certificates shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that

 

1



 

ownership of such Restricted Shares (and any Retained Stock Distributions), and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto, are subject to the restrictions, terms, and conditions provided in the Plan and this Agreement.  During the Period of Restriction Employee shall not be entitled to receive any regular dividends paid in cash or property (other than Retained Stock Distributions) with respect to the Restricted Shares and Retained Stock Distributions (the “Retained Cash Distributions” ) and the Company shall accumulate and retain all Retained Cash Distributions until the Forfeiture Restrictions applicable to the Restricted Shares and Retained Stock Distributions with respect to which such Retained Cash Distributions shall have been made, paid, or declared shall have become vested. Employee shall have the right to vote the Restricted Shares awarded to Employee and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Shares, with respect to such Restricted Shares, with the exception that (a) Employee shall not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares until the Forfeiture Restrictions applicable thereto shall have expired, (b) the Company shall retain custody of all Retained Stock Distributions made or declared with respect to the Restricted Shares and Retained Cash Distributions made or declared with respect to the Restricted Shares and the Retained Stock Distributions (and such Retained Stock Distributions and Retained Cash Distributions shall be subject to the same restrictions, terms and conditions as are applicable to the Restricted Shares) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Retained Stock Distributions and Restricted Cash Distributions shall have been made, paid, or declared shall have become vested, and such Retained Stock Distributions and Restricted Cash Distributions shall not bear interest or be segregated in separate accounts and (c) Employee may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, exchange, encumber, or dispose of the Restricted Shares or any Retained Stock Distributions and Restricted Cash Distributions during the Period of Restriction.  Upon issuance the certificates shall be delivered to such depository as may be designated by the Committee as a depository for safekeeping until the forfeiture of such Restricted Shares occurs or the Forfeiture Restrictions lapse, together with stock powers or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank, which will permit transfer to the Company of all or any portion of the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Stock Distributions which shall be forfeited in accordance with the Plan and this Agreement.  In accepting the award of the Shares set forth in this Agreement Employee accepts and agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

3.             Transfer Restrictions .   The Shares granted hereby may not be sold, assigned, pledged, exchanged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred, encumbered or disposed of, to the extent then subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions.  Any such attempted sale, assignment, pledge, exchange, hypothecation, transfer, encumbrance or disposition in violation of this Agreement shall be void and the Company shall not be bound thereby.  Further, the Shares granted hereby that are no longer subject to Forfeiture Restrictions may not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner that would constitute a violation of any applicable securities laws.  Employee also agrees that the Company may (a) refuse to cause the transfer of the Shares to be registered on the applicable stock transfer records of the Company if such proposed transfer would, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, constitute a violation of any applicable securities law and (b) give related instructions to the transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of the Shares.  [The Shares are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under a Registration Statement on Form S-8.  A Prospectus describing the Plan and the Shares is available from the Company.]

 

4.             Vesting .

 

(a)           The Shares that are granted hereby shall be subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions.  The Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse as to the Shares that are granted hereby in accordance with the following schedule, provided that Employee’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries has not terminated prior to the applicable lapse date:

 

2



 

Lapse Date

 

Number of Restricted Shares
as to Which Forfeiture Restrictions Lapse

 

 

 

                        , 20   

 

 

                        , 20   

 

 

                        , 20   

 

 

                        , 20   

 

 

 

(b)           Upon the lapse of the Forfeiture Restrictions with respect to the Shares granted hereby the Company shall cause to be delivered to Employee a stock certificate representing such Shares, and such Shares shall be transferable by Employee (except to the extent that any proposed transfer would, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, constitute a violation of applicable securities law).

 

(c)           If Employee ceases to be employed by the Company or a subsidiary for any reason before the applicable lapse date including due to the death or disability of Employee, the Forfeiture Restrictions then applicable to the Restricted Shares shall not lapse and all the Restricted Shares shall be forfeited to the Company.

 

5.             Capital Adjustments and Reorganizations .   The existence of the Restricted Shares shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or any company the stock of which is awarded pursuant to this Agreement to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in its capital structure or its business, engage in any merger or consolidation, issue any debt or equity securities, dissolve or liquidate, or sell, lease, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its assets or business, or engage in any other corporate act or proceeding.

 

6.             Tax Withholding .   To the extent that the receipt of the Restricted Shares or the lapse of any Forfeiture Restrictions results in income to Employee for federal, state, local or foreign income, employment or other tax purposes with respect to which the Company or its Affiliates or subsidiaries have a withholding obligation, Employee shall deliver to the Company at the time of such receipt or lapse, as the case may be, such amount of money as the Company or any Affiliate may require to meet such obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations, and, if Employee fails to do so, the Company and its Affiliates and subsidiaries are authorized to withhold from the Shares granted hereby or from any cash or stock remuneration then or thereafter payable to Employee in any capacity any tax required to be withheld by reason of such taxable income, sufficient to satisfy the withholding obligation..

 

7.             Section 83(b) Election .   Employee shall not exercise the election permitted under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, with respect to the Restricted Shares without the prior written approval of the Chief Financial Officer or the General Counsel of the Company.  If the Chief Financial Officer or the General Counsel of the Company permits the election, Employee shall timely pay the Company the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s attendant tax withholding obligations, if any.

 

3



 

8.             No Fractional Shares .   All provisions of this Agreement concern whole Shares.  If the application of any provision hereunder would yield a fractional share, such fractional share shall be rounded down to the next whole share if it is less than 0.5 and rounded up to the next whole share if it is 0.5 or more.

 

9.             Employment Relationship .   For purposes of this Agreement, Employee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company and its Affiliates as long as Employee has an employment relationship with the Company and its Affiliates.  The Committee shall determine any questions as to whether and when there has been a termination of such employment relationship, and the cause of such termination, under the Plan and the Committee’s determination shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

10.           Not an Employment Agreement .   This Agreement is not an employment agreement, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted to create an employment relationship between Employee and the Company or any Affiliate, to guarantee the right to remain employed by the Company or any Affiliate for any specified term or require the Company or any Affiliate to employ Employee for any period of time.

 

11.           Legend .  Employee consents to the placing on the certificate for the Shares of an appropriate legend restricting resale or other transfer of the Shares except in accordance with all applicable securities laws and rules thereunder.

 

12.           Notices .   Any notice, instruction, authorization, request, demand or other communications required hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be delivered either by personal delivery, by telegram, telex, telecopy or similar facsimile means, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by courier or delivery service, addressed to the Company at the Company’s principal business office address to the attention of the Company’s General Counsel and to Employee at Employee’s residential address as it appears on the books and records of the Company, or at such other address and number as a party shall have previously designated by written notice given to the other party in the manner hereinabove set forth.  Notices shall be deemed given when received, if sent by facsimile means (confirmation of such receipt by confirmed facsimile transmission being deemed receipt of communications sent by facsimile means); and when delivered (or upon the date of attempted delivery where delivery is refused), if hand-delivered, sent by express courier or delivery service, or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

13.           Amendment and Waiver .   Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Plan or as necessary to implement the provisions of the Plan, this Agreement may be amended, modified or superseded only by written instrument executed by the Company and Employee.  Only a written instrument executed and delivered by the party waiving compliance hereof shall waive any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement.  Any waiver granted by the Company shall be effective only if executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company other than Employee.  The failure of any party at any time or times to require performance of any provisions hereof shall in no manner effect the right to enforce the same.  No waiver by any party of any term or condition, or the breach of any term or condition contained in this Agreement, in one or more instances, shall be construed as a continuing waiver of any such condition or breach, a waiver of any other condition, or the breach of any other term or condition.

 

4



 

14.           Dispute Resolution .  In the event of any difference of opinion concerning the meaning or effect of the Plan or this Agreement, such difference shall be resolved by the Committee.

 

15.           Governing Law and Severability .   The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.  The invalidity of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

16.           Successors and Assigns .   Subject to the limitations which this Agreement imposes upon the transferability of the Shares granted hereby, this Agreement shall bind, be enforceable by and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns, and to Employee, Employee’s permitted assigns, executors, administrators, agents, legal and personal representatives.

 

17.           Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original for all purposes but all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

5



 

Irrevocable Stock Power

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, For Value Received , has bargained, sold, assigned and transferred and by these presents does bargain, sell, assign and transfer unto Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Shares transferred pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award Agreement dated effective                      , 20    , between the Company and the undersigned; and subject to and in accordance with such Restricted Stock Award Agreement the undersigned does hereby constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company the undersigned’s true and lawful attorney, IRREVOCABLY, to sell, assign, transfer, hypothecate, pledge and make over all or any part of such Shares and for that purpose to make and execute all necessary acts of assignment and transfer thereof, and to substitute one or more persons with like full power, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney or his substitutes shall lawfully do by virtue hereof.

 

In Witness Whereof , the undersigned has executed this Irrevocable Stock Power effective the              day of                                           , 20      .

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement No. 333-153632 of our report dated February 23, 2009, except for Note 20, paragraph two as to which the date is February 27, 2009, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the consolidated financial statements of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and subsidiary for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN No. 48”)), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

March 17, 2009